6FC5841-3YF00-0YB0 - Siemens

03/2006 Edition

SINUMERIK 840D sl/ 840Di sl/

840D/840Di/810D

SIMODRIVE 611 digital

SINAMICS

Diagnostics Manual

Valid for

Control

SINUMERIK 840D sl 1.3

SINUMERIK 840DE sl (export version) 1.3

SINUMERIK 840Di sl 1.1

SINUMERIK 840DiE sl (export version) 1.1

SINUMERIK 840D powerline 7.4

SINUMERIK 840DE (export version) powerline 7.4

SINUMERIK 840Di powerline 3.2

SINUMERIK 840DiE (export version) powerline 3.2

SINUMERIK 810D powerline 7.4

SINUMERIK 810DE (export version) powerline 7.4

Drive

SIMODRIVE 611 digital

SINAMICS

Overview of System Error Alarms 1

Overview of Alarms 2

List of Action Numbers 3

Error Codes of Alarm 300500 4

System Reactions on Alarms 5

Appendix A

Order No. 6FC5398-6BP1 0-1BA0

Siemens AG 2006

Subject to change without prior notice

SINUMERIK® Documentation

Printing history

Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.

The status of each edition is shown by the code in the "Remarks" column.

Status code in the "Remarks" column:

Registered Trademarks

All designations with the t rademark symbol ® are registered tr ademarks of Siemens AG. Ot her designations in this d ocumentation may be trad e-

marks whose use by third parties for their own purposes may infr inge the rights of the owner.

Liability disclaimer

We have checke d that the content s of this docume nt correspond to t he hardwar e and software described. Non etheless, diff erences might exist

and therefore we cannot guarantee that they are comp letely identical. The info rmation contained in this document i s, however, reviewed regularly

and any necessary changes will be included in the next edition.

A .... New documentation

B .... Unrevised reprint with new order number

C .... Revised edition with new status

Edition Order No. Remarks

09.95 6FC5298-3AA01-0BP0 Description of differences

03.96 6FC5298-3AA20-0BP0 C

08.97 6FC5298-4AA20-0BP0 C

12.97 6FC5298-4AA20-0BP1 C

12.98 6FC5298-5AA20-0BP0 C

08.99 6FC5298-5AA20-0BP2 C

04.00 6FC5298-5AA20-0BP2 C

10.00 6FC5298-6AA20-0BP0 C

09.01 6FC5298-6AA20-0BP1 C

02.02 6FC5298-6AA20-0BP2 C

11.02 6FC5298-6AA20-0BP3 C

03.04 6FC5298-7AA20-0BP0 C

10.04 6FC5298-7AA20-0BP1 C

08.05 6FC5298-7AA20-0BP2 C

03/2006 6FC5398-6BP10-1BA0 C

iii

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Preface

SINUMERIK Documentation

The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts:

•General documentation

•User documentation

•Manufacturer/service documentation

An overview of publications, which is updated monthly and also provides informa-

tion about the language versions available, can be found on the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol

Follow the menu items "Support" -> "Technical Documentation" -> "Overview of

Publications".

The Internet version of DOConCD (DOConWEB) is available at:

http://www.automation.siemens.com/doconweb

Information about tra ining courses and FAQs (Frequen tly Asked Questio ns) can

be found at the following website:

http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol under menu item "Support"

Target audience

Project engineers, techno logists (o f machin e manufa cturers), sta rt-up engin eers

(of systems/machines), programmers.

Benefits

The Diagnostics Manual enable s the intended targ et group to evaluate error a nd

fault indications and to respond accordingly.

With the help of the Diagnostics Manual, the target gro up has an overview o f the

various diagnostic options and diagnostic tools.

Standard version

This Diagnostics Manual only describes the functionality of the stan dard version.

Extensions or changes mad e by the machine tool manufacturer ar e documented

by the machine tool manufacturer.

Other functions not described in this documentation might be executable in the

control. This does n ot, however, represent an obligation to supply such functions

with a new control or when servicing.

Preface 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Further, for the sake of simplicity, this documentation does not contain all detailed

information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable

case of installation, operation or maintenance.

Technical Support

If you have any questions, please get in touch with our Hotline:

Europe and Africa time zone:

A&D Technical Support

Phone: +49 (0) 180 / 5050 - 222

Fax: +49 (0) 180 / 5050 - 223

Internet:http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request

E-mail: mailto:adsupport@siemens.com

Asia and Australia time zone:

A&D Technical Support

Phone: +86 1064 719 990

Fax: +86 1064 747 47 4

Internet: http://www.siemens.de/automation/support-request

E-mail: mailto:adsupport@siemens.com

America time zone:

A&D Technical Support

Tel.: +1 423 262 2522

Fax: +1 423 262 2289

Note

Country telephone numbers for technical support are provided under the following

Internet address:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

03/2006 Preface

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Questions about the Manual

If you have any queries (suggestions, corrections) in relation to this documenta-

tion, please fax or e-mail us:

Fax: +49 (0) 9131 / 98 - 63315

E-mail: mailto:motioncontrol.docu@siemens.com

Fax form: See the reply form at the end of the document.

SINUMERIK Internet address

http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol

EC declaration of conformity

The EC Declaration of Conformity for the EMC Directive can be found/obtained

"on the Internet:

http://www.ad.siemens.de/csinfo

under product/order no. 15257461

"at the relevant regional office of the Siemens AG division A&D MC.

Subject matter of this manual

This manual is intended as a work of reference. It allows the operator at the

machine tool:

−To correctly assess special situations when operating the machine.

−To ascertain the reaction of the system to the special situation.

−To utilize the possibilities for continued operation following the special sit-

uation.

−To follow references to other documentation containing further details.

Scope

This manual describes the alarms / messages from the NC kernel (NCK) area,

the PLC and the SIMODRIVE 611D drive and SINAMICS.

Other alarms can occur from the HMI/MMC (Human-Machine/Man-Machine

Communication) areas. Th ese alarms are d isplayed on the operator panel in the

form of self-explanatory text. They are documented in the section on MMC mes-

sages.

For special situations in conjunction with the integrated PLC, please refer to the

SIMATIC S7-300 documentation.

Preface 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The alarms are sorted by ascending alarm number in each section. There are

gaps in the sequence.

Structure of alarm description

Each alarm consists of an alarm number and alarm text. There are four descrip-

tion categories:

•Explanation

•Reaction

•Remedy

•Program continuation

For a more detailed explanation of the "Reaction" category, please refer to

section: "System re act ion s on alar m s"

For a more detailed explanation of the "Program continuation" category, please

refer to the section: "Clear criteria for alarms"

Structure of the alarms for the number range 200 000 - 299 999

Each alarm (fault or warning), consisting of a number, location (optional) and

alarm text, is indicated with further information for the following categories:

•Reaction

•Acknowledgment

•Cause

•Remedy

Note

Instead of <location>, the following is indicated in the alarm display:

•Axis name and drive number or

•Bus and slave number of the PROFIBUS DP component affected

For a more detailed explanation of the "Reaction" / "Acknowledgement" category,

please refer to section: "System reactions on SINAMICS alarms ".

"Cause":

For the cause of the alarm/war ning, the fault / warning value is prepared as far as

possible in text form.

03/2006 Preface

vii

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

NCK alarms

HMI alarms/messages

SINAMICS alarms (faults/warnings)

611D alarms (>SW 7.1)

Table -1 Number ranges of the alarm numbers

000 000 - 009 999 General alarms

010 000 - 019 999 Channel alarms

020 000 - 029 999 Axis/spindle alarms

030 000 - 099 999 Functional alarms

060 000 - 064 999 Cycle alarms SIEMENS

065 000 - 069 999 Cycle alarms user

070 000 - 079 999 Compile cycles, manufacturer and OEM

Table -2 Number ranges of the alarm numbers, continued

100000 - 100999 Basic system

101000 - 101999 Diagnosis

102000 - 102999 Services

103000 - 103999 Machine

104000 - 104999 Parameters

105000 - 105999 Programming

106000 - 106999 Reserve

107000 - 107999 OEM

109000 - 109999 Distributed systems (M to N)

110000 - 110999 HMI Embedded messages

111000 - 111999 ManualTurn, ShopMill, ShopTurn

120000 - 120999 HMI Advanced messages

Table -3 Number ranges of the message numbers, continued

200000 - 299999 Basic system

Table -4 Number ranges of the alarm numbers, continued

300000 - 399999 Drive

Preface 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

PLC alarms/messages

1) More detailed information is available via the diagnostic function (diagnostic buffer) in SIMATIC

STEP 7.

2) The PLC alarms in the range 500000 - 899999 are configured and described by the machine man-

ufacturer.

Action list

The actions described in the alar m texts (" Action %-- -") are explai ned in detail in

the table in the "Action list" section.

Safety Instructions

This Manual contains information which yo u sh ou ld ca refully observe to ensure

your own personal safety and the prevention of material damage. The notices

referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert

symbol, notices referring to property damage only have no safety alert symbol

The warnings appear in decreasing order of risk as given below.

Table -5 Number ranges of the alarm numbers, continued

400000 - 499999 General alarms

500000 - 599999 Channel alarms 2)

600000 - 699999 Axis/spindle alarms 2)

700000 - 799999 User area 2)

800000 - 899999 Sequencers/graphs 2)

(810001 - 810009 System error messages from PLC 1))

Danger

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in

death or serious injury or in substantial property damage.

Warning

Indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are

not taken.

Caution

with a warning triangle indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper pre-

cautions are not taken.

03/2006 Preface

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

If several hazards of different degr ees occur, the hazar d with the highest degr ee

must always be given priority. A warning notice accompanied by a safety alert

symbol indicating a risk of bodily injury can also indicate a risk of property dam-

age.

Qualified Personnel

The associated device/system may only be set up and ope ra ted using this docu-

mentation. Commissioning and operation of a device/system may only be per-

formed by qualified personn el. Qualified persons are d efined as persons who are

authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag circuits, equipment, and systems

in accordance with established safety practices and standards.

Caution

without a warning triangle indicates that prop erty damage can result if proper pre-

cautions are not taken.

Notice

indicates a p oten tial situ ation which, if no t avoid ed, may result in an un de sirab le

event or state.

Preface 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Contents

1 Overview of System Error Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

2 Overview of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2.1 NCK alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2.2 HMI alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-579

2.3 SINAMICS alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-663

2.4 SIMODRIVE alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-857

2.1 PLC alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-975

3 List of Action Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-995

4 Error Codes of Alarm 300500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1019

5 System Reactions on Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1033

5.1 Cancel criteria for alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1036

5.2 System reactions on SINAMICS alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1037

A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1041

A.1 Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1041

Contents 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1-13

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Overview of System Error Alarms 1

System errors

The following alarms are system errors:

These system error alarms are not described in detail. If such a system error

occurs, please contact the hotline and indicate the following details:

−Alarm number

−Alarm text and

−The internal system error number

SIEMENS AG, A&D MC, System Support

Hotline

Phone: 0180 / 5050 - 222 (Germany)

Fax: 0180 / 5050 - 223

Phone: +49 -180 / 5050 - 222 (International)

Fax: +49 -180 / 5050 - 22 3

1000 1005 1013 1017

1001 1010 1014 1018

1002 1011 1015 1019

1003 1012 1016 1160

Overview of System Error Alarms 03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

2-15

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Overview of Alarms 2

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

2.1 NCK alarms

0No (more) alarm(s) present

Definitions: If the communication (variable service) requests more alarms than curren tly available in

the alarm list, this alarm is communicated as end-of-p rogram function.

Reactions: - No alarm reaction.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Internal

1000 System error %1

Parameters: %1 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens A&D MC, Hotline

• Tel 0180 / 5050 - 222 (Germany)

• Fax 0180 / 5050 - 223

• Tel +49-180 / 5050 - 222 (International)

• Fax +49-180 / 5050 - 223

• email techsupport@ad.siemens.de

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1001 System error %1

Parameters: %1 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

1002 System error %1

Parameters: %1 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-17

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

1003 Alarm pointer for this self-clearing alarm %1 is zero

Parameters: %1 = Incorrect alarm number

Definitions: The address (zero pointer) used by the compile cycle manufacturer or by the operating

system for self-clearing alarms is not allowed in the system.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Check setCCAlarm/setAlarm (...) call.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

1004 Alarm reaction to NCK alarm incorrectly configured

Parameters: %1 = Incorrect alarm number

Definitions: The alarm reaction configured by the operating system or the compile cycles

manufacturer is incorrect.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Change alarm reaction

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1005 Operating system error %1 parameter %2 %3 %4

Parameters: %1 = Operating system error number

%2 = Operating system error parameter 1

%3 = Operating system error parameter 2

%4 = Operating system error parameter 3

Definitions: This alarm indicates that the operating system has detected a serious error.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1010 Channel %1 system error %2 actio n %3<ALNX>

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = System error number

%3 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Interpreter stop

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1011 Channel %1 %3 %4 system error %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = System error number

%3 = Optional paramete r: Block number, label

%4 = Optional paramete r: Action number, ....

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

1012 Channel %1 system error %2 %3 %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = System error number

%3 = Parameter1

%4 = Parameter2

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

1013 Channel %1 system error %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-19

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

1014 Channel %1 system error %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

1015 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Especially with parameter %3 (system error number) = 840001 = Problem with tool

management, the identification for the axis is not contained in parameter %2, but instead,

further information for the diagnostics (= Status of the data management/magazine

no./location no./T no.)

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

1016 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

1017 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = System error number

Definitions: With this alarm, intern al alarm states are displayed that, in conjunction with the

transferred error number, provide information on the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

1018 Floating point arithmetic error in channel %1 task %2 station %3 FPU state %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Task ID

%3 = Station priority

%4 = FPU status

Definitions: The floating point unit of th e processor has found a computational error.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

1019 Floating point arithmetic error at address %3 in chann el %1 task %2 FPU state %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Task ID

%3 = Code address of operation that triggered the error

%4 = FPU status

Definitions: The floating point unit of th e processor has triggered an exception on account of a

computational error.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-21

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

1030 System error in link module error code %1 error type %2

Parameters: %1 = Hex-Zahl Link-Error

%2 = Hex-Zahl Link-Error-Type

Definitions: This alarm is not a user error. An internal error has occurred in the software of the link

module. Two parameters are output with this error for debugging purposes. They provide

information abo ut the cause and location of the error.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1031 Link module generated an unspecified error %1 NCU %2 %3 %4

Parameters: %1 = Hex-Zahl unspecified status in stateOfLinkModules

%2 = NCU number

%3 = Command from link module to NCK

%4 = Status of own link

Definitions: This alarm is not a user error.

• 1. If NCU== 0 -> A parameter not equal to zero was not found

• 2. If NCU not equal to zero -> An error which the NC was not able to interpret in the

connection to this NCU. The error is output as a number. It is possible that the NCU link

module is running a newer software version than the NC.

The other parameters are used for error localization in the NC/LINK-MODUL software.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

1100 No valid firmware

Definitions: No memory card or memory card without valid firmware (license) inserted.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make a note of the error text and contact Siemens AG A&D MC, Hotline (te l./fax: see

alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1160 Assertion failed in %1: %2

Parameters: %1 = String (path with program name)

%2 = String (line number)

Definitions: This alarm is purely a development alarm and will not appear in a delivered software

version. For an OEM customer, this alarm could indicate that an alarm has occurred in the

system softwaren. Handling of the 'assertion' allows error conditions leading to this alarm

to be defined in the system software during the development phase. After the

development phase, this alarm output is no longer active.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Check the cause of the error in the specified software component at the specified line

number.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.

2000 PLC sign-of-life monitoring

Definitions: The PLC must give a sign of life within a de fined period of time (machine data 10100

PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT). If this does not occur, the alarm is triggered.

The sign of life is a counter reading on the internal NC/PLC interface which the PLC

causes to count up with the 10 ms time alarm. The NCK also tests cyclically whether the

counter reading has changed.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check monitoring time frame

in NCK-MD 10100 PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT (reference value: 100ms).

Establish the cause of the error in the PLC and eliminate it (analysis of the ISTACK. If

monitoring has responded with a loop in the user program rather than with a PLC Stop,

there is no ISTACK entry).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2001 PLC has not started up

Definitions: The PLC must give at least 1 sign of life within a period of time defined in MD 10120

PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT (Default setting: 1 sec.).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-23

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Please inform the authorized personnel/service departmen t. The monitoring time in in

MD 10120 PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT must be checked and adapted to the first

OB1 cycle.

• Establish the cause of error in the PLC (loop or stop in the user program) and eliminate.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2100 NCK battery warn in g thre sh old reached

Definitions: The undervoltage monitor of the NCK battery has reached the prewarning threshold. This

is at 2.7-2.9 V (nominal voltage of the battery is 3.0-3.1 V at 950 mAh).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. The battery must be

replaced within the next 6 weeks. After this period, the voltage can drop below the alarm

limit of 2.4-2.6 V if the RAMs to be buffered take up a lot of current.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

2101 NCK battery alarm

Definitions: The undervoltage monitoring (2.4 - 2.6 V) of the NCK battery has responded during cyclic

operation.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: If the NCK battery is replaced without interrupting the power supply, no data will be lost.

This means that production can continue withou t taking any further steps. (A buffer

capacitor on the NCK holds the supply voltage for at least 30 minutes and the battery can

be replaced within this time even when the control is switched off).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

2102 NCK battery alarm

Definitions: The undervoltage monitoring (2.4 - 2.6 V) of the NCK battery was detected during system

power-up.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service de partment. Pull out the battery/fan unit

from the NC module and replace the battery (type: lithium battery with lead, size 1/2 AA,

850 mAh, min. 3.2 V).

The system must then be reinitialized becaus e it must be assumed that data has been

lost in the buffered RAM during the last powe r-off phase as a result of insuffici ent supply

voltage (refer to Section 2.2 in the Installation and Start-up Guide for the procedure).

The following data might have been corrupted or entirely lost:

• NC machine data

• Drive machine data

• Option data

• Setting data

• User variable

• Global subroutines

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Cycles and macros, as well as

• PLC machine data

• PLC basic program

• PLC user program, and all

• PLC user data

User data in the NCK and PLC (e.g. tool and workpiece data) that have been altered by

the manufacturing process since the last data backup must be updated manually to match

the present machine status!

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2110 NCK temperature alarm

Definitions: The temperature sensor has reached the response threshold of 60 degrees C +/- 2.5

degrees C.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: In order to reset the sensor, the temperature must be reduced by 7 degrees C.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

2120 NCK fan alarm

Definitions: The fan consists of a 26 V DC motor with electronic commutator (rated speed: approx.

8700 rpm). The commutator signal is used for speed monitoring, response speed: < 7500

rpm.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. The unit with th e fan and

NCK battery must be replaced.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

2130 5V/24V encoder or 15V D/A converter undervoltage

Definitions: A failure has occurred in the power supply (FM357-2) to the encoder (5V/24V) or D/A

converter (+/-15V).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check the enco der and

cable for short-circuits (the fault should not occur when you remove the cable). Check the

power feeder li ne.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2140 The actual service switch position forces the SRAM to be cleared at the next Power

On (general reset active)

Definitions: The initialization switch is currently set to overall reset. This means that the module's

SRAM is deleted with the next module reset. The NC data memory is cleared during this

operation.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-25

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset initialization switch to zero.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

2190 Hardware plug-in module for communication with the digitizer missing

Definitions: MD $MN_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN was used to activate the digitizing function by

assigning it to a channel. The function requires a hardware module (RS42 2 board

plugged into the NCU) for communication with the digitizing unit. This module was not

found when booting.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Plug in communication s

module or cancel channel assignment.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2192 No NCU link module exists, MD %1 reset

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: An attempt was made to activate the NCU link functionality but the hardware is not

available. The MD was reset. Only occurs with the NCU link system

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Install the hardware module and activate the function again (MD).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2193 'Safety Integrated' is n ot available for link axis %1.

Parameters: % 1 = M ac hi n e axis index

Definitions: The "Safety Integrated" function is not available for a link axis. Only occurs with the NCU

link system

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Use "Safety Integrated" function for local axes only.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2194 Link axis active and $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE != 3

Definitions: At least one axis is to be distributed via NCU link, then the machine data

$MN_MM_SERVO_F IFO_SIZE must be 3. Occurs only with an NCU link system.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set $MN_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE to 3.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2195 Channel %1 axis %2 high-speed punching/nibbling not possible vi a link

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An attempt was made to activate high-speed nibbling or punching for an axis

programmed on a differen t NCU than the drive.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: High-speed nibbling and punching is only supported on one NCU.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

2196 Link axis active and $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE != %1

Parameters: %1 = required value in MD $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE

Definitions: Occurs only with an NCU link system.

• Possible causes of the fault:

• At least one axis is to be distributed via NCU link, then the machine data

$MN_MM_SERVO_F IFO_SIZE must be 3 or 4.

• The IPO cycle of this NCU is faster than the link communication cycle, then the machine

data $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE must be set to the value proposed in the alarm.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: The machine data $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE must be set to the value proposed in

the alarm.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

2200 Channel %1 fast punching/nibbling not possible in several channels

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An attempt was made to activate fast nibbling or punching in a channe l while it has

already been active in another channel. Fast punching and nibbling is only possible

simultaneously in the sa me channel.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-27

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Fast nibbling and punching simultaneously in 1 channel only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

2900 Reboot is delayed

Definitions: This alarm indicates a delayed reboot.

This alarm only occurs when reboot was carried out by the MMC via PI -

"_N_IBN_SS"and MD 11410 $MN_REBOOT_DELAY_TIME was set greater than zero.

The alarm can be suppressed with $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK BIT 20.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: See $MN_REBOOT_DELAY_TIME and $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

3000 Emergency stop

Definitions: The EMERGENCY STOP request is applied to the NCK/PL C interface (DB 10, DBX

56.1).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Rectify the cause of

EMERGENCY STOP and acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP via the PLC/NCK interface

(DB 10, DBX 56, Bit 2).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

3001 Internal emergency stop

Definitions: This alarm is not displayed.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: No remedy required

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4000 Channel %1 machine data %2[%3] has gap in axis assignment

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: The assignment of a machine axis to a channel by the machine data 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED must be contiguous. At syste m power-up (Power On) gaps

are detected and displayed as an alarm.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The entries for the indices for

the machine axes used in the channels must be contiguous in table

$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. Channel axis gaps must be enabled via

$MN_ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4001 Channel %1 axis %2 defined fo r more than one channel via machine data %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Index: Machine axis number

%3 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: In the channel-specific MD: 20070 AXCONF _MACHAX_USED [CHn, AXm]=x (n ...

channel number, m ... channel axis number, x ... machine axis number), several channels

were assigned to a machine axis without ha vi ng a master channel defined for this axis.

There is usually not much point in assigning a machine axis to several channels. In

exceptional cases, multiple assignment ca n be performed if a master chan nel is defined

for this axis. The channel assignment can be performed in accordance with the machining

requirements in the NC part program by means of a keyword (yet to be defined in later

product versions).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. In the axis-speci fi c MD

30550 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN [AXm]=n (m ... machine axis number, n ...

channel number), a master axis was set for the axes that are supposed to be alternately

assigned by the NC program to one or the other channel.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4002 Channel %1 machine data %2[%3] assigns an axis not defined in channel

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: Only axes that have been activated in the channel by means of the channel-specific

machine data 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [kx]=m may be declared as geometry

axes or transformation axes by means of the MD 20050

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB [gx]=k. This also applies to

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-29

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

$MC_FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES (gx: Geometry axis index, kx: Channe l axis index, k:

Channel axis no., m: Machine axis no.).

Assignment of geometry axes to channel axes

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB (includes channel axis no. k):

• Geometry axis index: 0, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 1, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 1

• Geometry axis index: 1, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 2, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

• Geometry axis index: 2, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 3, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 3

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED (includes machin e axis no . m):

• Channel axis index: 0, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 1, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 4

• Channel axis index: 1, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 2, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 5

• Channel axis index: 2, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 3, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 6

• Channel axis index: 3, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 7, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

• Channel axis index: 4, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 8, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

• Channel axis index: 5, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 0, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

• Channel axis index: 6, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 0, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

• Channel axis index: 7, 1. 0, 2nd channel: 0, 2. 0, 2nd channel: 0

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Check and correct either

• $MC_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB

• $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_X

• $MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X

• $MC_FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES

• and/or $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4003 Axis %1 incorrect assignment of master channel in machine da ta %2

Parameters: %1 = Axis

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: For some applications, it is useful to operate an axis in several channels (C axis or spindle

on single spindle or double carriage machines).

The machine axes which are defined in se veral channels by means of the MD 20 070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, must be assigned to a master channel with the axis-specific

machine data 30550 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN.

For axes that are activated in only one channel, the number of this channel or zero must

be entered as master channel.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify MD 20070:

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and/or MD 30550: AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4004 Channel %1 machine data %2 axis %3 defined repeatedly as geometry axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Axis index

Definitions: An axis may only be defined once as a geometry axis.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct $MC_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4005 Maximum number of axes in channel %1 exceeded. Limit %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Upper limit for the number of axes in the channel

Definitions: Machine data $MC_AXC ONF_MACHAX_USED defines which machine axes can be

used in this channel. This simultaneously defines the number of active axes in the

channel. This upper limit has been exceeded. Note: The channel axis gaps may cause

certain indices of AXCONF_MACHAX_USED to remain unused and therefore do n_o_t

count as active channel axes.

Example:

• CHANDATA(2)

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0] = 7

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[1] = 8

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[2] = 0

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[3] = 3

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[4] = 2

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[5] = 0

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[6] = 1

• $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[7] = 0

This channel uses the five machine axes 1, 2, 3, 8, 7, i.e. it has 5 active channel axes.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-31

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4007 Axis %1 incorrect assignment of master NCU in machine data %2

Parameters: %1 = Axis

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Machine axes which can be activated on several NCKs through

$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB must be assigne d to a master NCU in

$MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU. For axes that are activated on only one NCU,

the number of this NCU or 0 must be entered as master NCU. An assignment can only be

made with $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU if the machine axis is also

addressed via a channel

($MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED+$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU and/or

$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4010 Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

Definitions: When determining a name in the NCK tables (arrays) for: machine axes, Euler angles,

Richtungsvektoren, direction vectors, interpolation parameters and intermediate point

coordinates, one of the following syntax rules for the identifier to be entered has been

violated:

• The identifier must be an NC address letter (A, B, C, I, J, K, U, V, W, X, Y, Z), possibly

with a numerical extension (840D: 1-99, FM-NC: 1-9)

• The identifier must begin with 2 arbitrary capital letters but not with $ (reserved for

system variable).

• The identifier must not be a keyword of the NC language (e.g. POSA).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service de partment. Enter the identifier for user-

defined names with correct syntax in the displayed MD.

• Machine axes: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB

• Euler angles: EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB

• Normal vectors: NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB

• Direction vectors: 10640 DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB

• Interpolation parameters: 10650 IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB

• Intermediate point coordinates: 10660 INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4011 Channel %1 invalid identifier use d in machine data %2[%3]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: When defining names in the channel-specific tables for geometry axes and channel axes,

one of the following syntax rules for the identifier to be entered has been violated:

• The identifier must be an NC address letter (A, B, C, I, J, K, U, V, W, X, Y, Z), possibly

with a numerical extension (840D: 1-99, FM-NC: 1-9).

• The identifier must begin with 2 arbitrary capital letters but not with $ (reserved for

system variable).

• The identifier must not be a keyword of the NC language (e.g. POSA).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service de partment. Enter the identifier for user-

defined names with correct syntax in the displayed MD

• Geometry axes: 20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB

• Channel axes: 10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4012 Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

Definitions: The selected identifier is invalid. Valid identifiers are:

• AX1 - AXn: Machine axis identifiers

• N1AX1 - NnAXm: Link axis identifiers (NCU + machine axis), only occurs with 'NCU link'

expansion level!

• C1S1 - CnSm: Container axis identifiers (container + container location). Only occurs

with 'axis container' expansion level!

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Use the correct identifier.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4013 Invalid NCU link configuration by machine data %1 = %2 , on NCU_1 = %3

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

%3 = MD value of master NCU

Definitions: The link module configuration detected on the local NCU is different from the master NCU

of the NCU cluster. The link module configuration defines the system clock time, the

communication baudrate and the maximu m number of message transfer retries.

The following machine data are used for this purpose:

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-33

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO,

• IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO,

• LINK_RETRY_CTR,

• LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH,

• SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME

The values of these machine data must be the same on all NCUs.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: The machine data required for the link mo dule configuration must be the same on all

NCUs in the cluster.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4014 Axis %1 defined several times in %2

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = String: Check and, if necessary, correct the following machine data with reference

to the data sheet:

Definitions: An axis was assigned several times.

The axis can be a:

• Machine axis

•Link axis

• Axis in a container location

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Define a correct, unique axis assignment.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4016 Axis %1 already used by NCU %2

Parameters: % 1 = M ac hi n e axis index

%2 = NCU number

Definitions: An attempt was made to apply setpoints to one axis from several NCUs. Only occurs with

the NCU link system

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Define a correct, unique axis assignment.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4017 Axis container %1, location %2 already used by NCU %3

Parameters: %1 = Axis container number

%2 = Axis container location

%3 = NCU number

Definitions: A multiple reference to the axis conta i ner location has been made via the logical axis

table (machine data: MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB). With the NCU link, the

multiple reference may also have bee n made by another NCU in the NCU group .

Example: Container1 location1 was referenced twice incorrectly

• MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB[0] = CT1_SL1

• MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB[6] = CT1_SL1

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct and complete the container location assignments. Check the machine data for the

logical axis assignment table (MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4018 Axis container %1, location %2 not used by any channel

Parameters: %1 = Axis container number

%2 = Axis container location

Definitions: The container location is not referenced by any channel.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct and complete the container location assignments. Check machine data

MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4019 Axis container %1 advance not allowed with current status of NCU %2

Parameters: %1 = NCU number

%2 = Axis container number

Definitions: This error only occurs with direct advancing of the container. With direct container

advancing, only one channel is allowed to activate the NC language command for

advancing the contain er. In order to ensure this, the other channels must have the reset

status and the axes must be stationary.

With NCU link, the above condition applies to all channels of the NCU group.

Error parameters:

• 1 : NC Ready missing

• 16: At least one other channel is active

• 35: AXCT axis is active following axis/spindle

• 36: AXCT axis is active leading axis

• 39: Axis/spindle disable active

• 40: Overlaid motion active for AXCT axis

• 41: Axis replacement active for AXCT axis

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-35

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 42: Interpolator active for one axis container axis

• 46: Rotating spindle with different Ipo cycle of NCUs

• 47: New-Config active

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: The program must be canceled with Reset and the zero offset deselec te d be fo re

activating the axis container switch.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4020 Identifier %1 used several times in machine data %2

Parameters: %1 = String: Name of identifier

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: When determining a name in the NCK tables (arrays) for: machine axes, Euler angles,

Richtungsvektoren, direction vectors, interpolation parameters and intermediate point

coordinates, an identifier has been used that is already in the control.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Select for the identifier to be

entered a character string that is not yet used in the system (max. 32 characters).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

4021 Channel %1 identifier %2 used seve ral times in machine data %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: Name of identifier

%3 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: To determine the name in the channel-specific tables for geometry axes and channel

axes an identifie r already existing in the control has bee n used.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Select for the identifier to be

entered a character string that is not yet used in the system (max. 32 characters).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4022 Axis container %3 switch not allowed: ext. zero offset active channel %1 axis %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis/spindle

%3 = Axis container number

Definitions: The axis container switch enable cannot be given be cause an external zero offset is

active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: The program must be aborted with the RESET key and the external zero point offset

deselected before the container is advanced.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4023 Axis container %1 switch not allowed, axis container %2 switch active

Parameters: %1 = Axis container

%2 = Axis container

Definitions: Only one axis container can be rotated at a time.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Program must be canceled with Reset and the program sequences (NCUs, channels)

must be synchronized such that only one axis container switch is active at a time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4024 Invalid ax is co nfi guration due to missi ng axi s co ntainer machine data

Parameters: %1 = NCU number

%2 = Axis container number

Definitions: The axis configuration could not be generated due to missing axis container machine

data. This error can only occur as a result of a communication error. The communication

failure will be indicated separately by further alarms.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the link communication problems (refer to the other alarm messages).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-37

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4025 Axis container %3 switch not allowed: master/slave active chan nel %1 axis %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis/spindle

%3 = Axis container number

Definitions: It is not possible to enable axis container switch as a master/slave link is active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key. If re quired, disconnect the master - slave coupling.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4026 Machine data %1[%2], link axis NC%3_AX%4 not used by any channel

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

%3 = NCU number

%4 = Machine axis number

Definitions: The link axis is not referenced by any channel.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct and complete the logical axis assignments. Check machine data

MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4027 NOTICE! MD %1 was also changed for the other axes of axis container %2

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Axis container number

Definitions: Message to the user indicating that the machine data change for the axis was also

performed for al l oth er axes in the same container.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: None

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4028 Attention! The axial MDs of the axes of the axis containers were matched.

Definitions: Note for the user, that the machine data of the axis were matched in th e axi s co nt ai n ers.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: None

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4029 NOTICE! The axial MD s in a xi s co nta i ne r %1 wi ll be matched on the next powe r-up

Parameters: %1 = Axis container number

Definitions: Message to the user indicating that the machine data of the axes in the axis container will

be matched on the next power-up. An axis container allows axes to be exchanged

between channels and NCUs. To ensure that no conflicts arise, the axes within the same

axis container must have a similar behavior. The first axis in the axis container determines

which machine data have to be the same for the other axis in the axis container.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: None

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4030 Channel %1 axis identifier missing in machine data %2[%3]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: An axis identifier is expected for the displayed MD in accordance with the axis

configuration in the MD 20 070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and 20050

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check axis configuration and

enter the missing id e nt i fi er i nt o the MD or, should the axis not exist, specify for this

channel axis the machine axis 0 in the channel-sp ecific MD 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. If this concerns a geometry axis that is not to be used (this

applies only for 2-axis machining, e.g. on lathes), then channel axis 0 must be entered

additionally in the channel-specific MD 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4031 Channel %1 link axis %2 defined for more than one channel in machine da ta %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Index: Axis number for logical axis assignment

%3 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Occurs only with an NCU link system. The specified axis was defined several times or in

several channels in machine data $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. If an axis is to be

defined in several channels, a master channel must be assigned to the axis with the axial

machine data $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN. This error can only occur with

an NCU link axis. The cause of a definition error can also be an NCU link communication

failure. The link communication failure must be indicated separately by further alarms.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the machine data $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED or assign a master channel.

In the event of a link communication failure, these error causes have to be remedied first.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-39

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4032 Channel %1 wrong identifier for facing axis in %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: According to the axis configuration in $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES or

$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF, a facing axis identifier is expected at the specified location.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Add the correct identifier.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4033 NOTICE! NCU link communication still not connected

Definitions: The NCU link communication could not be established due to other active alarms. This is

the case, for example, if during boot-up the system detects and modifies incorrect cycle

times (see alarm 4110).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Analyze and fix the other alarms and start the control again .

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4034 Local link axis %1 is not allowed for di fferent interpolation cycle time = %2/%3

Parameters: %1 = Axis name

%2 = Local interpolation cycle

%3 = Max. interpolation cycle

Definitions: Local link axes are only permissible on an NCU if the interpolation cycle set corresponds

to the slowest interpolation cycle of the interconnected NCU systems.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Remove local link axis (see MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB and

MN_AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1) or adapt the interpolation cycle

(MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4035 Interpolation cycle from NCU%1 = %2 does not match NCU%3 = %4

Parameters: %1 = NCU_number1

%2 = MD value of NCU_number1

%3 = NCU_number2 (with slowest IPO cycle)

%4 = MD value of NCU_number2

Definitions: Occurs only with an NCU link system. The interpolation cycles of the NCUs specified in

the alarm do not match one another. The slowest IPO cycle in interconnected NCU

systems must be an integral multiple of all configured IPO cycles.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set a suitable value in MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO for all interconnected NCUs.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4036 Wrong NCU link configuration by MD %1

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Occurs only with an NCU link system. Different interpolation and position control cycles

have been set in the NCUs of the LINK group. This is only allowed if the function FAST-

IPO-LINK in MD $MN_MM_NCU_LINK_MASK has been activated.

Caution: For diagnostic purposes, two additio nal alarm parameters are output together

with this alarm.

• 1. 2nd parameter: Position control or IPO cycle time of this NCU

• 2. 2nd parameter: Position control or IPO cycle time of another NCU.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Activate FAST-IPO-LINK function in MN_MM_NCU_LINK_MASK

• Or do not set different position control or IPO cycles on the NCUs (see

MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO and MN_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4040 Channel %1 axis identifier %2 not consistent with machi ne data %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: Axis identifier

%3 = String: MD identifier

%4 = There are not enough channel axes entered in the MD displayed.

Definitions: The use of the specified axis identifier in the displayed MD is not consistent the channel's

axis configuration stated in the MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and MD 20050

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.

Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle: There are not enough channel axes

entered in the MD displayed.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-41

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check and correct the

identifier used in the MDs 10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB, 20080

AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB and/or 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB.

Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle: In addition to the specified MD,

check and correct MD 24110 TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[n] of the activated OEM

transformation according to the function description.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4045 Channel %1 conflict between machine data %2 and machine data %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Using the specified machine da ta %1 leads to a conflict with machine data %2.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the specified ma chine data.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4050 NC code identifier %1 cannot be reconfigured to %2

Parameters: %1 = String: Old identifier

%2 = String: New identifier

Definitions: Renaming of an NC code was not possibl e for one of the following reasons:

• The old identifier does not exist

• The new identifier is within another type range.

NC codes/keywords can be reconfigured as long as you stay within the type range.

Type 1: "true" G codes: G02, G17, G33, G64, ...

Type 2: named G codes: ASPLINE, BRISK, TRANS, ...

Type 3: addresses which can be set: X, Y, A1, A2, I, J, K, ALF, MEAS, ...

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct machine data 10712:

NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB (protection level 1).

The list must be built up as fo llows:

Even address: Identifier to be modified Following odd address: New id entifier

e.g.: NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [10] = "ROT",

NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [11] = " " clears the ROT function from the control

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4060 Standard machine data loaded (%1, %2)

Parameters: %1 = Identifier 1

%2 = Identifier 2

Definitions: The standard MD were loaded because

• a cold start was requested or

• the MD buffer voltage failed or

• an initialization was requested for lo ading the standard machine data (MD 11200

INIT_MD).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. After automatically loading

the standard MDs, the individual MDs must be entered or loaded in the relevant system.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4062 Backup data loaded

Definitions: The user data saved in the flash memory are loaded to the SRAM.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Load specific machine data

again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4065 Buffered memory was restore d from backup medium (potenti al loss of data!)

Definitions: Only occurs with PC-NC. A possible data integrity error was detected in the buffered

memory during power-up. The buffered memory was initialized with the last backup copy.

Changes in the buffered me mory, which have been made since the last backup copy

update, have been lost. Backup copies of the buffered memory are updated (on the hard

disk) every time the control is shut down normally.

!! Only for 802D: The reason for this procedure is that the backup time is exceeded. Make

sure that the required operating time of the control corresponds to the specifications in

your Installation & Start-up Guide. The current backup cop y of the buffered memory has

been created by the last internal data backup via the "Save data" softkey on the HMI.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Start the contro l ag a i n.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4066 Buffered memory of FFS restored from backup medium (potential loss of data!)

Definitions: For PC-NC: A possible data integrity error was detected in the FFS memory during

power-up. The FFS memory was initialized with the last backup copy. Changes in the

FFS memory, which have been made since the last backup copy update, have been lost.

!! Only for PC-NC: Backup copies of the buffered memory are updated (on the hard disk)

every time the control is shut down normally.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-43

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Start the contro l ag a i n.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4070 Normalizing machine data has been changed

Definitions: The control uses internal physical units (mm, degrees, s, for paths, velocities,

acceleration, etc.). During programming or data storage, some of these values are input

and output using different units (rev./min, m/s2, etc.).

The conversion is carried out with the scaling factors that can be entered (system-spefic

MD array 10230 SCALING_FACTORS USER_DEF[n] (n ... index number 0 - 10), when

the corresponding masking bit is set to "1".

If the masking bit is set to "0" then scaling takes place with the internal standard factors.

The following machine data influence the scaling of other MDs:

• 10220: SCALING_USER_DEF_M ASK

• 10230: SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF

• 10240: SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC

• 10250: SCALING_VALUE_INCH

• 30300: IS_ROT_AX

If these data are modified, the NCK must be powered up again. Only then will the input of

dependent data be performed correctly.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. If the alarm has been

displayed after downloading an MD file which is consistent within itself, then the download

operation must be repeated with a new NCK power-up. (The file contains scaling-

dependent machine data in front of the scaling factors).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4071 Check absolute encoder position

Definitions: A machine date has been changed influencing the value of an absolute encoder position.

Please check the postion values.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4073 Compile cycle functions define machine data number %1 several times

Parameters: % 1 = M ac hi n e data number

Definitions: Can only occur when installing compile cycle functions. Two different compile cycle

applications use the same machine data number. The machine data which was defined

twice is shifted into the free number range above 64000.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The error has no effect on the usability of the machine data and the function of the

compile cycle application. To ensure that the compile cycle machine data documentation

is correct, you must contact the supplier of the compile cycle. Only the supplier can

remedy the error by changing the software.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4075 Machine da ta %1 (and maybe others ) not changed due t o missing permiss io n le v el

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Write protection level of the MD

Definitions: On executing a TOA file or when writing data from the part program, an attempt has been

made to write an item of data with a higher protection level th an the access authori z a ti on

currently set in the control. The item of data in question has not been written and program

execution is continued. This alarm is set only when access violation is detected for the

first time.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set the required access level

by means of keyswitch or password entry or delete the machine data concerned from the

MD file/part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4076 %1 Machine data could not be changed with permission level %2

Parameters: %1 = Number of MDs

%2 = Preset access authorization

Definitions: On executing a TOA file or when writing data from the part program an attempt has been

made to write data with a higher protection level than the access authorization curren tly

set in the control. The data in question have not been written and prog ram exec ution is

continued without hindrance. This alarm is issued on acknowledging the alarm

EXBSAL_MD_PERMISSION_DENIED. It can be cleared only with Power On.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set the required access level

by means of keyswitch or password entry or delete the machine data concerned from the

MD file/part program.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4077 New value %1 of MD %2 not set. Requested %3 bytes too much %4 memory.

Parameters: %1 = New value of machine data

%2 = Machine data number

%3 = Number of bytes reques ted that exceeded availa bility

%4 = Type of memory

Definitions: An attempt was made to enter a new value in the specified memory configuration

machine data. It was not possible to modify the value, since this would clear the contents

of the user memory. This is because the memory re quested exceeded the av ailable

capacity.

The third parameter specifies th e number of bytes by which the maximum user memory

was exceeded.

The fourth parameter specifies the type of memory whose limit was exceeded.

• "D" stands for dynamic or non-buffered user memory (this is where the LUD variables

are stored and the interpolation buffer size is entered, for example). The capacity of this

memory type is defined by the current memory expansion and th e value in MD

MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC (18210).

• "S" stands for static or buffered user memory (this is where part programs, offset data, R

parameters, tool data, etc. are stored). This memory type is defined by the current

memory expansion and the value in MD MM_USER _MEM_BUFFERED (18230).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-45

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: If the modification was unintentional, ignore the error message and continue. The alarm

has no negative effects. The remedy depends on the access rights and the current

memory expansion of the NCK.

• The intended change is not possible -> try again with a sma ller value. Observe the

change in the number of bytes.

• Buy more memory? This option depends on the model in use.

• The NCK user memory setting may be smaller than possible. The MDs can be changed

with appropriate access rights.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4080 Incorrect configuration of indexing axis in MD %1

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: The assignment of a position table to an indexing axis or the contents of a position table

contains an error, or the length of a position table has been parameterized with 0.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. 3 MD identifiers are output,

depending on the type of error.

1. $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_TAB (axis-specific MD 30500: The error is due to multiple

assignment of a position table (NCK MD 10910/10930 INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_n) to axes

with different t y pes (linear/rotary axi s).

2. $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_n (NCK MD 10910/10930): The contents of the displayed

table n contain an error.

• The entered positions must be arranged in increasing size.

• A particular position must not be set mo re than once.

• If the table is assigned to one or several modulo axes, then the contents must be within

the 0 to < 360 degree range.

3. $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_n (NCK MD 10900/10920): The length of the

displayed position table n was specified with 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4090 Too many errors during power-up

Definition s : More than <n> errors occurred during co nt rol po w e r-u p.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the machine data correctly.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4100 System cycle time/scan time divider corrected for digital drive

Definitions: The machine data 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME (system clock cycle) and/or MD

10080 SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO (dividing factor of the position control cycle for

actual value acquisition) have been corrected. The sampling cycle to which the digital

drive is synchronized (drive clock cycle) must be a multiple of 4, 8, 16 or 32 of 31.25µs.

The modifications were so made that, due to the selection of the system clock cycle time

in MD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME, the programmable hardware divider 1 was

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

readjusted in such a way that the selected time and the basic drive cycle result in a

31.25µs grid. If this requirement is unfe asible (e.g. because the system clock cycle is not

a multiple of 31.25µs), the system clock cycle is automatically increased until the basic

drive cycle is in a 31.25µs grid.

The new value of the SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME can be obtained from the MD 10050.

The position control cycle can be set with the following gradations:

• up to 4ms: 125µs step

• up to 8ms: 250µs step

• up to 16ms: 0.5ms step

• up to 32ms: 1ms step

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No remedial measures are required. The alarm display can be canceled with Reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4101 Position control cycle for digital drive reduced to %1 ms

Parameters: %1 = String (time in ms)

Definitions: The position control clock divisor in the NCK MD 10060

POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO was set such that a position control cycle time of

more than 16 ms resulted. The boundary value for the drive actuator 611D is however 16

ms.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No remedial measures are required. The alarm display is canceled with Rese t.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4102 Default values for drive cycle tim es differ

Definitions: External control modules of the 611D bus and the controls within the CCU3 module have

different default values for the current and speed control cycle times.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: External control modules of the 611D bus and the controls within the CCU3 module have

different default values for the current and speed control cycle times.

Check the specified values and modify accordingly (see MD_CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME

and MD_SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4110 IPO factor increased to %1

Parameters: %1 = String (new IPO cycle time)

Definitions: The IPO cycle divisor was set to a value which was not an integral multiple of the position

control cycle divisor. The divisor (MD 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO) was

increased. IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified on systems with

PROFIBUS DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB-Type-2000 (MD 10050

SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Machine data 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-47

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4111 PLC cycle increased to %1 ms

Parameters: %1 = String (new PLC cycle time)

Definitions: The PLC cycle divisor was set to a value which was not an integral multiple of the IPO

cycle divisor. The divisor (MD 10074 PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO ) has been increased. MD

10074 PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been modified on systems with PROFIBUS DP

because of the modified DP cycle in SDB-Type-2000 (MD 10050

SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Machine data 10074 PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been modified.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4112 Servo cycle changed to %1 ms

Parameters: %1 = String (new servo cycle time)

Definitions: M D 10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO has been modified on systems with

PROFIBUS DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB-Type-2000 (10050

SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Machine data 10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO RATIO has been modified.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4113 Sysclock cycle changed to %1 ms

Parameters: %1 = String (new PLC cycle time)

Definitions: MD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME has been modified on systems with PROFIBUS

DP because of the modified DP cycle in SDB-Type-2000.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Machine data 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME has been modified.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4114 Error in DP cycle of SDB-Type-2000

Parameters: %1 = String (new PLC cycle time)

Definitions: The DP cycle in SDB-Type-2000 contains an error and cannot be set. The default value of

$MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME is set.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct SDB-Type-200 0

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4115 Time ratio communica tio n to Ipo changed to %1

Parameters: %1 = String (new PLC cycle time)

Definitions: The value of the machine data 10072 has been adapted. This can only occur, if the value

of the machine data is smaller than one and the time thus calculated is no multip le of the

position control cycle.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The machine data $MN_COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO has been adapted. Please check to

ensure that the calculated value is correct.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4150 Channel %1 invalid M function subprogram call configured

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The machine data $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] or $MN_M_NO_FCT_C YCLE_PAR

contains invalid configration data: An M function, which is used by the system and can not

be replaced by a subprogram call has been specified in the machine data

$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] for the configuration of the subp rogram call via M function:

• M0 to M5,

• M17, M30,

• M19, M40 to M45,

• M function for selecting spindle/axis mode according to

$MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR (default: M70),

• M functions for nibbling/punching as configured in $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_ CODE if

activated by $MC_PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION.

• Also M96 to M99 for applied external language ($MN_MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE).

The machine data $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR contains an inva lid array index of

$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n]. Currently, the values 0 to 9 are permissible. The affecte d

machine data is reset to the default value -1. This deactivates the function.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Configure an M function in the machine data $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE[n] that is not

assigned by the system, or configure a permissible array index in the machine data

$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4152 Illegal configuration of the 'Block display with absolute values' function

Definitions: The "Block display with absolute values" function has been illegal ly parameterized:

• An illegal block length has been set with $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK:

While ramping up, the machine data will be checked for the following value range: 0, 1,

128 to 512

• An invalid display range has been set with $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[].

While ramping up, the machine data will be checked for the followin g upper and lower

limits:

• 0 <= $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[0] <= 8

• 0 <= $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[1] <= ($MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE +

$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP). Alarm 4152 is issued if the limits are violated.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Configure block length/display range within the permissible limits.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-49

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4160 Channel %1 invalid M function number configured for spin dle switchover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An M function was specified in machine data $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR in

order to configure the M function number for spindle switchover. The M function number is

assigned by the system and cannot be used for the switchover (M1 to M5, M17, M30,

M40 to M45).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: (M1 to M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45). Configure an M function which is not used by the

system (M1 to M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45) in machine data

$MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4170 Invalid M function number for channel synchronisation assigned

Definitions: An M number between 0 and 99 has been specified In machine data

$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN or

$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX for the configuration of the M number range

for channel synchronization in ISO2/3 mode or the machine data

$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX is smaller than

$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check machine data $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MIN and

$MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NR_MAX.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4180 Invalid M function number assigned to enable ASUP

Definitions: An invalid M function nu mber has been assigned for activation of ASUP. An illegal M

number has been assigned in machine data $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT or

$MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT for the configuration of the M number range for

activation/deactivation of the interru pt program.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check machine data $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT and

$MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4181 Channel %1 invalid assignmen t of an M auxiliar y function number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: In machine data $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE or

$MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE, a number has been specified for the configuration of

a new predefined M function which is occupied by the system, and cannot be used for an

assignment. (M0 to M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Configure an M function in machine data $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE or

$MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE which is not occupied by the system (M1 to M5, M17,

M30, M40 to M45).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4182 Channel %1 invalid M auxiliary function number in %2%3, MD reset

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = MD identifier

%3 = If required, MD index

Definitions: In the specified machine data, a number has been specified for the configuration of an M

function which is occupied by the system, and cannot be used for an assignment. (M0 to

M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45 and also M98, M99 with applied ISO dialect). The value set

by the user has been reset to the default value by the system.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Configure an M function in the specified machine data which is not occupied by the

system (M0 to M5, M17, M30, M40 to M45 and also M98, M99 with applied ISO dialect).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4183 Channel %1 M auxiliary function number %2 used several times (%3 and %4)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = M auxiliary function numb er

%3 = MD identifier

%4 = MD identifier

Definitions: In the specified machine data, a number has been used several times for the

configuration of an M functi on.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-51

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Check the specified machine data and create a unique assignment of M auxiliary function

numbers.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4184 Channel %1 illegally predefined auxiliary function in %2%3, MD reset

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = MD identifier

%3 = If required, MD index

Definitions: In the specified machine data, a pred efined auxiliary function has been illegally

configured.

The value set by the user has been reset to the default value by the system.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Configure a valid value in the sp ecified machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4185 Channel %1 illegal auxiliary function configured %2 %3 %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Type of auxiliary function

%3 = Extension

%4 = Auxiliary function value

Definitions: An auxiliary function has been illegally configured.

Predefined auxiliary functions cannot be reconfigured by user-defined auxiliary functions.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Reconfigure th e au xi l ia r y fu nction.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4200 Channel %1 geometry axis %2 must no t be dec la red a rotary axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

Definitions: The geometry axes represent a Cartesian coordinate system and therefore the

declaration of a geometry axis as rotary axis leads to a definition conflict.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Remove rotary axis

declaration for this machine axis.

For this purpose, the geome try axis index for the displayed geometry axis must be

determined by means of the channel-specific MD array 20060

AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB. The channel axis number is stored with the same index

in the channel-specific MD array 20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB. The channel

axis number minus 1 provides the channel axis inde x under which the machine axis

number is found in the channel-sp ecific MD array 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4210 Channel %1 spindle %2 declara tion as rotary axis missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: If a machine axis is to be operated as a spindle, this machine axis must be declared as a

rotary axis.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set rotary axis declaration

for this machine axis in the axis-specific MD 30300 IS_ROT_AX.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4215 Channel %1 spindle %2 declaration as modulo axis missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The spindle functionality requires a modulo axis (posi tions in [deg],. ) .

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set MD

"ROT_IS_MODULO".

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4220 Channel %1 spindle %2 declare d repeatedly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The spindle number exists more than once in the channel.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-53

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The spindle number is stored

in the axis-specific MD array 35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX. The channel to

which this machine axis/spindle is assigned is listed in the machine axis index. (The

machine axis number is given in the channel-specific MD array 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4225 Channel %1 axis %2 declaration as rotary axis missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, axis number

Definitions: The modulo functionality requires a rotary axis (positions in [deg],.).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Set MD "IS_ROT_AX".

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4230 Channel %1 data alteration from ex ternal not possible in current cha nn el stat e

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: It is not allowed to enter this data while the part program is being executed (e.g. setting

data for working area limitation or for dry run feedrate).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The data to be entered mu st be altered before starting the part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4240 Runtime overflow for IPO cycle or position controller cycle, IP %1

Parameters: %1 = Program location

Definitions: The settings for the interpolation and position control cycle were modified before the last

power-up such that too little computing time is now availab le for the requisite cyclic task.

The alarm occurs immediately after power-up if too little runtime is available even when

the axes are stationary and the NC program has not sta r ted. However, task overflow can

occur only when computation-intensive NC functions are called during program

execution.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Take greater care when

optimizing the clock times NCK MD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME, MD 10060

POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO and/or MD 10070

IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The test should be performe d with an NC program that represents the worst case. For

safety, a margin of 15 to 25% should be added to the times determined in this way.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4250 FastPlcCom functionality not available

Definitions: This alarm indicates that the PLC provides the None FastPlcCom functi onality during

start-up although this functiona lity is requested by the NCK.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Retrofit the PLC with the FastPlcCom functionality or deactivate the FastPlcCom

functionality by means of NCK machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4252 PLCIO read error: %1

Parameters: %1 = PLCIO error code

Definitions: This alarm indicates that errors occured when reading the PLCIO with the FastPlcCom

functionality.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check machine data MD 10394/10395 or check the PLC hardware configuration.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4254 PLCIO write error: %1

Parameters: %1 = PLCIO error code

Definitions: This alarm indicates that errors occured when writing on the PLCIO with the FastPlcCom

functionality.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check machine data MD 10396/103947 or check the PLC hardware configuration.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4260 Machine da ta %1 illegal

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Selected cam pair not activated by MD $MN_SW_ASSIGN_TAB or several cam pairs

selected.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Activate the cam pair or select only one cam pair.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4270 Machine data %1 assigns not activated NCK input/output byte %2

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index

Definitions: The specified machine data assigns a digital input/output byte or an analog input/output

signal the processing of which ha s not been activated to an NC function.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-55

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Correct machine data.

Activate required inputs/outputs via MDs:

• $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS

• $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS

• $MN_FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS

• $MN_FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS

Activation of fast inputs/outputs does not require the corresponding hardware

configuration to be available at the control. All functions using fast inputs/outputs can also

be made use of by the PLC specification/modificati on defined in the VDI interface, if the

response time requirements are reduced accordingly.

Activated inputs/outputs increase the computation time requirement of the interpolation

cycle because the PLC manipulation signals are handled cyclically. Note: Deactivate any

inputs/outputs not in use.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4275 Machine data %1 and %2 both assign the same NCK output byte no. %3 several

times

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = No. of output

Definitions: The specified machine data assign two NC functions to the same digital/analog output.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Correct machine data.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4280 Assignment of NCK input/output byte via MD %1[%2] does not match hardware

configuration

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

Definitions: When booting, the required input/output module was not found at the slot specified in the

MD.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check hardware and correct

the MD if necessary. Note: Monitoring of the hardware configuration is performed

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

independently of the number of activated inputs/outputs (MD 10300 - 10360

FASTIO_ANA(DIG)_NUM_INPUTS(OUTPUTS))

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4282 Hardware of external NCK outputs assigned repeatedly

Definitions: Several outputs have been configured on the same hardware byte.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Alter MD 10 364

HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT or MD 10364 HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4285 Error on ter m inal block %1, error code %2

Parameters: %1 = Number of terminal block (1 ... 4)

%2 = Error code

Definitions: An error occurred on terminal block no. %1 (sign - of-life failure, I/O module removed in

current operation, etc.). All possible errors which can lead to this alarm are not yet known

(and will be completed late r). Further information together with a description of the error

code and its meaning will be provided at a later date.

Error code 1: Sign-of-life failure from terminal block

Error code 10: Sign-of-life failure NC

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check hardware.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4290 Sign of life monitori ng: local P-bus not alive

Definitions: The COM computer must alter the sign-of-life on the local P-bus in each SERVO cycle.

Monitoring for alteration takes place in the IPO cycle. If the sign of life has not altered, this

alarm is triggere d .

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check hardware.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-57

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

4291 Failure of module in local P-bus slot %1, error codes %2 %3 %4

Parameters: %1 = Slot number

%2 = Error code

%3 = Error code

%4 = Error code

Definitions: The module on the specified slot has signaled a diagnostics alar m. The error code

reported corresponds to the AS300 documentation.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check hardware.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4300 Declaration in MD %1 is not allowed for axis %2.

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis cannot be operated as competi ng positioning axes,

for example because the axis is the slave axis within a closed ga ntry group or a gantry

group to be closed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset MD 30450 IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX for the axis concerned.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4310 Declaration in MD %1 index %2 is not allowed.

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = Index: MD array

Definitions: The machine data values must be written in the array in ascending order.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

4320 Axis %1 function %2 %3 and %4 not allowe d

Parameters: %1 = St ring: Axis identifier

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = String: Bit

%4 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: The functions declared by the specified machine data cannot simultaneously be active for

one axis.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Deactivate one of the functions.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4334 Channel %1 The amoun t of fine correction in parameter %2 of th e orientable

toolholder %3 is too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Invalid parameter of the orientable toolholder

%3 = Number of the orientable toolholder

Definitions: The maximum permissible value of the fine correction in an orientable toolholder is limited

by the machine data $MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN for linear variables, and by the

machine data $MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT for rotary variables. The alarm can only

occur if the setting data $SC_TOC AR R_FINE_CORRECTION is not equal to zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter a valid fine correction value.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4336 Channel %1 orientab le toolholder no. %2 for orientation transfo rmation %3 does

not exist

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Number of the orientable toolholder

%3 = Number of the orientation transformation that is to be parameterized with the

orientable toolho lder

Definitions: The orientable toolholder, with whose data the orientation transformation is to be

parameterized (see machine data $MC_TRAFO5_TC ARR_NO_1/2), does not exist.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter a valid tool-carrier number.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4338 Channel %1 invalid transforma tion type '%2' in toolholder %3 for orientation

transformer %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Transformer type

%3 = Number of the orientable toolholder

%4 = Number of the orientation transformation that is to be parameterized with the

orientable toolho lder

Definitions: The parameters of the orientation transformation are taken over from the data of an

orientable toolholder. This orientable toolholder contains an invalid transformation type.

(Types T, P and M are permissible).

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-59

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter a valid transformation type.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4340 Channel %1 block %2 invalid transformation type in transformation no. %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Transformation number

Definitions: An invalid, i.e. undefin ed, number was entered in one of the machine data

TRAFO_TYPE_1 ... TRAFO_TYPE_8. This alarm also occurs if a certain type of

transformation is only impossible on the type of control used (e.g. 5-axis transformation

on a SINUMERIK 802 D ).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter a valid transformation type.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4341 Channel %1 block %2 no data set available for transformation no. %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Transformation number

Definitions: Only a limited number of machine data sets (usually 2) is available for each related group

of transformations (e.g. orientation transformations, Transmit, Tracyl, etc.). This alarm is

output if an attempt is made to set more transformations from a group.

Example:

Two orientation transformations are allowed. The machine data contains e.g.:

TRAFO_TYPE_1 = 16 ; 1st orienta tion transformation

TRAFO_TYPE_2 = 33 ; 2nd orientation transformation

TRAFO_TYPE_3 = 256 ; 1st transmit transformation

TRAFO_TYPE_4 = 20 ; 3rd orientation transformation ==> This entry tri ggers alarm

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter valid machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4342 Channel %1 invalid machine data for general 5-axis transformation error no. %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Error type

Definitions: The machine data which describe the axis directions and the base orientation or the input

axes for the general 5-axis transformation are invalid. The error parameter displayed

specifies the cause of the alarm:

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 1: The first axis (TRAFO5_AXIS1_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are 0)

• 2: The second axis (TRAFO5_AXIS2_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are

• 3: The basic orientation (TRA FO5_BASE _ORIENT_*) is not defined (all three entries of

the vector are 0)

• 4: The first and second axis are (virtually) parallel

• 5: On TRAFO_TYPE = 56 (rotatable tool and workpiece) there is no 4-axis

transformat io n , i. e. 2 rota ry axe s must always be available. (See MD

TRAFO_AXES_IN_X)

• 6: The third axis (TRAFO5_AXIS3_*) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are 0)

(6-axis transformation)

• 7: The normal tool vector (TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_*) is not defined (all

three entries of the vector are 0) (6-axis transformation)

• 8: The basic tool orientation (TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_*) and the normal tool vector

(TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_*) are (virtually) parallel (6-axis transformation)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Set valid machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4343 Channel %1 attempt made to change the machine data of an active transformation.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An attempt was made to change the machine data of an active transformation and to

activate the machine data with RESET or NEWCONFIG.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Set valid machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4345 Channel %1 invalid configuration in chained transformation no. %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Transformation number

Definitions: A chained transformation is incorrectly configured (machine data

$MC_TRACON_CHAIN_1 or $MC_TRACON_CHAIN_2). The following causes for the

error are possib l e:

• The list of transformations to be chained starts with a 0 (at least one entry not equal to

zero is required).

• The list of transformations to be chained contains the number of a transformation which

does not exist.

• The number of a transformation in the list is greater than or equal to the number of the

chained transformation. Example: The cascaded transformation is the fourth

transformation in the system, i.e. $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_4 = 8192. In this case, only

values 1, 2 or 3 may be entered in the associated list (e.g.

$MC_TRACON_CHAIN_1[...]).

• The chaining setting is invalid. The following restrictions currently apply. A maximum of

two transformations can be chained. The first transformation must be an orientation

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-61

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

transformation, transmit, peripheral curve transformation or inclined axis. The second

transformation must be the inclined axis transformation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Set a valid transformation chain.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4346 Channel %1 invalid geoaxis ass ignment in machine da ta %2[%3]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Name of machine data

%3 = Transformation number

Definitions: Machine data TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X contains an invalid entry. The following

causes for the error are possible:

• The entry references a channel axis which does not exist.

• The en try i s zero ( no axi s) but the tran sformation needs the relevant axis as a geometry

axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Correct the entry in TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_X or TRAFO_AXES_IN_X.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4347 Channel %1 invalid channe l axis assignment in machine data %2[%3]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Name of machine data

%3 = Transformation number

Definitions: Machine data TRAFO_AXIS_IN_X contains an invalid entry. The following causes for the

error are possib l e:

• The entry references a channel axis which does not exist.

• The entry is zero (no axis) but the transformation needs the relevant axis as a channel

axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Correct the entry in TRAFO_AXES_IN_X.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

4350 Channel %1 axis identifier %2 machine data %3 not cons istent with machine data

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: Axis identifier

%3 = String: MD identifier

%4 = String: MD identifier

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: MD 32410 JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENA BLE (jerk limitation) and MD 35240

ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE (acceleration reduction) have been defined as the initial setting for

an axis. However, the two functions cannot be activated at the same time for one axis.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Resetting of 32410

JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE or 35240 ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4400 MD alteration will cause reorganisation of buffered memory (loss of data!)

Definitions: A machine data has been altered that configures the buffered memory. If the NCK powers

up with the altered data, this will lead to reorganization of the buffe red memory and thus

to the loss of all buffered user data (part programs, tool data, GUD, leadscrew error

compensation, ...)

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. If the control includes user

data that has not yet been saved, then a data backup must be performed before the next

NCK power-up. By manually resetting the altered MD to the value it had before the last

power-up, reorganization of the memory can be avoided.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

4402 %1 causes a machine data reset

Parameters: % 1 = M ac hi n e data

Definitions: If this machine data is set, the current machine data values are overwritten by the default

values at the next ramp-up. Under certain circumstances, this may cause data loss (even

in the buffer ed memory).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. If the control includes user

data that has not yet been saved, then a data backup must be performed before the next

NCK power-up. By manually resetting the altered MD to the value it had before the last

power-up, reorganization of the memory can be avoided.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

4502 Channel %1 anachronism %2(%3) -> %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = String: MD identifier

%4 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Previously, in $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK Bit4 and Bit5, the reset behavior of the 6th or

8th G groupe was determined. This setting is now made in

$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE.

In order to ensure compatible handling of "old" data backup s, the "old" values are taken

from $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and entered in $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: --

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-63

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4503 In TO unit, %1 H number %2 assigned more than once. H number linked again.

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = H number

Definitions: This error can only occur when MD $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM= 1 or 2. The

Power ON effective machine data bit 10890, $MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3

has been reset. On reconstructing data handling after Power ON, it has been found that

different edges of the same TO unit have the same H number. They had been linked

previously. They are linked again and MD bit $MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3

is set again.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: H numbers must be assigned only once in a TO unit. Then, machine data bit 10890,

$MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3 can be set = 0 and a restart can be

performed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

4600 Invalid ha nd wheel type for handwh e el %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number

Definitions: The handwheel type for handwheel %1 requested through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT is invalid.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Configure a valid type for the correspo nding handwheel through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4610 Invalid handwheel module for handwheel %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel module

Definitions: The handwheel module for handwheel %1 requested through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE is not available for 840D systems. An 840D system is

always regarded as a module. For this reason, handw heels directly linked with 840D

systems $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE = 1 must always be set.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Set machine date $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE = 1 for the corresponding ha ndwheel.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4611 Invalid ha nd wheel input for handwheel %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel input

Definitions: The handwheel input for handwheel %1 requested through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_INPUT is not available for 840D systems. With 840D systems, a

maximum of 3 handwheels can be lin ked directly (1st and 2nd directly to 840D HW, 3rd

handwheel through free encod er input).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Configure machine date $MN_HANDWHEEL_INPUT for a valid input for the

corresponding handwheel

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4620 Invalid handwheel module for handwheel %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel module

Definitions: The handwheel module for handwheel %1 requested through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE is not available for 802D systems. An 802D system is

always regarded as a module. For this reason, $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE = 1 must

always be set for handwheels directly linked with 802D systems.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Set machine date $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE = 1 for the corresponding ha ndwheel.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4621 Invalid ha nd wheel input for handwheel %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel input

Definitions: The handwheel input for handwheel %1 requested through machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_INPUT is not available for 802D systems. With 802D systems, a

maximum of 2 handwheels can directly be lin ked.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Configure machine date $MN_HANDWHEEL_INPUT for a valid input for the

corresponding handwheel

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4630 Invalid handwheel module for handwheel %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel module

Definitions: The reference in $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE for a corresponding entry in machine

date array $MN_HNADWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS[] necessary for the configuration of

PROFIBUS handwheels is not available.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Configure the machine date $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE for the corresponding

PROFIBUS handwheel in such a way that a valid reference exists to an input in the

machine date array $MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADD RESS[]. A valid logical base

address on a configured handwheel slot must exist in the corresponding machine date

array $MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4631 Invalid ha ndwheel slot for hand whe e l %1

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel slot

Definitions: The handwheel slot for handwheel %1 requested through the machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_INPUT is not available for PROFIBUS handwheels.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Configure machine date $MN_HANDWH E EL_INPUT to a valid handwheel slot for the

corresponding PROFIBUS handwhee l.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-65

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

4632 Logical PROFIBUS handwheel slot base ad dress for handwheel %1 not found

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number

Definitions: The logical base address of the PROFIBUS handwheel slot in machine date array

$MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS[] indexed in machine date

$MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE was not found.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check if $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE of the corresponding handwheel is corre ct.

Check if indexed logical base address of PROFIBUS handwheel slot in machine date

array $MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS[] is correct.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

5000 Communication job not executable %1

Parameters: %1 = Reference to which resources are no longer available.

Definitions: The communication job (data exchange between NCK and MMC, e.g.: loading an NC part

program) cannot be executed because ther e is insufficient memory space. Cause: Too

many communication jobs in parallel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Reduce the number of communication jobs taking pl ace at the same time or increase

$MN_MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS

• Restart communication job.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. No remedial measures are

possible - the operation triggering the alarm message has to be repeated. Clear the alarm

display with Cancel.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6000 Memory reorganized using standard machine data

Definitions: The memory management was not able to allocate the NC user memory with the values

in the machine data. Because the total memory available is provided as dynamic and

static memory for the NC user (e.g. for macro definitions, user variables, number of tool

offsets, number of directories and files etc.) and therefore its size is not adequate.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Redefine the NC memory

structure!

A specific machine data for NC user memory allocation cannot be given as the cause of

the alarm. Therefore, the MD initiating the al arm must be determine d on th e basis of the

default values in the machine data by changing the user-specific memory structure step

by step.

Usually, not just one machine data has been chosen too large and therefore it is

advisable to reduce the memory are a by a certai n proportion in several MDs.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6010 Channel %1 data block %2 not or not completely created, error code %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String (block name)

%3 = Internal error code

Definitions: Data management has detected an error in power-up. The specified data block may not

have been created. The error number specifies the type of error. If the error number

>100000, then there is a fatal system error. Otherwise, the user memory area was made

too small. In this case the (user) error codes have the following meaning:

• Error number 1: No memory space available

• Error number 2: Maximum possible numb er of symbols exceeded

• Error number 3: Index 1 outside of valid value range

• Error number 4: Name in channel already exists

• Error number 5: Name in NCK already exists

If the alarm occurs after cycle programs, macro definitions or definitions for global user

data (GUD) have been introduced, the machine data for the NC user memory

configuration have been incorrectly configured. In all other cases, cha nges to machine

data that are already correct lead to errors in the user memory configuration.

The following block names (2nd parameter) are known in the NCK (all system and user

data blocks; in general, only problems in the user data blocks can be remedied by user

intervention:

• _N_NC_OPT - System internal: option data, NCK global

• _N_NC_SEA - System internal: setting data, NCK global

• _N_NC_TEA - System internal: machine data, NCK global

• _N_NC_CEC - System internal: 'cross error compensation'

• _N_NC_PRO - System internal: protection zones, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by _N_SGUD_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by _N_MGUD_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by _N_UGUD_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by _N_GUD4_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD5 - User: 5th GUD block defined by _N_GUD5_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD6 - User: 6th GUD block defined by _N_GUD6_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD7 - User: 7th GUD block defined by _N_GUD7_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD8 - User: 8th GUD block defined by _N_GUD8_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_GD9 - User: 9th GUD block defined by _N_GUD9_DEF, NCK global

• _N_NC_MAC - User: Macro definitions

• _N_NC_FUN - User: Cycle programs

• _N_CHc_OPT - System internal: option data, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_SEA - System internal: setting data, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_TEA - System internal: machine data, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_PRO - System internal: protection zones, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_UFR - System internal: frames, channel-spe cific

• _N_CHc_RPA - System internal: arithmetic parameter, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by _N_SGUD_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by _N_MGUD_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by _N_UGUD_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by _N_GUD4_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD5 - User: 5th GUD block defined by _N_GUD5_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD6 - User: 6th GUD block defined by _N_GUD6_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD7 - User: 7th GUD block defined by _N_GUD7_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_CHc_GD8 - User: 8th GUD block defined by _N_GUD8_DEF, channel-specific

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-67

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• _N_CHc_GD9 - User: 9th GUD block defined by _N_GUD9_DEF, channel-specific

• _N_AXa_OPT - System internal: option data, axial

• _N_AXa_SEA - System internal: setting data, axial

• _N_AXa_TEA - System internal: machine data, axial

• _N_AXa_EEC - System internal: leadscrew error compensation data, axial

• _N_AXa_QEC - System internal: quadrant error compensation data, axial

• _N_TOt_TOC - System internal: toolholder data, TOA-specific

• _N_TOt_TOA - System internal: tool data, TOA-specific

• _N_ TOt_TMA - System internal : ma ga zi ne da ta , TOA-specific

• _N_NC_KIN - System internal: data to describe kinematic chains, NCK-specific

• _N_NC_NPA - System internal: data to describe 3D protection zones, NCK-specific

c = Channel number

a = Machine axis number

t = TOA unit number

There are further internal system data blocks with identifier.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the machine data or undo the changes made.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. There are two determining

machine data for cycle programs:

• $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES = max. number of all cycle programs, error

number = 2 shows that this value is too small.

• $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM = max. number of all parameters defined in the

cycle programs, error number = 2 shows that this value is too small

(If these MDs are modified, the memory backup is retained)

The following applies to macro definitions:

$MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS = max. number of all macro defi nitions, error number

= 2 shows that this value is too small.

(If these MDs are modified, the memory backup is retained)

The following applies to GUD variables:

• $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULE S = max. number of GUD data blocks per area

(NCK/channel) (if GD1, GD2, GD3, GD9 are to be defined, then the value must be = 9

and not e.g. = 4).

• $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK = max. number of all NCK global GUD variables,

error number = 2 shows that this value is too small.

• $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN = max. number of all channel-specific GUD

variables in the channel, error number = 2 shows that this value is too small.

• $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM = total value memory of all GUD variables together,

error number = 1 shows that this value is too small.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

6020 Machine data have been changed - now memory is reorganized

Definitions: Machine data have been changed that define the NC user memory allocation. Data

management has restructured the memory in accordance with the altered machine data.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No remedial measures are required. Any user data that are required must be input again.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6030 Limit of user memory has been adap ted

Definitions: Data management checks during power-up the actually available physical user memory

(DRAM, DPRAM and SRAM) with the values in the system-specific machine data 18210

MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC, MD 18220 MM_USER_MEM_DPR und MD 18230 MM_-

USERMEM_BUFFERED.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No remedial measures are required. The new maximum permissible value can be read

from the reduced machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6035 Instead of %1 KB the system has only %2 KB of free user memory of type '%3'

Parameters: %1 = Free memory capacity in KB defined for the control model

%2 = Actual maxim um capa ci ty of free memory in KB

%3 = Type of memory, "D" =non-battery-backed, "S" =battery-backed

Definitions: The alarm can only occur after a 'cold start' (=NCK sta rt-up wi th standard machine data).

The alarm is only a notice. There is no interference with any NCK functions. It shows that

the NCK has less free user memory available than specified by Siemens for this control

variant. The value of the actually availa ble free user memory can also be taken from the

machine data $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC, $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC.

Siemens supplies NCK with default settings th at, depending on the model, have certain

(free) memory space available for the specific settings of the actual applications. The

original factory setting of NCK systems is thus that the alarm does not occur with a cold

start.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reasons for the messa ge :

• The NCK contains compile cycle software, that uses so much memory space that the

hardware cannot provide the required memory.

• The NCK runs on hardware that is not intended for this NCK release (i.e. that has not

enough memory capacity).

• If the application runs properly with the remaining free user memory (i.e. can be started

up without any errors), the message can simply be ignored.

• If the actual application cannot be con figured because there is not enough memory

capacity available, either the existing compile cycle must be reduced or, if possible, the

system must be upgraded with additional me mory space.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6100 Error while creating %1, error number %2 %3

Parameters: %1 = Symbolname

%2 = Error code

%3 = If required, internal error identifier

Definitions: An error was detected while creating a compile cycle machine data. The error number

specifies the type of error.

• Error number 1: Insufficient memory available

• Error number 2: Symbol in the NCK already exists

• Error number 3: Maximum possible numb er of symbols exceeded

• Error number 4: Invalid name prefix

• Error number 5: Illegal array size

Note: Other errors of this type could have occurred, but have not been displayed.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-69

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Error number 1: The memory reserved by machine data 12328

$MN_MM_CC_MD_MEM_SIZE has to be increased. If the error occurs while loading an

archive, then the machine data must be increased "manually". To do this, either Edit the

archive with 'arcedit' or Overwrite the MD in the MD picture and prevent the deletion of

the machine data when writing the archive (MMC: Set Ask_for_CFG_RESET.INI = 1 in

'dino.ini'). Also refer to: Upgrade instructions P6.x.

• Error number 2: Error in the combination or while reloading compile cycles: Do not

activate compile cycle.

• Error number 3: Error in the combination or while reloading compile cycles: Do not

activate compile cycle.

• Error number 4: Error in the compile cycle: Do not activate compile cycle.

• Error number 5: Error in the compile cycle: Do not activate compile cycle.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

6200 Memory for CC MD full.

Definitions: The memory reserved for storage of compile cycle machine data is full.

Some of these machine data could not be created correctly.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

If the alarm is displayed on start-up of compile cycles, this may be remedied by increasing

$MN_MM_CC_MD_MEM_SIZE.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

6401 Channel %1 tool change not possible: Empty location for tool %2 Duplo no. %3 on

magazine %4 not available.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = Magazine number

Definitions: The tool cannot be moved into the selected tool magazine. There is no appropriate

location for this tool. A suitable location is main ly determined by the status. The status

must indicate that this location is free, not disabled, not reserved and not co-occupied by

a tool that is too large. Furthermore, it i s important that the t ype of too l matches the type of

any magazine location that may be free. (If, for example, all magazine locations are of the

'B' type and these are all free and the tool is of type 'A', then this tool cannot be put into

this magazine).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

• Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be

due to operating procedures.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not

allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6402 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Magazine no. %2 not ava ilable

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Magazine number

Definitions: The desired to ol change is not possible. The magazine with the specified number is not

available.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

• Check whether the magazine is connected to the desired tool holder/spindle via a

distance relation.

• The user PLC program may have sent wrong data to the NCK.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6403 Channel %1 tool chan ge not possible. Magazine location number %2 on magazin e

%3 not available.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Magazine number

%3 = Magazine location number

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified magazine location is not contained

in the specified magazine.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

The user PLC program may have delivered incorrect data to the NCK.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6404 Channel %1 tool chan ge not possible. Tool %2 not available or not usable

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified to ol does not exist or cannot be

inserted.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check whether the part program is written correctly.

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined.

• Check whether there is a replacement tool which can be used for the specified tool.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-71

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6405 Channel %1 command %2 has invalid PLC acknowledge parameter %3 - identifier

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Command no.

%3 = PLC acknowledge parameter

%4 = Error code

Definitions: The specified command has been answered by PLC with an invalid acknowledgement in

the current combination. The following assignments are defined for "command no.":

1 Move tool, load or unload magazine

2 Prepare tool change

3 Execute tool change

4 Prepare tool change and execute with T comma nd

5 Prepare tool change and execute with M command

7 Terminate canceled tool command

8 Check tool movement with reservation

9 Check tool moveme n t

0 Transport acknowledgement

Parameters 2 and 3 design ate the PLC command and the status number of the

acknowledgement.

Example: Parameter 4 of the alarm message is 10. It is not defined whether a buffer

location for asynchronous tool motion must be reserved. In the example, the parameter is

ignored by the NCK. Further possible causes for the alarm: The tool change defined by

the command is not possible. The magazine location specified in the invalid parameter

does not exist in the magazine.

The 3rd parameter - error identification - gives a more detailed descrip tion of the alarm.

Meanings:

• 0 = not defined

• 1 = status not allowed or undefined status received by PLC

• 2 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown

• 3 = not defined

• 4 = target magazine no. and/or location no. in tool motion command not end target

• 5 = not defined

• 6 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown during tool change

• 7 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: either inconsistent magazine addresses in VDI or

NCK command unequal to PLC acknowledgement or both

• 8 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: while rejecting a tool, the tool to be rejected was

unloaded asynchronously. NCK cannot perform a new selection.

• 9 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: the command acknowledgement data wants to

move a tool to a location that is occupied by another tool.

• 10 = it is not defined whether a buffer location for asynchronous tool motion must be

reserved.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Erroneous PLC

communication: Correct the PLC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6406 Channel %1 PLC acknowledge for command %2 is missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Command no.

Definitions: There is still no acknowledgement from the PLC for the tool change. The NCK cannot

continue processing until it receives this acknowledgement for the specified command

number. Possible command number values are described for alarm 6405.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Erroneous PLC communication: Correct the PLC program.

• It is possible to release NCK with the PLC command 7 from the wait condition.

This aborts the waiting command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6407 Channel %1 tool %2 cannot be placed in magazine %3 on location %4. Invalid

definition of magazine!

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Magazine number

%4 = Magazine location number

Definitions: A tool change request or a verification request was issued to put the tool in a location

which does not satisfy the prerequisites for filling.

The following causes for the error are possible:

• Location is blocked or not free!

• Tool type does not match the location type!

• Tool possibly too large, adjacent locations are not free!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined (especially the location type).

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (especially the location type).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6410 TO unit %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its prewarning limit with D = %4

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identifier (name)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = D number

Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its

prewarning limit for a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is

displayed; if not, value 0 is assigned to the 4th parameter.

If the function additive offset is being used, ad ditive offset monitoring may be active

instead of tool wear monitoring. The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see

$TC_TP9). If replacement tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has no

meaning. The alarm is triggered through the MMC or PLC (=OPI interface). The channel

context is not defined. The TO unit was specified for this reason (see

$MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-73

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6411 Channel %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its prewarning limit with D = %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Tool identifier (name)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = D number

Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its

prewarning limit for a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is

displayed; if not, value 0 is assigned to the 4th parameter.

If the function additive offset is being used, ad ditive offset monitoring may be active

instead of tool wear monitoring. The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see

$TC_TP9).

If replacement tools are not being use d, the duplo number specified has no meaning.

The alarm originates during NC program execution.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6412 TO unit %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identifier (name)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = D number

Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its

prewarning limit for a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is

displayed; if not, value 0 is assigned to the 4th parameter.

If the function additive offset is being used, ad ditive offset monitoring may be active

instead of tool wear monitoring.

The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).

If replacement tools are not being use d, the duplo number specified has no meaning.

The alarm is triggered through the MMC or PLC (=OPI interface). The channel context is

not defined. The TO unit was specified for this reason (see $MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6413 Channel %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identifier (name)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = D number

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its

prewarning limit for a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is

displayed; if not, value 0 is assigned to the 4th parameter.

If the function additive offset is being used, ad ditive offset monitoring may be active

instead of tool wear monitoring.

The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).

If replacement tools are not being use d, the duplo number specified has no meaning.

The alarm originates during NC program execution.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6415 TO unit %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitor warning limit

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Cutting edge number

Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool

has reached its monitoring limit. The alarm was triggered th rough the OPI interface

(MMC, PLC). The channel context is not defined. The TO unit was specified for this

reason.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6416 Channel %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitor warning limit

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Cutting edge number

Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool

has reached its monitoring limit. The limit was detected in the channel context. The alarm

originated during NC program execu tio n.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6417 TO unit %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitoring limit

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Cutting edge number

Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool

has reached its monitoring limit. The alarm was triggered th rough the OPI interface

(MMC, PLC). The channel context is not defined. The TO unit was specified for this

reason.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-75

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6418 Channel %1 tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitoring limit

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Tool number

Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool

has reached its monitoring limit. The limit was detected in the channel context. The alarm

originated during NC-program execution.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6421 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Empty locatio n for tool %2 Duplo no. %3 on

magazine %4 not available.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = Magazine number

Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The

tool cannot be moved into the specified tool magazine. There is no appropriate location

for this tool.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly (e.g. the magazine must

not be disabled).

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (for example, the tool location type

must match the location types allowed in the magazine).

• Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be

due to operating procedures.

• Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not

allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6422 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Magazine no. %2 not available.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Magazine number

Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The

magazine with the specified number is not available.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

• If the PLC issued the command for motion: check whether the PLC program is correct.

• If the MMC issued the command for motion: check whether the MMC command was

assigned correct parameters.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6423 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Lo cation %2 on magazi ne %3 not available.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Magazine location number

%3 = Magazine number

Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The

specified magazine location is not contained in the specified magazin e.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6424 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Tool %2 not available/ not usable.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The

status of the named tool does not allow movement of the tool. The named tool is not

defined or not permitted for the command.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the tool status 'is being changed' ('H20') is set. If yes, then the

appropriate tool change command must first be completed by the PLC. Then the tool

should be able to be moved.

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Has the correct T number been

specified?

• Check whether the move command has been correctly parameterized. Is the desired

tool at the source location? Is the targ et location suita ble for taking the tool?

• Check whether the tool has already been loaded (if the alarm occurs while loading the

tool).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6425 Channel %1 tool %2 cannot be placed in magazine %3 on location %4. Invalid

definition of magazine!

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Magazine number

%4 = Magazine location number

Definitions: The desired to ol motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. A

movement request was issued to put the tool in a location which does not satisfy the

prerequisites for filling.

The following causes for the error are possible:

• Location is blocked or not free!

• Tool type does not match the location type!

• Tool possibly too large, adjacent locations are not free!

• If a tool is to be loaded or unloaded, the load/unload position must be of 'load location'

type.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-77

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• If a tool is to be loaded or unloaded, is the magazine in question linke d to the

load/unload location?

See $TC_MDP1, $TC_MDP2.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

• Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be

due to operating procedures.

• Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not

allow insertion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.

• Check whether the magazine in question is linked to the load/unload location or whether

a distance has been defined.

• Check whether the load/unload position is of 'load location' type.

See also $TC_MPP1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6430 Workpiece counter: overflow in table of monitor ed cutting edges.

Definitions: No more cutting edges can be entered in the piece counter table. As many cutting edges

can be noted for the workpiece counter as are possible in total in the NCK. This means

that if for each tool each cutting edge in each TO unit is used precisely once for a

workpiece then the limit is reached.

If several workpieces are made on several toolholders/spindles simultaneously, it is

possible to note 18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA cutting edges for the

workpiece counter for all of the workpieces.

If this alarm occurs, it means that cutting edges used subsequently are no longer quantity

monitored until the table has been emptied again, e.g. by means of the NC language

command SETPIECE or by the relevant job from MMC, PLC (PI service).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Was decrementing of the piece counter forgotten? Then program SETPIECE in the part

program, or add the correct command in th e PLC program.

• If the part program/PLC program is correct, then more memory should be set for tool

cutting edges via the machine data $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA (can

only be performed with the necessary access rights!).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6431 Channel %1 block %2 Function not allowed. Tool management/monitoring is not

active.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Occurs when a data management function is called which is not availab le because

ToolMan is deactivated. For exa mp le, the language commands GETT, SETPIECE,

GETSELT, NEWT, DELT.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Please inform the authorized perso nnel/service departmen t.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Make sure of how the NC is supposed to be configured! Is tool management or tool

monitoring needed but not activated?

• Are you using a part program that is meant for a numerical control with tool

management/tool monitoring? It is not possible to start this program on the numerical

control without tool management/tool monitoring. Either run the part program on the

appropriate NC control or edit the part program.

• Activate tool management/tool monitoring by setting the appropriate machine data. See

$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK

• Che ck wh et he r th e re quired option is set accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6432 Function not executable. No tool assigned to tool holder/spindle

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: When an attempt is made to perform an operation that requires a tool to be located on the

spindle. This can be the quantity monitoring function, for example.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Select another function, another toolholder/spindle, position tool on toolholder/spindle.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6433 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not available with tool management

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The symbol variable specified in %3 is not available with active tool management. The

function GELSELT should be used with $P_TOOLP.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program. If $P_TOOLP has been programmed, the GETSELT function should be

used instead.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

6434 Channel %1 block %2 NC command SETMTH not allowed because tool holder

function not active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No master toolholder has been defined for the initial state

($MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER = 0), therefore no toolholder is available.

The NC command SETMTH has neither been defined. In this setting, the tool chang e is

carried out referring to the master spindle. The master spindle is set with SETMS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC progra m (delete or replace SETMHT) or enable toolholder function via

machine data.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-79

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6441 Writing of $P_USEKT not allowed.

Definitions: An attempt was made to write the value of $P_USEKT. This is not possible since

programmin g T= 'lo ca ti o n nu mber' with automa tic setting of $P_ US EKT is active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Make sure of how the NC is supposed to be configured! (see bit16 and bit22 in

$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK)

• Tool change with "Reject tool" is configured. If you now try to start this program on NC

control with T='location number' with automatic setting of $P_USEKT this will not be

possible.

• Either run the part program on the appropriate NC control or edit the part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6442 Channel %1 function not executable. No tool assigned to desired

magazine/magazine location %2.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Magazine/magazin e location no.

Definitions: PLC logic is presumably incorrect. Tool change with reject tool is configured. Preparatory

command is pending. Selected tool is (e.g. from PLC) unloaded from its location. PLC

acknowledges preparatory command with 'Repeat tool selection' (e.g. status =7). NCK

cannot find the tool at the magazine location specified in the PLC command.

Or: Illegal operator intervention in an active tool selection (unloading of the tool to be

selected) has occurred. Therefore the PLC acknowledgement fails.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: PLC programmer must note the follo wing:

• Ensure that the tool is not removed from the specified magazine location (e.g. incorrect

PLC program).

• Do not remove the tool from the programmed tool change before the final

acknowledgement of the command (= unload).

!! It is however permissible to change the location of the tool to be loaded. The NCK can

deal with this situation.

This alarm supplements Alarm 6405, if it contains the identifier 8. Therefore, the

diagnostics should be easier.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6450 Channel %1 block %2 tool change not possible. Invalid magazine location no. %3 in

buffer magazine

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Magazine location number

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified magazine location is either

toolholder/spindle or empty.

Only the numbers of the buffer that are not toolholder/spindle may be programmed with

the NC command TCI, i.e. the location number of a gripper is allowed.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MPP1) have been defined correctly.

• Check whether the alarm-causing program command _ e.g. TCI _ has been

programmed correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6451 Channel %1 block %2 tool change not possible. No buffer magazine defined.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The desired to ol change is not possible. No buffer magazine defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6452 Channel %1 block %2 too l change not possible. Tool hold er/spindle number = %3

not defined.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Tool holder/spindl e number

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The toolholder/spindle number has not been

defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check whether the toolholder number/spindle number and the magazine data have been

defined correctly. (See system variables $TC_MPP1, $TC_MPP5 of the buffer magazine)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6453 Channel %1 block %2 tool change not possible. No assignment between

toolholder /spindle no. = %3 and buffer magazine location %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle no.

%4 = Location no.

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. No relation has been defined between the

toolholder/spindle number and the buffer magazine location (Location No.)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MLSR) have been defined correctly.

• Check whether the alarm-causing program command _ e.g. TCI _ has been

programmed correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-81

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6454 Channel %1 block %2 tool change not possible. No distance relation availa ble.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. Neither the spindle nor the buffer magazine

location have a distance relation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MDP2) have been defined correctly.

• Check whether the alarm-causing program command _ e.g. TCI _ has been

programmed correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6455 Channel %1 block %2 tool change not possible. Magazine location no. %3 not

available in magazine %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Magazine location number

%4 = Magazine number

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The indicated magazine location is not available

in the indicated magazine.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check whether the causing program command - e.g. TCI - has been parameterized

correctly.

• Check whether magazine data have been defined correctly. ($TC_MAP6 and

$TC_MAP7 of the intermediate locatio n magazine)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

6500 NC memory full

Definitions: The NCK file system is full.

The available buffered memory does not suffice. Note: At ini ti al start-up, files of the NC

file system may be affected such as drive data, MMC files, FIFO files, NC programs...

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Adjust the size of the buffered memory ($MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED) or

increase the space available in the buffered memory, e.g. by unloadi ng part programs

that are no longer being used. Or decrease the size of the ring buffer (see

$MC_RESU_RING_BUFFER_SIZE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6510 Too many part programs in the NC memory

Definitions: The number of files in the file system (part of the NC memory) of the NC has reached the

maximum number possible. Note: During initial start-up, this can concern files from the

NC file system, e.g. drive data, MMC files, FIFO files, NC programs, ...

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Delete or unload files (e.g. part programs), or

• Increase $MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6520 The value of the machine data %1%2 is too low

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

%2 = If required, index: MD array

Definitions: The machine data $MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ FILES specifies the numb er of protocol

files for the protocol users. However, more types are used than configured.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Increase machine data $MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6530 Too many files in directory

Definitions: The number of files in one directory of the NCK has reached the maximum limit.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Delete or unload files (e.g. part programs) in the respective directory, or

• Increase $MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6540 Too many directories in the NC memory

Definitions: The number of directories in the file system of the NCK has reached the maximum limit.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Delete or unload directory (e.g. workpiece), or

• Increase $MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6550 Too many subdirectories

Definitions: The number of subdirectories in a directory of the NCK has reached the maximum limit.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Delete or empty subdirectories in the respective directory, or

• Increase $MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6560 Data format not allowed

Definitions: An attempt was made to write impermissible data in an NCK file. This error can occur in

particular when the attempt was made to load binary data in the NCK as ASCII file.

The error can also occur during preprocessing of cycles (see

$MN_PREPROCESSING_LEVEL) if the NC block is very long. In this case, subdivide the

NC block.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Specify that the file concerned is a binary file (e.g. extension: .BIN).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-83

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6570 NC memory full

Definitions: The NC card file system of the NCK is full. The task cannot be executed. Too many

system files were created in the DRAM.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Start fewer "execute from external" processes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6580 NC memory full

Definitions: The NC card file system of the NCK is full. The task cannot be executed. To many files

have been loaded

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete or empty files (e.g. part programs).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6581 NC user memory full

Definitions: The DRAM file system of the user area is full. The order cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete or unload files (e.g. parts programs)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6582 NC machine OEM memory full

Definitions: The DRAM file system of the machine OEM area is full. The order cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete or unload files (e.g. parts programs)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6583 NC system memory full

Definitions: The DRAM file system of the system area (Siemens) is full. The order cannot be

executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete or unload files (e.g. parts programs)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6584 NC memory limit TMP reached

Definitions: The DRAM file system of the TMP (temporary) area is full. The job cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Increase machine date $MD_MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE or switch off the

precompilation of individual or all cycles or, if need be,

delete the files in the TMP area.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6600 NC card memory is full

Definitions: The NC card file system of the NCK is full. No more data can be stored on the NC card.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete the data on the PCMCIA card.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6610 Too many files open on NC card

Definitions: Too many files are being accessed simultaneously on the NC card.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat the action later.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6620 NC card has incorrect format

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because the format is incorrect.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Replace the NC card.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6630 NC card hardware is defective

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because the card is defective.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Replace the PCMCIA card.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6640 NC card is not inserted

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because the card is not plugged in.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Plug in the NC card.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6650 Write protection of NC card is active

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because the write protection is active.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactiv a te the write protection .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6660 'Flash File System' option is not set

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because the option is not enabled.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Buy option.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6670 NC card re a d active

Definitions: The alarm is active while the contents of the NC card are being read out. The FFS cannot

be accessed during this period.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the read-out procedure is terminated.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-85

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

6671 NC card write active

Definitions: The alarm is active while the contents of the NC card are being written. The FFS cannot

be accessed during this period. If the pow er is switched off while the alarm is active , the

contents of the PCMCIA card are destroyed!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the write procedure is terminated.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

6690 Cycles from NC card cannot be copied to the passive file system.

Definitions: There is not enough space in the file system that the directories specified in the

$PCMCIA_FUNCTION_MASK can be c opied from the NC card to the passive file system.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete data in the file system.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6691 Cycles from the passive file system cannot be saved on the NC card

Definitions: There is not enough space on the NC card that the directories specified in the

$PCMCIA_FUNCTION_MASK can be saved. It is possible that cycles are lost during the

next booting.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete data on the NC card or delete cycles not required.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6692 Cycle %1 lost

Parameters: %1 = Name of cycle

Definitions: A cycle has been changed and due to a power failure, the backup on the PC card could

not be terminated properly. The cycle is lost.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Import the cycle again.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

6693 File %1 lost

Parameters: %1 = Name of file

Definitions: Due to a power failure, a file change could not be terminated properly. The file is lost.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Import the file again.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6698 Unknown NC card (%1/%2). Writing not possible.

Parameters: %1 = actManufactorCode (manufacturer code read by the card)

%2 = actDeviceCode (memor y code re ad by the card)

Definitions: The NC card cannot be accessed because a valid write algorithm is not available for the

flash memory.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Use a compatible NC card or enter the new manufacturer code/device code in MD

$MN_PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB after consultation with SIEM ENS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

6700 Channel %1 value of the mac hine data %2%3 is too low

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = MD identifier

%3 = If required, field index

Definitions: The machine data $MC_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_STD_TYP specifies the number of

default event types for the protocol users. However, more types are used than configured.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Increase machine data $MC_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_STD_TYP.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

7000 Too many compile cycle alarms defined

Definitions: Too many alarms are defined for the compile cycles. On powering up, the quantity was

exceeded when defining a new CC alarm.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Apart from reducing the number of CC alarms, no remedial measures are possible at the

present time. (contact SIEMENS AG, System Support for A&D MC products, Hotline (Tel.:

see alarm 1000)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

7010 Range of MMC alarm numbers for compile cycles exceeded

Definitions: A fixed quantity of alarm numbers (100) is reserved for the compile cycles. This has been

exceeded when defining a new CC alarm. (The valid range is between 0 and 4999).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Define the CC alarm numbers in the valid range from 0 to 4999.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

7020 Compile cycle alarm number has not been defined

Definitions: The alarm ID used by the manufacturer is not known to the system. This was not

allocated when the alarms were generated.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The alarm can have 2 possible causes:

• The alarm number has not been defined. A definition must still be made.

• The call parameter used is not the same as the one transferred by the NCK.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-87

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

7100 Compile cycles VDI area: %1 byte for inputs and %2 byte for outputs. Maximum %3

bytes available.

Parameters: %1 = String (machine data)

%2 = String (machine data)

%3 = Max. length for interface

Definitions: The sum of the input and output bytes at the VDI user interface fo r the compile cycles

exceeds the maximum quantity of 400 bytes.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set the machine data for

dividing up the VDI user interfac e of the com pile cycles (DB 9) into input and output bytes

in accordance with the functions in the compile cycles. The maximum quantity of 400

bytes must not be exceeded. There are no restrictions concerning the division into input

and output bytes.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

7200 Problem with externally linked compile cycle %1 %2

Parameters: %1 = Description string

%2 = Additional information

Definitions: Problem with loadable compile cycles

Example:

"Version_conflict_with_CCNCKInterface_Version"

Meaning: The interface version of the compile cycle is incompatible with the NCK

version.

"Loader_problem_from_dFixup"

Meaning: Unresolved references are left over after loading of all compile cycles, for

example as an ELD file is missing.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: See function description of the compile cycle!

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

7201 Assertion error in %1 line %2

Parameters: %1 = String (path with program name)

%2 = String (line number)

Definitions: This alarm is purely a development alarm. It only occurs with externally linked compile

cycles.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Consultation with CC developer

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.

7202 Missing option bit for %1: %2 <hex>

Parameters: %1 = (string) name of the specific .elf file

%2 = (int) required opti on bit (hex)

Definitions: Alarm for SIEMENS compile cycles. This alarm appears when the option bit required for a

SIEMENS compile cycle is not set.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Set the required option bit or delete the .elf file from the Flash File System.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.

7205 Incompatible OEM transformation channel %1 version NCK %2 CC %3

Parameters: %1 = (int) channel number

%2 = Transformer interface version NCK

%3 = Transformer interface version OEM

Definitions: The interface for OEM transformations has changed incompatibly in the system.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- Alarm reaction delay is canceled.

Remedy: Load the new compile cycle version

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.

7500 Block %1 invalid protection level for command %2 (protection level act.: %3 prog.:

%4)

Parameters: %1 = Block number

%2 = Programmed command

%3 = Current protection level of the command

%4 = Programmed protection level of the command

Definitions: On assigning a protection level for a parts program command via REDEF command

• an impermissible parts program command has been programmed

• a protection level has been programmed that is logically smaller (larger in value) than

the protection level currently applicable for this command.

• the relevant definition file has not been protected sufficently against write access. The

write protection of the file must be at least as high as the highest protection level that

has been assigned to a parts program command in this definition file.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify definition files /_N_DEF_DIR/_N_MACCESS_DEF or /_N_DEF_DIR/_N_UAC-

CESS_ DEF. Please see the Siemens Programming Guide or the OEM documentation

for the language commands permissible for the relevant system configurations.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-89

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

8000 Channel %1 option 'us er interrupt programs' not set

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The input signals of NCK inputs are required in order to activate the interrupt routines and

rapid lift from contour. This function is not included in the basic version and must be

retrofitted when needed.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Do not use rapid interrupt

inputs or contact the machine manufacturer with a view to retrofitting this option!

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8010 Option 'activation of more than %1 axes' not se t

Parameters: %1 = Number of axes

Definitions: More machine axes have been defined through the channel-specific MD 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED than are allowed in the system.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Th e sum of all axes that

have been configured through the channel-specific MD 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, must not exceed the maximum number of axes (dependent

on configuration -> option, basic version: 4 axes).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8020 Option 'activation of more than %1 channels' not set

Parameters: %1 = Number of channels

Definitions: A 2nd channel has been indicated but the corresponding option does not exist.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: In the system-specific MD 10010 ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP, reduce the

number of channels to 1 or retrofit the option for a 2nd channel.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8021 Option 'activation of more than %1 mode group s' not set

Parameters: %1 = Number of mode groups

Definitions: The option for the number of mode groups is not compatible with the activated mode

group.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Add option for more mode groups. Activate fewer mode group s.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8022 Option 'activation o f more than %1KB SRAM' not set

Parameters: %1 = Memory size

Definitions: The option for memory extension does not correspond to the active SRAM.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Buy option

• Activate less SRAM

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8023 Option 'Activation of more than %1 KB PLC user memor y' not set

Parameters: %1 = Memory size

Definitions: The option for the memory configu ra ti on does not correspond to the PLC user memory

used.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Purchase option

• Use less PLC user memory

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8030 Channel %1 block %2 option 'interpolation of more than 4 axes' not set

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The option for the number of interpolating axes does not correspond to the number of

axes programmed in the interp olation group.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Option: "Interpolation of more than 4 axes" (the number of axes tha t is th en allowed can

be set in this option) or specify in the part program as many (or fewer, as required) axes

corresponding to the configura tio n of the control .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8032 Option 'activation of more than %1 link axe s' not set

Parameters: %1 = Number of axes

Definitions: The option for the number of link axes does not match the number of axes programmed in

MD $MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-91

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: • Buy option

• Configure fewer link axes

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8034 Option 'activatio n of axis containers' not set

Definitions: The option for activating the axis container function in MD

$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB is not enabled.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Buy option

• Do not configure any containers

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8036 Option: it is not allowed to set different IPO cycles or position control cycles with

NCU link.

Definitions: The option for activating the FAST_IPO_LINK has not been set. For NCU link, all Ipo or

position control cycles must then be equal (see FAST-IPO-LINK description).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Buy option

• Do not activate different Ipo or position control cycles (see

MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO and MN_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8037 Option 'APC activation' not set

Definitions: Function 'Advanced Positioning Control' (APC) has been activated in the drive, although

the corresponding option was not set.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Buy option

• Deactivate function 'Advanced Positioning Control' (APC) in the drive

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8038 Option 'activation of more than %1 lead link axes' not set

Parameters: %1 = Number of axes

Definitions: The option for the number of lead link axes does not match the number of configured axes

in the MD $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Buy option

• Configure fewer lead link axes

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8040 Machine data %1 reset, corresponding option is not set

Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: A machine data has been set that is locked by an option.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. For retrofitting the option,

please refer to you r ma chi n e ma nufacturer or to a sales representative of SIEMENS AG,

A&D MC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

8041 Axis %1: MD %2 reset, corresponding op tion not sufficient

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: All of the axes selected in the machine data of the assigned option ar e used. Safety

functions have been selected for too many axes in the axial machine data.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8044 Option for IPO cycle time %1 ms not set

Parameters: %1 = Impermissible IPO cycle time

Definitions: The option for activation of an IPO cycle time of %1 ms has not been set.

Option - Permiss. IPO cycle time:

• Option-free >= 8ms

• 1. 1st step >= 6ms

• 2. 2nd step >= 4ms

• 3. 3rd step >= 2ms

• 4. 4t h ste p <2ms

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-93

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: • Buy option

• Increase IPO cycle time (e.g. via MD IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8045 Option for selected cycle settings not set

Definitions: The option for the 810D Powerline for activation of the same current/speed/position

controller/IPO cycle time grid as with the 840D is not set. Without the option, only the set

values of the 810D Standard are permitted.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Buy option

• Set (current/speed controller) cycle times to 810D default values.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8050 Option 'SPL inputs/outputs' not set.

Definitions: The number of PLC I/Os has not been set in the option date for Solution Line.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Select area SI Basic or SI Comfort in the option date.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8051 Option 'Handwheel on PROFIBUS' not set

Definitions: The option to operate han dwheels on PROFIBUS is not set.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate option 'Handwheel on PROFIBUS'

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8080 %1 option(s) is/are activated without setting the license key

Parameters: %1 = Number of non-licensed options

Definitions: One or more options were activated but no license key was set to prove the purchase of

the option(s).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Generate license key through the internet under

http://www.siemens.com/automati on/licence and enter it in the operati ng area "Start-up",

function (HSK) "Licences".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

8081 %1 option(s) is/are activated that are not licens ed by the license key

Parameters: %1 = Number of non-licensed options

Definitions: One ore more options were activated, that are not licensed by the license key entered.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Generate new license key through the internet un der

http://www.siemens.com/automati on/licence and enter it in the operati ng area "Start-up",

function (HSK) "Licences".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

8082 A wrong license key was entered three times, Power On required b efore next try.

Definitions: The license key was entered wrongly at least three times. Before the next inpu t, a n ew

power ON is required.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Execute NCK Power On and enter the license key (co r rectly).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

8088 'Selection of non-grinding-specific tools' option not possible

Definitions: The system version of the software only allows selection of grinding specific tools (i.e.

tools of type 4xx).

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Select a tool of type 4xx (grinding tool)

or install a standard version of the system software

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

8098 Invalid combination of options (%1)

Parameters: %1 = Bit mask of options

Definitions: The following restrictions apply to this module for the combination of optio ns:

The option "Two-chann el" and the options "External language ", "Nibbling", "Neural

quadrant error compensation" and "Measure m ent level 2" exclu de one another!

Bit0 (LSB): Nibbling

Bit1 : External language

Bit2 : Neural quadrant error compensation

Bit3 : Measurement level 2

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set the options accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

8100 Channel %1 block %2: function not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • Impossible due to embargo regulations:

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-95

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 1. Synchronous actions: Writing of feed, override and axial offsets ($AA_VC, $AC_VC,

$AA_OVR, $AA_VC and $AA_OFF) from synchronous actions as well as Continuous

Dressing can be pro g r ammed only once i n a block.

• 2. Extended measurement: 'Cyclic measurement' (MEAC) and 'Measurement from

synchronous action' is not possible.

• 3. Axis interpolation: The number of axes interpolating with one another must not

exceed 4 (this also includes synchronous coupling of axes via synchronous actions "DO

POS[X]=$A..." "DO FA[X]=$A...").

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

9000 Handwheel %1 failed

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number

Definitions: PROFIBUS handwheel failed

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Restore connection to PROFIBUS handwheel

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10200 [up to SW 3.x] Channel %1 NC start with active alarm not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An alarm is currently active, the internal reaction to which is to inhibit an NC start.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Find and eliminate the cause of the alarm.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10202 [up to SW 3.x] Channel %1 NC start not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: NC start is not accepted because, e.g.

• REORG is still active

• Delete distance-to-go is still active

• The system is waiting for another channel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press NC Start again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10203 Channel %1 NC start without reference point (action=%2<ALNX>)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: NC start has been activated in the MDI or AUTOMATIC mode and at least one axis that

needs to be referenced has not reached its reference point.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Via the channel-specific MD

20700: REFP_NC_START_ LOCK (NC Start without reference point) you can decide

whether the axis must be referenced before NC Start or not. The start of referencing can

be enabled channel-specific or axis-specific.

Channel-specific reference point app roach: The rising edge of the interface signal

"activate referencing" (DB 21 - 28, DBX 1.0) starts an automatic sequence which starts

the axes of the channel in the same sequence as specified in the axis-specific MD 34110

REFP_CYCLE_NR (axis sequence channel-specific referencing). 0: The axis does not

participate in channel-specific referencing, but it must be referenced for NC Start, -1: The

axis does not participate in channel-specific referencing, but it need not be referenced for

NC Start, 1- 8: Starting sequence for the channel-specific referencing (simultaneous start

at the same no.), 1 - 31: CPU type

Axis-specific referencing: Press the direction key that corresponds to the approach

direction in the axis-specific MD 34010 REFP_CAM_MDIR_IS_MINUS (reference point

approach in minus direction).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10204 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 general error

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: A general error has occurred in the channel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: This message indicates an inte rnal conflict with no further consequences.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10205 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 internal error in %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String

Definitions: An internal error has occurred in the channe l.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10206 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 general error in function generator

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An error has occurred during activation/deactivation of the function generator.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10207 Channel %1 error when selectin g or deselecting the digitize function

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An error has occurred on activating/deactivating the digitizing module; e.g. not in channel

ready state, already activated, etc.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-97

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10208 Channel %1 continue program with NC start

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: After block search with calculation, th e control is in the desired state. The program can

now be started with NC Start or the state can be changed for the time being with

overstore/jog.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press NC Start.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10209 Channel %1 internal NC stop after block sea rch

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal alarm which initiates an NC Stop. The alarm is output if

$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE ==1 and the last action block is activated after block search

in the main run. Alarm 10208 is activated depending on the VDI signal PLC -> NCK

channel DBB1.6 .

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: NC-Start

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10220 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The internal command "delete NC blocks prepared by preprocessor and reorganize

(REORG)" has been requested for this channel. It is initiated, e.g. as a result of an

overstore, but cannot be executed in a running channel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Stop the channel (NC Stop) and repeat the action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10221 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 not stopped at end of block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The reorganization of NC blocks starting at the current block (REORG) is only possible at

the end of the block.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Stop the channel (NC Stop) and repeat the action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10222 Channel %1 inter-channel communication not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: This channel has received a negative acknowledgment from the inter-channel

communication because the destination channel number is not known, e.g.: START(x) or

WAITE(x) but channel x has not been initial ized

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: This is an indication of possible discrepancies. The program continues if no

acknowledgment is called for.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10223 Channel %1: Command %2 is alread y occupied

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Event name

Definitions: This channel has received a negative acknowledgment from the inter-channel

communication because this command is already active or has not yet been terminated,

e.g.: INIT(x,"ncprog") but a program select request is already active for channel x.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: This is an indication of possible discrepancies. The program continues if no

acknowledgment is called for.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10224 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1: co mmand denied

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The channel has received a command that cannot be executed, e.g.: activation of a

program test in automatic mode is only possible in the reset state.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET and activate the command again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10225 Channel %1: command denied

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The channel has received a command. The command cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10226 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1: reset aborted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An error occurred during the reset, with the result that the sequence could not be

continued.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-99

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10227 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1: comman d ab orted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: An error occurred while a command was active, with the result that the sequence could

not be continue d.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate the command again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10230 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 channel %1 program inte rruption does not

permit mode change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: While in the "program interrupted" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28, DBX 35.3) -

triggered by an NC Stop followed by a mode change to JOG - it is only possible to change

back to the previous mode (AUTOMATIC or MDI).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode via the "program aborted" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28,

DBX 35.4) - triggered by a "reset".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10231 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 channel %1 program stop does not permit

mode change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: While in the "program stopped" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28, DBX 35.2, triggered by

an NC Stop), it is only possible to change back to continuous progra m operation (by

means of an NC Start) .

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode via the "program aborted" status (interface signal DB 21 - 28,

DBX 35.4) - triggered by a "reset".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10232 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 ch annel %1 does not permit mode change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: The change to the desired mode is not permitted. You can only perform the mode change

in the "reset" state.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the mode change.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10240 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 ch annel %1 mode change not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: The mode change would cause the "reorganization" of the preprocessor buffer. This is not

possible at present, because a complex geometry section is being processed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the mode change.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10241 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 mode change in active channel %1 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: The channel is not in the stopped state. Reorganization is therefore impossible.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press NC Stop and perform the action again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10242 [up to SW 3.x on ly] Mode group %2 mode ch ange in channel %1 not possible at this

time

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: The internal state of th e indicated channel is not uniquely defined (e.g. in initialization

mode or waiting for an acknowledgement from the sequence control system).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the mode selection.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10243 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1: mode group %2 cannot change mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: The requested mode change cannot be executed because NC functions are still running

in the other channel, e.g. part program execution.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: You can change the mode by pressing the Reset key and repeating the mode selection.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10249 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 channel %1: mode change comman d canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: An error occurred while a mode change command was active, with the result that the

sequence could not be continued.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET and select the mode again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

10250 [up to SW 3.x only] Chan ne l %1 re orga ni za tio n of bl oc k pr oc es sing not possible at

this time

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: REORG is not possible at present.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-101

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10251 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10252 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10253 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10254 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Interpreter output negative acknowledgement for REORG.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10255 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10256 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present - program abort.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10257 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 reorg seq uen ce canceled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Internal sequence error. REORG is not possible at present - program abort.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Press RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10258 [up to SW 3.x only] Mode group %2 ch annel %1: ID invalid or du plicated

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: An invalid channel/mo de group assignment was detected on power-up.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check machine data ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-103

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

10259 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

10260 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: REORG is not possible at present.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

10261 Channel %1 communication overload for block prepa ration

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The internal communication between the NCK modules that evaluate the channel-specific

VDI signals (START/STOP/RESET/DDTG/ASUBS/...) and the block preparation are

overloaded. The block preparation modules are not being allocated enough computing

time.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: More processor time must be allocated to the block prepara tion modules. Machine data

$MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO or $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME can be

increased for thi s purpose.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

10299 Channel %1 Auto-Repos function is not enabled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The Auto-Repos functi on (operating mode) was selecte d in th e channel but is not

implemented.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: This message is purely informational.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10600 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function during thread cutting active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An auxiliary function output is programmed in a thread cutting block.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Consequential errors can occur if the machining path of the thread block is too short and

further blocks (thread blocks) follow in which no machining stop may occur.

Possible remedial measures:

• Program a longer path and/or a lower traversing rate.

• Output auxiliary function in another bl ock (program section).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10601 Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity at block end point during thread cutting

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs only when several blocks with G33 follow in succession. The block end

velocity in the specified block is zero although a further velocity block follows. The

reasons for this can be, for instance:

•G9

• Auxiliary function after motion

• Auxiliary function output before the motion of the following block

• Positioning axis in the block

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify the NC part program

by removing any programmed "Stop at end of bl ock" G09.

Modify general machine data 11110 AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC [n] for selecting the output

time of an auxiliary function group by changing "Auxiliary function output be fore/after the

movement" to "Auxiliary function output during the movement".

Bit 5 = 1: Auxiliary function output before movement

Bit 6 = 1: Auxiliary function output during movement

Bit 7 = 1: Auxiliary function output after movement

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10602 Channel %1 block %2 velocity limitation during thread cu tting

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the displayed thread block, the axis would excee d its maximum velocity when the

spindle override is in the maximum position.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-105

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: If the axis velocity is not limited (faultless thread) no remedial measures are neces sary.

Otherwise, a lower spindle speed must be programmed for the th read block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10604 Channel %1 block %2 thread lead increase too high

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The thread lead increase is causin g an axis overload. A spindle override of 100% is

assumed during verification.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the spindle speed, thread lea d increase or path length in the NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10605 Channel %1 block %2 thread lead de crease too high

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The thread lead decrease is causin g an axis standstill in the thread block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the thread lead decrease or path length in the NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10607 Channel %1 block %2 thread with frame not executable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The current frame is corrupting the re ference between the thread length and the thread

lead.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Perform thread cutting with G33, G34, G35 without a frame.

• Use G63 or G331/G332.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10610 Channel %1 axis %2 not stopped

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An axis/spindle has been positioned over several NC blocks using the POSA/SPOSA

instruction. The programmed target position had not yet be en reached ("exact stop fine"

window) when the axis/spindle was reprogrammed.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Example:

N100 POSA[U]=100

N125 X... Y... U... ; e.g.: U axis still travels from N100!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check and correct the part program (analyze whether motion beyond block boundaries is

appropriate here). Prevent block change by means of the keyword WAITP for axes or

WAITS for spindles until the positioning axes or positioning spindles have also reached

their target position.

Example for axes:

N100 POSA[U]=100

N125 WAITP[U]

N130 X... Y... U...

Example for spindles :

N100 SPOSA[2]=77

N125 WAITS(2)

N130 M6

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10620 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 at software limit switch %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

%4 = String

Definitions: During the traversing motion, the system detected that the software limit switch would be

crossed in the direction indicated. During block preparation, it was not yet possible to

detect that the traversing range would be exceeded: Either there has been a motion

overlay by the handwheel or a coordinate transformation is active.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Depending on the reason for this alarm being triggered, the fo llowing remedial measures

should be un d ertaken:

• Handwheel override: Cancel the motion overlay and avoi d this or keep it smaller when

the program is repeated.

• Transformation: Check the preset/programmed zero offsets (current fram e). If the values

are correct, the tool holder (fixture) must be moved in order to avoid triggering the same

alarm when the program is repeated, which would again cause the program to be

aborted.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-107

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10621 Channel %1 axis %2 rests on software limit switch %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = String

Definitions: The specified axis is already stationary at the displayed software limit.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Machine data 36110

POS_LIMIT_PLUS/36130 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 an d 36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS/36120

POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 must be checked for the software limit switches.

Shut down in JOG mode from the software limit switch.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Machine data:

Check the axis-specific interface signals: "2. "2nd software limit switch plus" (DB 31 - 61,

DBX 12.3) or "2nd software limit switch minus" (DB 31 - 61, DBX 12.2) check whether the

2nd software limit switch is selected.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10630 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 at working area limit %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis, spindle number

%4 = String ( + or - )

Definitions: The specified axis violates the working area limitation. This is recognized only in the main

run either beca use th e mini mu m axi s values could not be measured before the

transformation or because there is a motion overlay.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Program other mo ti on or do no t perform overla i d moti o n.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10631 Channel %1 axis %2 rests at working area limit %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis, spindle

%3 = String ( + or - )

Definitions: The specified axis reaches the working area limitation in JOG mode.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Setting data: Check 43420 WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS and 43430

WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS for the working area limitation.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10640 [up to SW 3.x only] Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 ca nnot stop during gear

change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: The spindle is in the oscillating mode fo r a gear change and is waiting for the PLC

acknowledgement stating that the gear chan ge has taken place (interface signal: Gear

has changed DB 31 - 48, DBX 16.3). During this phase spindle stop is not possible,

initiated by Reset (DB 21 - 28, DBX 7.7) or NC Stop axes plus spindle (DB 21 - 28, DBX

7.4).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No remedial measures are necessary. The spindle-specific interface signal Spindle reset

(DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.2) cancels the oscillation mode.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10650 Channel %1 axis %2 incorrect gantry machine data, error code %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

%3 = Error no.

Definitions: An incorrect value was entered in the gantry-specific axial machine da ta. Further

information can be derived from the error number.

• Error no . = 1 => either an incorrect ga n try unit has been entered or the designation of

the following axis is incorrect.

• Error no. = 2 => master axis has been specified more than once.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the machine data :

MD 37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE

0: No gantry axis 1: Master axis grouping 1 11: Slave axis grouping 1 2: Master axis

grouping 2 12: Slave axis grou ping 2 3: Master axis grouping 3 13: Slave axis grouping 3

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

10651 Channel %1 gantry configuration er ror. Error code %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Reason

Definitions: The gantry configuration set in the machine data is erroneous. Gantry unit and reason for

objection can be found in the transfer parameter.

The transfer parameter is made up as follows.

• %2 = error designation + gantry unit (XX).

• %2 = 10XX => no master axis declared

• %2 = 20XX => no slave axis declared

• %2 = 30XX => different contents in MD 30550 slave axis and master axis

• %2 = 40XX => different channel or NCU assignment of the gantry axes

• %2 = 50XX => no slave axis declared in this channel

• 2% = 60XX => different channel assignment of the master axis

• %2 = 10000 => error: slave axis is geometry axis

• %2 = 11000 => error: competing positioning axis as slave axis

• %2 = 12000 => error: compile cycle axis as slave axis

• %2 = 13000 => error: gantry axis is spindle

• %2 = 14000 => error: gantry axis is Hirth geared

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-109

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

e.g. error code 1001 = no master axis declared, gantry unit 1.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the machine data :

MD 37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE

0: No gantry axis

1: Master axis gr ou p in g 1

11: Slave axis grouping 1

2: Master axis gr ou p in g 2

12: Slave axis grouping 2

3: Master axis gr ou p in g 3

13: Slave axis grouping 3

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

10652 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry warning thresho ld exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

Definitions: The gantry following axis has exceeded the warning limit specified in MD 37110

GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?)

2. MD not set correctly (MD 37110 GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING). Changes to this

MD take effect after a RESET.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10653 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry error threshold exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

Definitions: The gantry following axis has exceeded the error limit (actual value tolerance) specified in

MD 37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR .

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?)

2. MD not set correctly (MD 37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR). A POWER ON is

necessary after modifying the MD.

If the axes are not yet referenced, MD GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF is the trigger condition

for the error message.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10654 Channel %1 waiting for synchronization start of gantry group %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Gantry unit

Definitions: Alarm message appears when the axes are ready for synchroni zation. The gantry unit

can now be synchronized. The actual value difference between master and slave axis is

greater than the gantry warning threshold MD 37110 GANTRY_POS_T OL_WARNING.

The synchronization must be started again explicitly with the start gan try synchronization

interface signal (DB31-48, DBX 29.4).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. See Description of Functions

(Special Functions), G1 Gantry Axis

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10655 Channel %1 synchronization of gantry group %2 in progress

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Gantry unit

Definitions: No further explanation.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10656 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry slave axis dynamically overloaded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

Definitions: The indicated gantry slave axis is dynamically overloaded, i.e. the slave axis cannot

follow the master axis dynamically

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Compare the axial machi ne

data of the gantry slave axis with the data of the gantry master axis

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

10657 Channel %1 axis %2 power OFF in the gantry error lim it exceeded status

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

Definitions: Gantry error limit exceeded status (alarm 10653) has been switched off.

The error can only be removed by deleting MD GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR or by

deactivating the extended monitoring (MD GANTRY_FUNCTION_MASK Bit0).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform authorized personnel / the service department.

1. Remove a mechanical misalignment

2. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?)

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-111

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

3. Delete MD GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR or deactivate the extended monitoring

4. MD 37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR is set incorrectl y

If the MD is changed, a power ON will be required.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10658 Channel %1 axis %2 impermissible axis status.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Error ID and gantry unit.

Definitions: %2 error ID and gantry unit

• %2 = 30XX => gantry group cannot be closed, as not all gantry axes

are available in one channel.

• %2 = 40XX => gantry group cannot be closed, as the gantry axes

have different axis states; the axis is assigned to the PLC, for example.

• %2 = 50XX => gantry group is to change the channel due to a PLC request;

not all gantry axes are known in the new channel.

• %2 = 60XX => gantry group is to be transferred to channel due to an NC program

request,

but the channel does not know all the gantry axes.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Error ID:

• %2 = 30XX => assign all gantry axes to the current channel, for example via axis

change.

• %2 = 40XX => set all axes of the gantry group to the same axis state,

for example assign all axes to the NC program, or assign all axes to the PLC.

• %2 = 50XX => make all gantry axes known to the required channel.

• %2 = 60XX => make all gantry axes known to the required channel.

:end

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10700 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 violated during automatic or MDI

mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been violated. Note that another tool-

related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-related protected area can be

traversed after a new NC Start.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10701 Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection zone %3 violated during

automatic or MDI mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The workpiece-related channel-specific protection zone has been violated. Note that

another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpi ece -re l a te d pro tected area

can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10702 Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 violated during manual mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been violated. Note that another tool-

related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-related protected area can be

traversed after a new NC Start.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10703 Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 violated during manual mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The workpiece-related channel-specific protection zone has been violated. Note that

another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpi ece -re l a te d pro tected area

can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10704 Channel %1 block %2 protection zone monitoring is not guaranteed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: New movements of a geome try axis which have been added could not be allowed for at

the time of block preparation. It is therefore not certain that the protection zones will not

be violated. This is just a warning message without further reactions.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-113

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Take other measures to ensure that the geomotry axes motion, including the additional

motion, does not violate the protection zones. (The warni ng comes nevertheless) or

exclude additional motions.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10706 Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during manual mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Protection zo ne number

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been reached with the specified axis.

Note that another tool-related prote c tion zone is still active. The workpiece-related

protection zone can be traversed when the PLC has issued an enable signal.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Protection zone can be

traversed after enable signal from PLC.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10707 Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during

manual mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Protection zo ne number

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: The workpiece-related channel-specific protec tion zone has been reached with the

specified axis. Note that another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-

related protection zone can be traversed when the PLC has issued an enable signal.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Protection zone can be

traversed after enable signal from PLC.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

10710 Channel %1 block %2 conflict with centerless grinding

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: Centerless grinding is active and a block has been processed that satisfies at least one of

the following conditions:

• G96 active and regulating spindle is master spindle.

• Regulating spindle is in interdependent grouping.

• Axes of centerless transformation overlap with an active transformation and a tool is

active.

• Constant wheel peripheral speed for the regulating spindle is active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10720 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 software limit switch %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

%4 = String ( + or - )

Definitions: For the axis, the programmed path violates the currentl y valid software limit switch. The

alarm is activated when preparing the part program block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the position of the

axis as specified in the part program.

Machine data: 36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS/36120 POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 and 36110

POS_LIMIT_PLUS/36130 POS_LIMIT _PLUS2 must be ch ecked for the software limit

switches.

Check the axis-specific interface signals: "2. "2nd software limit switch plus/minus" (DB 31

-61, DBX 12.2 and 12.3) to see whether the 2nd software limit switch is selected.

Check currently active zero offsets via the curre nt frame .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10721 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 software limit switch %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

%4 = String ( + or - )

Definitions: For the axis, the planned motion violates the software limit switch. The alar m is activated

during the preparation of approach or rest blocks at REPOS.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check in the NC program and current positions.

Check the axis-specific interface signals "2nd software limit switch plus/minus" (DB31-61,

DBX 12.2 or 12.3) to see whether the 2nd software limit switch is se lected.

Check currently active zero offset via the current frame.

Check the machine data for the software limit switch (36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS / 36120

POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 or 36110 POS_LIMIT_PLUS / 36130 POS_LIMIT_PL US2).

Interrupt the NC program via NC reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10730 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 workin g area limitation %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

%4 = String ( + or - )

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-115

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: This alarm is generated if it is determined during blo ck preparation that the programmed

path of the axis will result in exceedi ng the working area limitation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: a) Check NC program for correct positional data and, if necessary, make corrections.

b) Check zero offsets (cu rre nt frame)

c) Correct working area limitation via G25, or

d) Correct working area limitation via setting data, or

e) Deactivate working area limitation via setting data 43410

WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE=FALSE

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10731 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 workin g area limitation %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

%4 = String ( + or - )

Definitions: For the axis, the planned motion violates the working area limit. The alarm is activated

during the preparation of approach or rest blocks at REPOS.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Abort part program with reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10740 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks in WAB programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not allowed to program more blocks than specified by machine data

MC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS between the WAB block and the block

determining the approach and retraction tangent.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10741 Channel %1 block %2 direction reversal with WAB infeed mo tion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A safety distance which has been programmed is located perpendicular to the machining

plane and not between the start and end point of the WAB contour.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10742 Channel %1 block %2 WAB distance invalid or not programm ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Possible causes:

• In a WAB block, the parameter DISR has not been specified or its value is less than or

equal to 0.

• During approach or retraction with circle and active tool radius, the radius of the

internally generated - WAB contour is negative. The internally generated WAB contour

is a circle with a radius which, when offset with the current offset radius (sum of tool

radius and offset value OFFN), yields the tool center point path with the programmed

radius DISR.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10743 Channel %1 block %2 WAB progra mmed several times

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt has been mad e to activate a WAB motion before a previously activated WAB

motion was terminated.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10744 Channel %1 block %2 no valid WAB direction defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The tangent direction for smooth approach or retraction is not defined.

Possible causes:

• In the program, no block with travel information follows the approach block.

• Before a retraction block, no block with travel information has been programmed in a

program.

• The tangent to be used for WAB motion is vertical to the current machining plane.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-117

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10745 Channel %1 block %2 WAB end position not clear

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the WAB block and in the followi ng block, the position has been programmed

perpendicular to the machining direction. In the WAB block, no position has been

indicated in the machining plane.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part program. Either remove the position data for the infeed axis from the WAB

block or the following block, or program a position in the machining plane in the WAB

block as well.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10746 Channel %1 block %2 block sea rch stop for WAB

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A block search stop has been inserted between a WAB approach block and the following

block defining the tangent direction or between a WAB approa ch block and the following

block defining the end position.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10747 Channel %1 block %2 retraction direction not defined for WAB

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a WAB retraction block with quarter circle or semi-circle (G248 or G348), the end point

in the machining plane was not programmed, and either G143 or G140 without tool radius

compensation is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Modify part progra m. The following changes are possib le:

• Indicate end point in the machining plane in the WAB block.

• Activate tool radius compensation (effective for G140 only, not for G143).

• State retraction side explicitly with G141 or G142.

• Perform retraction with a straight line instead of a circle.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10748 Channel %1 block %2 illegal retract plane with WAB

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: By means of DISRP a position of the retraction plane has been programmed which is not

situated between the safety distance (DISCL) and the starting point (during ap proach)

and/or end point (during retraction) of the WAB movement.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10750 Channel %1 block %2 too l radius compen sation activated without tool number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A tool T... must be selected so that the control can make allowance for the associated

compensation values.

A correction data block (D1) containing the correction valu es (parameter P1 - P25) is

automatically assigned to each tool (T number). Up to 9 correction data blocks can be

assigned to a tool by specifying the required data block with the D number (D1 - D9).

The cutter radius compensation (CRC) is allowed for if function G41 or G42 is

programmed. The correction values are contained in parameter P6 (geometry value) and

P15 (wear value) of the active correction data block Dx.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Before calling the CRC with G41/G42, program a tool number under the address T...

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10751 Channel %1 block %2 danger of collision due to tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The "Bottleneck detection" (calculation of intersection for the following compensated

traversing blocks) has not been able to calculate a point of intersection for the reviewed

number of traversing blocks. It is therefore possible that one of the equidistant paths

violates the workpiece contour.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-119

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the part program and

modify the programming if possible su ch that inside corners with smaller paths than the

correction value are avoided. (Outside corners are not critical because the equidistants

are lengthened or intermediate blocks are inserted so that there is alwa ys a point of

intersection).

Increase the number of reviewed traversing blocks via machine data 20240

CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS (default: 3), resul ting in an increase in the

extent of calculation and therefore also the block cycle time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10752 Channel %1 block %2 o verflow of local block buffer with tool radius compen sation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The cutter radius compensation must buffer a variable number of intermediate blocks in

order to enable calculation of the equidistant tool path for each NC block. The size of the

buffer cannot be determined by simple me ans. It depends on the number of bloc ks

without traversing information in the compensation plane, the number of contour elements

to be inserted and the shape of the curvature in spline an d polynomial interpolation.

The size of the buffer is fixed by the system and cannot be changed via the MDs.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Reduce the size of the buffer

that has been assigned by modifying the NC program. By avoiding:

• Blocks without traversing information in the compensation plane

• Blocks with contour elements having a variable curvature (e.g. ellipses) and with

curvature radii that are smaller than the compensation radius. (Such blocks are divided

up into several subblocks).

Reduce the number of reviewed blocks for collision monitoring (MD 20240

CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10753 Channel %1 block %2 selectio n of the tool radius compensation only po ssible in

linear block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Selection of cutter radius compensation with G41/G42 may only be performed in blocks

where the G function G00 (rapid traverse) or G0 1 (feed) is active.

In the block with G41/G42, at least one axis in the plane G17 to G19 must be written. It is

always advisable to write both axes because, as a rule, both axes are traversed when

selecting the compensation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Correct the NC progra m and put the compensation selection in a block with linear

interpolation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10754 Channel %1 block %2 deselection of the tool radius compensation only possible in

linear block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Deselection of cutter radius compensation with G40 can only be performed in blocks

where the G function G00 (rapid traverse) or G0 1 (feed) is active.

In the block with G40, at least one axis in the plane G17 to G19 must be written. It is

always advisable to write both axes because, as a rule, both axes are traversed when

deselecting the comp ensation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Correct the NC progra m and put the compensation selection in a block with linear

interpolation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10755 Channel %1 block %2 selectio n of the tool radius compensation via KONT no t

possible at the current starting point

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When activating the cutter radius compensation with KONT the starting point of the

approach block is within the compensation circle and therefore already violates the

contour.

If the cutter radius compensation is selected with G41/G42, the approach behavior

(NORM or KONT) determines the compensation movement if the present actual position

is behind the contour. With KONT, a circle is drawn with the cutter radius around the

programmed initial point (= end point of the approach block). The tangent that passes

through the current actual position and does not violate the contour is the approach

movement.

If the start point is within the compensation circle arou nd the target point, no tangent

passes through this point.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Place selection of the CRC such that the starting point of the approach movements

comes to rest outside of the correction circle around the target point (programmed

traversing movements > compensation radius). The following possibilities are available:

• Selection in the previous block

• Insert intermediate block

• Select approach behavior NORM

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-121

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10756 Channel %1 block %2 deselection of the tool radius compensation via KONT not

possible at the programmed en d point

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On deselection of the cutter radius compensation, the programmed end point is within the

compensation circle. If this point were in fact to be approached without compensation,

there woul d be a contour violation.

If the cutter radius compensation is deselected via G40, the approach behavior (NORM or

KONT) determines the compensation movement if the programmed end point is behind

the contour. With KONT, a circle is drawn with the cutte r radius abo ut the last point at

which the compensation is still active. The tangent passing through the programmed end

position and not violating the contour is the retraction movement.

If the start point is within the compensation circle arou nd the target point, no tangent

passes through this point.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Place deselection of the CRC such that the programmed end point comes to rest outside

the compensation circle around the last active compensation point. The following

possibilities are available:

• Deselection in the next block

• Insert intermediate block

• Select retract behavior NORM

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10757 Channel %1 block %2 changing the compensation plane while tool radius

compensation is active not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In order to change the compensation plane (G17, G18 or G19) it is first necessary to

deselect the cutter radius compensation with G40.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Insert an intermediate block in the part program using the correction deselection. After the

plane change, the cutter radius compensation is to be selected in an approach block with

linear interpolation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10758 Channel %1 block %2 curvat ure radius with variable compensation value too small

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The current cutter radius compensation (the cutter used) is too large for the programmed

path radius.

In a block with variable tool radius compensation, a compensation must be possible either

anywhere or nowhere on the contour with the smallest and the largest compensation

value from the programmed range. There must be no point on the contour in which the

curvature radius is within the variable compensation range.

If the compensation value varies its sign within a block, both sides of th e cont o ur are

checked, otherwise only the compensation side.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Use smaller cutters or allow for a part of the cutter radius at the time of contour

programming.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10759 Channel %1 block %2 p ath is parallel to tool orientation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a block with spline or polynomial interpolation, the corrected path ru ns in at least one

point parallel to the tool orien ta tion, i.e. the path has a tangent perpendicular to the

compensation plane.

Straight lines running parallel to the tool orientation are permissible, as well as circles,

with a circle plane that is perpendicular to the compensation plane (application in smooth

retraction from a groove).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Do not use splines or polynomials when writing the contour section, but straight lines and

circles instead . Di v i d e up th e to ol pi e c e geometry and deselect the cutter radius

compensation between the various sections.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10760 Channel %1 block %2 h elical axis is no t parallel to tool orientation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With active tool radius compensation a helix is only permissible if the helix axis is parallel

to the tool, i.e. the circle plane and the compensation plane must be identical.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-123

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Orient helix axis perpendicular to the machining plane.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10761 Channel %1 block %2 too l radius compen sation for ellipse with more than one

revolution not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When machining the inside of an ellipse, in parts of the ellipse the curvature radii are

greater than or smaller than the cutter radius compensation.

In ellipses, in this case the block would be split up into 4 subblocks with curvature radii

that are greater than and less th an the compensation radius. Over several revolutions,

there would be a tremendous increase in the amount of calculation required by the

unlimited number of resulting subblocks, and therefore this situation is rejected by the

error message.

If compensation is possible everywhere or nowhere on the ellipse, then ellipse s are also

permissible that cover more than one full revolution.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Use cutter with smaller radius or program motion block on blocks with no more than one

revolution.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10762 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two travers in g blo cks with

active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machine data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program

• Modify machine data

• Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part

program line which can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty

blocks between two traversing blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10763 Channel %1 block %2 path component of the b lock in the compensation plane

becomes zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Due to the collision monitoring with active tool radius compensation, the path component

of the block in the compensation plane becomes zero. If the original block contains no

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

motion information perpendicula r to th e compensation plane, it means that this block is

excluded.

The alarm can be suppressed with machine date 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK

Bit1 = 1.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • The behavior is correct at narrow locations that cannot be machined with the active tool.

• Modify the part program if necessary.

• Use tool with smaller radius if necessary.

• Program CDOF/CDOF2.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10764 Channel %1 block %2 discon tinuous path with active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs when, with active tool radius compensa ti on, the starting point used for

calculating the compensation is not identical to the end point of the preceding block. This

situation can occur, for example, when a geometry axis is traversed between two

positions as a positioning axis or when, with an active kinematic tra nsforma tion (e.g. 5-

axis transformation) the tool length compensation is altered.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10765 Channel %1 block %2 3D tool radius compensation not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs when an attempt is made to activate the 3D tool radius compensation

even though the option required for this is not fitted in the control.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Use another software version. The option cannot be activated by altering machine data

because the necessary code is not physically available.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10766 Channel %1 illegal change of surface orientation betw een block %2 and block %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs with 3D face milling when, at the time of block transition, the surface

defined in the first block is continued in the second block with the rear side of the surface

defined there. The block nu mber in the alarm designates the second block.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-125

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10767 Channel %1 block %2 processing with tilt angle unequal 0 no t possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When face milling with a torus millin g cutter, the tilt angle must be 0 if the surface normal

vector and the tool orientation include an angle that is less than the limiting angle given by

the machine data 21082 CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT, i.e. in this case only the lead

angle may be unequal to 0.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part program. If necessary, use another tool (ball end mi ll).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10768 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool orientation wi th 3D tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm can occur with 3D face milling: The angle between the surface normal vector

of the surface to be machined and the extremal surface normal vector of the tool surface

is smaller than the limit value given by the machine data 21080

CUTCOM_PARALL E L_ ORI_LIMIT, or the tool is oriented such that machining would

have to be performed from the rear side of the surface. In this case, the extremal surface

normal vector is the vector whose direction deviates most from the direction in the tool

point (i.e. paralle l to the tool longitudinal axis).

With cylindrical tools or tools which end in a cylindrical part (e.g. the standard torus milling

cutter), this vector is positioned perpendicular to the tool vector. For this type of tool, the

alarm indicates that the angle between the tool longitudinal axis of, for example a side line

of the cylinder, and the surface to be machined is smalle r than the minimum permissible

value. With tools whose (valid) surface ends in a conical pa rt instead of a cylindrical part

(e.g. a beveled cutter or a torus milling cutter where the torus is defined to be smaller than

90 degrees), this alarm indicates that the angle between a side line of the taper and the

surface to be machined is smaller than the minimum permissible value.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part program. If necessary, use another tool.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10769 Channel %1 block %2 Illegal surface normal vector with 3D tool radius

compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In 3D face milling, surface normal vector and path tangent vector must theoreti cally be

perpendicular to one another, i.e. they must be at 90° to one another. Since both vectors

can be programmed independently of each other, deviations from this angle are possible

and allowed. This alarm is generated when the angle between surface normal vector and

path tangent vector becomes less than the limit angle given by the machine data 210 84

CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10770 Channel %1 block %2 change of corner type due to change of orient ation with

active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The type of a corner (inside or outside corner) depends not only on the programmed path

but also on the tool orientation. For this purpose, the programmed path is projected in the

plane perpendicularly to the actual tool orientation and the corner type is determined

there. If a change in orientation is programmed (in one or several blocks) between two

traversing blocks, resulting in the type of corner at the end of the first traversing block

being different from that at the start point of the second block, the above error message is

issued.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10771 Channel %1 block %2 o verflow of local block buffer due to orientation smoo thing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This error occurs when more blocks must be buffered than memory space is available.

This error can only occur when the software has been incorrectly configured.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Increase siz e of local buffer area .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-127

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10772 Channel %1 block %2 illegal orientation change when activating or deactivating 3D

face cutting

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In face milling, no intermediate blocks with pure orientation change are allowed between

the activation block and the first correction block or between the last correction block and

the deactivation block (3D tool radius compensation).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10773 Channel %1 illegal tool orientation in block %2 at inside corner with block %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: On inside corners, the path of the traversing blocks concerned is reduced but the

orientation change originally programmed in the block is retained and is now carried out in

synchronism with the shortened path. Because of the ensuing changed relationship

between path tangent, surface normal and tool orientation, singular points or points with

impermissible side angle can occur in 3D face milling. This is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10774 Channel %1 illegal tool dimensions with face cutting in block %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs when illegal tool di mensions are programmed for face milling, e.g.

negative tool radius, rounding radius zero or negative for tool types that require a

rounding radius, taper angle zero or negative for tapered tools.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10775 Channel %1 illegal tool change with face cutting in block %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs when a tool change has been programmed while 3D tool radius

compensation is active with the result that the tool type changes or, if the tool type

remains unchanged, at least one relevant tool dimension has changed as compared with

the deselected tool. Depending on the tool type, relevant tool dimensions can be the tool

diameter, the rounding radius or the taper angle. Changes to the tool length are allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10776 Channel %1 block%2 axis %3 must be geometry axis if tool radius compensation is

active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: This alarm occurs when an axis that is required for tool radius compensation is not a

geometry axis. With CUT2DF, the axis can be a positioning axis perpendicular to the

machining plane; with all other types of compensation (CUT2DF , CUT 3DC, CUT 3DF,

CUT3DFF), all geometry axes must be operated as such.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

On selection of G41/42, the axes involved must be known as GEOAX in the channel. It is

possible by programming GEOAX() or G91 G0 X0 Y0 in the block prior to G41/42.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10777 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius comp ensation: too many blocks with

suppression of compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum permissible number of blocks with active compensation supp ression with

tool radius compensation is limited by the machine data

CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Modify machine data.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-129

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part

program line which can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty

blocks between two traversing blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10778 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If a preprocessing stop is detected with active tool radius compensation (either

programmed by the user or genera ted internally) and the setting data

$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE is set, then this warning is issued because in th is

situation machine movements which were not intended by the user can occur (termination

of radius compensation and new approach).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Continue machining with CANCEL and Start.

• Modify part program.

• Set setting data $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10779 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If a preprocessing stop is detected with active tool radius compensation (either

programmed by the user or genera ted internally) and the setting data

$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE is set, then this warning is issued because in th is

situation machine movements which were not intended by the user can occur (termination

of radius compensation and new approach).

To continue machining, activate the CANCEL key and perform a restart.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Continue machining with CANCEL and Start.

• Modify part program.

• Set setting data $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10780 Channel %1 block %2 impermissible change of a tur ning or grinding tool with

active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A tool change on which th e edge offset (difference between edge center and edg e

reference point) changes, is only permissible in straight and polynomia l blocks.

It is impermissible in circular blocks, involute blocks and in blocks including rational

polynomials with maximum permissible numerator and denominator degrees.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Continue machining with CANCEL and Start.

• Modify part program.

• Set setting data $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10781 Channel %1 block %2 illegal orientation of involute with tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Tool radius compensation is possible for involutes only if the compensation plane

matches the involute plane.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10782 Channel %1 block %2 illegal curve type with tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs, if an attempt is made to apply the tool radius compensation to a curve

type for which this function is not implemented. The only cause at present: Involute with

3D tool radius compensation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10783 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation type requires or ientation

transformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm occurs, if an attempt is made to activate a tool radius compensatio n which

must enable a tool orientation change and the _Orientation transforma tion_ option is not

available. This alarm can only occur if one of the following G code is active in the G code

group 22:

• CUT3DC

• CUT3DCC

• CUT3DCCD

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-131

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program

• Install "Orientation transformation" option

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10784 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool for tool radius compensation with constraint

surface

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When activating the tool radius compensation with constraint surface, an illegal tool type

is active.

Only cutting tools of the tool types 1 to 399 are admitted with the following exceptions:

• 111 ball end milling cutter

• 155 torus milling cutter

• 156 torus milling cutter

• 157 torus milling cutter

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Use another tool.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10790 Channel %1 block %2 p lane change during linear programming with ang les

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The active plane was changed between the first and second subblock when programming

two straight lines with angle parameters.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10791 Channel %1 block %2 invalid ang le d uring linear programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No intermediate point was found when programming a contour consisting of two straight

lines and an angle specification.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10792 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type during linear pro gramming with

angles

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Only spline or linear interpolation is permitted for programming two straight lines with

angle specification. Circular or polynomial interpolation is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10793 Channel %1 block %2 second b lo ck missing during linear programming with

angles

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The second block is missing during programming of two straight lines with angle

specification. This situation only occurs if the first subblock is also the last block of a

program, or if the first subblock is followed by a block with a preprocessor stop.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10794 Channel %1 block %2 angle specification missing in 2nd block during linear

interpolation with angles

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The angle is missing from the second block during programming of two straight lines with

angle speci fi ca tion. This error ca n on ly occur if an angle was programmed in the

preceding block, but no axis of the active plane was programmed in that block. The cause

of the error may therefore also have been the intention to program a single straight line

with an angle in the previous block. In this case, exactly one axis of the active plane must

be programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-133

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10795 Channel %1 block %2 end point sp ecification during angle programming

contradictory

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During programming of a straight line, both positio ns of the active plane and an angle

were specified (the position of the end point is over-specified), or the position of the

programmed coordinate cannot be reached with the specified angle. If a contour

consisting of two straight lines is to be programmed with angles, it is possible to sp ecify

the two axis positions of the plane and an angle in the second block. The error can also

occur if, due to a programming error, the preceding block cannot be interpreted as the first

subblock of such a contour. A block is interpreted as the first block of a two-block contour

if an angle, but not an axis of the active plane, was programmed, and if the block is not

already the second block of a contour.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10800 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 is not a geometry axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: With an active transformation or a frame with a rotation component the geometry axes are

needed for block preparation. If a geometry axis has previously been traversed as

positioning axis, it retains its status of "positioning axis" until it is again programmed as a

geometry axis.

Because of the POSA motion beyond block boundaries, it is not possible to identify in the

preprocessing run whether the axis has already reached its target position when the block

is executed. This is, however, an unconditional requirement for calculating the ROT

component of the frame or of the transformation.

If geometry axes are used as positioning axes, then:

1. No rotation may be specified in the current overall frame.

2. No transformation may be selected.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: After selecting transformation or frame, reprogram the geometry axis now operating as

positioning axis (e.g. with WAITP) in order to revert the status to "geometry axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10805 Channel %1 block %2 repositioning after switch of geometry axes or

transformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the asynchronous subroutine the assignment of geometry axes to channel axes was

changed or the active transformation modified.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10810 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The function "Revolutional feedrate" (with G95 or G96 ) , or " Ri g i d ta pping" (with

G331/G332) has been programmed, although no master spindle is defined from which the

speed could be derived. For the definition the MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND

is available for the default or the keyword SETMS in the part program, thus allowing each

spindle of the channel to be redefined as master spindle.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Preset the master spi ndle with MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND[n]=m (n ...

channel index, m ... spindel no.) or define it with an identifier in an NC part program before

a G function that requ i re s a master spindle is progra mme d .

The machine axis that is to be operated as a spindl e must be equipped in MD 35000

SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[n]=m (n ... machine axis index, m ... spindle no.) with a

spindle number. Additionally, the MD 20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[n]=m (n ...

channel axis index, m ... machine axis index) must be used to assign it to a channel

(channel axis index 1 or 2).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10820 Channel %1 rotary axis/spindle % 2 not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: Revolutional feed has been programmed for contouring and synchronous axes or for an

axis/spindle. However, the rotary axis/spindle from which the feed is to be deduced is not

available.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct part program or set the setting data 43330 ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE

correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-135

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10860 Channel %1 block %2 feedrate not programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Reason:

In the displayed block, an interpolation type other than G00 (rapid traverse) is active. The

F value has not been programmed.

Path feed F is active, on change between linear and revolutional feedrate, F has not been

programmed again.

The modal feed for corner/chamfer (FRCM) is active, on change between linear and

revolutional feedrate FRCM has not been programmed again.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program feedrate in accordance with the interpolation type.

• G93: The feedrate is specified as a time-reciprocal value under address F in [1/min].

• G94 and G97: The feedrate is programmed under address F in [mm/min] or [m/min].

• G95: The feedrate is programmed as revolutional feedrate under address F in

[mm/revolution].

• G96: The feedrate is programmed as cutting rate under address S in [m/min]. It is

derived from the current spindle speed .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10861 Channel %1 block %3 velocity of positio ning axis %2 is zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: No axis velocity has been programmed and the position ing velocity set in the machine

data is zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service de partment. Enter a different velocity in

machine data 32060 MA_POS_AX_VELO.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10862 Channel %1 block %2 master sp indle also used as path axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A contour has been programmed that also includes the master spindle as contouring axis.

However, the velocity of the contour is derived from the rotational sp eed of the master

spindle (e.g. G95).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the program so that no reference is possible to the program itself.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10870 Channel %1 block %2 facing axis for constant velocity not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Constant cutting speed was selected although no transverse axis was applied as

reference axis for constant cutting spee d or assigned through SCC[AX].

Constant cutting speed can be activated as follows:

• Basic position G96, G961 or G962 of G group 29 during booting

• Programming of G96, G961 or G962

A reference axis for G96, G961 or G962 can be applied as a transverse axis in MD 20100

appliziert or defined throug h the instruction SCC[AX].

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check machine date 20100.

Before progra mming G96, G961 or G962 a transverse axis must be defined as a

reference axis for constant cutting spee d via machine date 20100

MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF or SCC[AX].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10880 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversing blocks when

inserting chamfers or radii

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Between 2 blocks containing contour elements and which are to be joined with a chamfer

or a radius (CHF, RND), more blocks without contour information have been programmed

than provided for in the machine data 20200 CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify the part program in

order that the permissible number of dummy blocks is not exceeded or adapt the channel-

specific machine data 20200 CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS (dummy blocks

with chamfers/radii) to the maximum number of dummy blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10881 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer when inserting chamfers or

radii

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Between 2 blocks containing the contour elemen ts and to be joined with a chamfer or a

radius (CHF, RND), so many dummy blocks have been programmed without con tour

information that the internal buffer is too small.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-137

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program such that the number of dummy blocks is reduced.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10882 Channel %1 block %2 activation of ch amfers or radii (non-modal) withou t

traversing movement in the blo ck

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No chamfer or radius has been inse rted between 2 linear or circle contours (edge

breaking) be ca u se:

• There is no straight line or circle contour in the plane

• The re is a mo vement outsid e of th e pl ane

• A plane change has taken place

• The permissible number of dummy blocks without traversing information has been

exceeded.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the part program

according to the above error description or change the number of dummy blocks in the

channel-specific MD CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS to comply with the

maximum number allowed for in the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10883 Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or fillet has to be reduced

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm is output, if at least one of the relevant blocks when inserting chamfers or radii

is so short, that the contour element to be inserted must be reduced against its orig inally

programmed value. The alarm occurs only if bit 4 is set in the machine data

$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK. Otherwise, the chamfer or radius is adapted without an

alarm being ou tp u t.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify NC program of continue program without modifications after CANCEL and Start or

with Start alone.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10890 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block bu ffer when calculating splines

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machine data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: • Modify part program

• Modify machine data

• Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part

program line which can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty

blocks between two traversing blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10891 Channel %1 block %2 multiplicity of node is greater than its order

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the B spline the distance between nodes PL (node = point on spline at which 2

polynomials meet) has been programmed with zero too ofte n in succession (i.e. the

"multiplicity" of a node is too great).

In the quadratic B spline the node distance may not be specified more than twice with 0 in

succession, and in the cubic B spline not more than 3 times.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the node distance PL = 0 in succession no more than the degree of the B spline

used.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10900 Channel %1 block %2 no S value programmed for constant cutting speed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If G96 is active, the constant cutting speed under address S is missing.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program constant cutting speed under S in [m/min] or deselect the function G96. For

example, with G97 the previous feed is retained but the spindle continues to rotate at the

current speed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10910 Channel %1 block %2 irregular velocity waveform of one pa th axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On analyzing the path waveforms during preparation, a large local devi ation in the

velocity waveform of one or more path axes has been detected relatively to the path

velocity. A situation like that typ ically occurs near singular positions of the machine

kinematics. It can, however, also be caused by a failed contour or by an FGROUP

definition un fa vo ra bl e rel a ti vely to the contour. Another reason may be an unfavorable

programmed OEM transformation.

In order to safely avoid axis overloads, path velocity is normally decelerated considerably.

A seemingly machine standstill might occur. As soon as the singular position has been

reached, strong axis movements suddenly occur.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-139

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Division of a block in several smaller ones often provides an improvement.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10911 Channel %1 block %2 transformation prohib its to traverse the pole

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The given curve passes through the pole of the transformation.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10912 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be synchronized

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The preset positioning axis run cannot be accurately calculated beforehand. The reason

for this is either that the axes involved in the transformation are traversed as positioning

axes or that a transformation pole is circumnavigated too frequently by the curve. The

velocity check is performed starting from this block in the main run. It is more conservative

than with anticipated calculation. The LookAhead function is deactivated. If it is not

possible to take over the velocity check into the main run, part program processing is

aborted.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: No action is usually necessary. The velocity control operates more effectively, however, if

the part program is modified.

• If a transformation pole is circumnavigated several times by the curve, it helps to split up

the block into smaller parts.

• If a positioning axis is the cause, you should check whether the axis can be traversed as

a path axis. The Look Ahead function remains deactivated until preprocessing can be

based on defined conditions again (e.g. as a result of change from JOG->AUTO, tool or

tool edge change).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10913 Channel %1 block %2 negative feed profile is ignored

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The given feed profile is in part negative. However, negative path feed is not allowed. The

feed profile is ignored. The specified feed block end value is taken when traversing over

the entire block.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: No action is usually necessary. The alarm message indicates an error in the

programming, however, and this should be corrected.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10914 Movement not possible while transformation active - in channel %1, block %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The machine kinematics does not allow the specified moti on. Transformation-dependent

error causes can be in: TRANSMIT: A (circular) area exists around the pole, where

positioning is not possible. The area is caused by the fact that the tool reference point

cannot be traversed as far as into the pole.

The area is defined by:

• the machine data ($MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL..)

• the active tool length compensation (see $TC_DP..). Whether the tool length

compensation is included in the calculation depends on the working plane selected (see

G17,..).

• The machine stops before the faulty block.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Change the incorrectly speci fied tool length compensation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10930 Channel %1 block %2 interpolation type not allowed in stock removal contour

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following types of interpolation are allowed in the contour program for stock removal:

G00, G01, G02, G03, CIP, CT

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: In the contour subroutine, program only path elements that consist of straight lines and

arcs.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10931 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect stock removal contour

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following erro rs occurred in the subroutine for the contour during stock removal:

• Full circle

• Overlapping contour elements

• Wrong start position

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The errors listed above must be corrected in the subroutine for the stock removal contour.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-141

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10932 Channel %1 block %2 preparation of contour has been restarted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The first contour preparation/co ntour decoding run must be terminated with EXECUTE.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the keyword EXECUTE to terminate the contour preparation in the part program

before again calling up contou r segme ntation (keyword CONTPRON).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10933 Channel %1 block %2 co ntour programm do es not contain enou gh contour block s

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The contour program contains:

• Less than 3 contour blocks with CONTPRON

• No contour blocks with CONTDCON

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Increase the size of the subroutine with the stock removal contour to include at least 3 NC

blocks with movements in both axes of the current machining plane.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10934 Channel %1 block %2 array for con t our segmentation is set too small

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During contour segmentation (activated with the keyword CONTPRON), the fie ld for the

contour table has been detected as too small. For every permissible contour element

(circle or straight line) there must be a row in the contour table.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Base the definition of the field variables of the contour table on the contour elements to be

expected. The contour segmentation function divides up some NC blocks into as many as

3 machining cuts. Example: N100 DEF TABNAME_1 [30, 11] Field variables for the

contour table provide for 30 machining cuts. The number of columns (11) is a fixed

quantity.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10940 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: delete/overwrite no t possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: The curve table can only be deleted if it is not active in a link.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: It is necessary to deactivate all links that are being used by th e curve table to be deleted.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10941 Channel %1 block %2: Curve table %3: NC SRAM memory full, type %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

%4 = Object type

Definitions: Insufficient free dynamic memory during curve table definition.

The object type parameter specifies for which curve table object

the memory will not suffice:

1: Number of curve tables too small (MD $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS)

2: Number of linear curve table segments too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN)

3: Number of polynomial curve table se gments too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS)

4: Number of curve table polynomials too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS)

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Delete curve tables that are

no longer required, or reconfigure the disk space for the curve tables. The curve table

definition process now has to be repeate d; see machine da ta:

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS, MD MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS,

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN,

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10942 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal instruction during definition

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: Various illegal command sequences cause the output of this alarm during the definition of

the curve table. For example, it is impermissible to terminate definition of a curve table

with M30 before programming the CTABEND command.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-143

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10943 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: direction reversal of lead value in the block

not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: The conditions for converting a programm ed contour to a curve table were not fulfilled in

this block.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10944 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal transformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: It is impermissible to use a transformation in a curve table if th e leading axis or following

axis programmed in CTABDEF is involved in the transfor mation. Exception: TRAANG.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10945 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal coupling of axe s

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: It is not possible to program axis links for the leading axes and following axis programmed

in CTABDEF.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10946 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: no contour defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: No movement for the leading axis was programmed between CTABDEF and CTABEND.

A curve table is not permitted without a contour.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10947 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: contour not con t inuous

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: The contour in a curve table must be continuous. Incontinuity can occur, for example, as a

result of activating a transformation.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10948 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: position jump at end of period

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: A periodic curve table was defined in which the position of the following axis at the end of

the table was different to the position at the start of the table.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10949 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: A slave axis motion has been programmed without a master axis motion.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-145

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10950 Channel %1 calculation of arc length function too inaccurate

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The calculation of the arc length function could not be performed to the required accuracy.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- Warning display.

Remedy: The calculation of the arc length function could not be performed to the required accuracy

during active polynomial interpolation. Either increase MD SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION

or reserve more memory for the representation of the arc length polynomials. MD

MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS defines how many polynomial segmen ts can be used

per block in order to approximate the arc le ngth function.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10951 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: following value period is zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: --

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Ensure that the table specification is correct.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10955 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: A slave axis motion has been programmed without a master axis motion. This can also

occur if, with active radius compensation, a block is created in which the slave axis moves

but not the master axis. The alarm is for information only and can be suppressed by

setting MD $MC_CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION = 2.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Alarm can be switched off via MD $MC_CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION = 2.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10956 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: NC memory limit DRAM reached type %4.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

%4 = Object type

Definitions: Insufficient memory in the DRAM while defining the curve table.

The object type parameter specifies for which curve table object

the memory will not suffice:

1: Number of curve tables too small (MD $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM)

2: Number of linear curve table segments too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM)

3: Number of polynomial curve table se gments too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM)

4: Number of curve table polynomials too small (MD

$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM)

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete the curve tables that are no longer required in DRAM or reconfigure the memory

space for the curve tables. The curve table must then be redefined. Machine data for

memory configuration of the curve tables in DRAM:

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM, MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM,

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM,

MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

10958 Channel %1 lin. curve table %2, memory type %3 includes %4 polynomial

segments.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Number of curve table

%3 = Memor y type

%4 = Number of polynomial segments

Definitions: On generating the curve table with the specified ID in the specifi e d me mo ry type

(1 = SRAM, 2 = DRAM), polyno mial segments were used instead of possi bl e line a r

segments.

By increasing the number of linear curve table segments by the indicated number, the

curve table can be saved in a better way.

The following machine data are involved depending on the memory type:

1 (SRAM): $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN

2 (DRAM): $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The indicated curve table can be created and optimized for the memory by increasing

MD $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN or $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM

and repeating table generation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

10960 Channel %1 block %2 COMPCURV/COMPCAD and radius compensation can-notbe

used simultaneously

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Compressor types COMPCURV and COMPCAD cannot be used in combination with tool

radius compensation. Only compressor type COMPON can be activated while tool radius

compensation is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-147

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

10961 Channel %1 block %2 maximum cu bic polynomials are allowed on active radius

compensation.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With active radius compensation, only up to cubic polynomials are permissible for the

geometry axes. In this case no 4th or 5th degree polynomials can be programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10962 Channel %1 block %2 function %3 not p ossible with path correction

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Funktionsn a m e

Definitions: With this software release, the specified function can not yet be used together with tool

radius compensation. Please modifiy the part program or obtain a higher software

version.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

10980 Channel %1 block %2 orientation smoothing not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the case of active path-relative orientation interpolation with ORIPATH, orientation

smoothing cannot be activated. This means that in the 34th modal G code group

G code OSOF must be active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12000 Channel %1 block %2 address %3 programmed repeatedly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string of the address

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: Most addresses (address types) may only be programmed once in an NC block, so that

the block information remains unambiguous (e.g. X... T... F... etc. - exception: G and M

functions).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Remove from the NC program addresses that occur more than once (except for those

where multiple value assignme nts are allowed).

• Check whether the address (e.g. the axis name) is specified via a user-defined variable

(this may not be easy to see if allocation of the axis name to the variable is performed in

the program through comput ational operations only).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12010 Channel %1 block %2 address %3 address type program med too often

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string of the address

Definitions: For each address type, it is defined internally how often it may occur in a DIN block (for

instance, all axes together form one address type for which a block limit also applies).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

The program information must be split up over several blocks (but make sure that the

functions are of the non-modal type!).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12020 Channel %1 block %2 illegal address modification

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Valid address types are 'IC', 'AC', 'DC', 'CIC', 'CAC', 'ACN', 'ACP', 'CACN', 'CACP'. Not

each of these address modifications can be used for each address type. The

Programming Guide specifies which of these can be used for the various address types. If

this address modification is applied to address types that are not allowed , then the ala r m

is generated, e.g.:

N10 G02 X50 Y60 I=DC(20) J30 F100

interpolation parame te rs with DC.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT.The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Apply non-modal address modifications only for permissible addresses, in accordance

with the Programming Guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-149

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12030 Channel %1 block %2 invalid parameter or data type in %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In polynomial interpolation, polynomials must not be greater than the 3rd degree (refer to

Programming Guide).

f(p) = a0 + a1 p + a2 p2 + a3 p3

The coefficients a0 (the starting poi nts) are identical to the end points of the preceding

block and need not be programmed. In the polynomial block, a maximum of 3 coefficients

per axis is theref ore allowed (a1 , a2 , a3 ).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12040 Channel %1 block %2 expression %3 is not of data type 'AXIS'

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string in the block

Definitions: Some keywords require that the data in their paramete rs be written in variables of the

type "AXIS". For example, in the keyword PO the axis identifier must be specified in the

parenthesized expression, and it must be defined as a variable of the AXIS type. With the

following keywords only parameters of the AXIS type are possible:

AX[..], FA[..], FD[..], FL[..], IP[..], OVRA[..], PO[..], POS[..], POSA[..]

Example:

N5 DEF INT ZUSTELL=Z1 incorrect, this does not specify an axis identifier but the

number 26 161

N5 DEF AXIS ZUSTELL=Z1 correct

N10 POLY PO[X]=(0.1,0.2,0.3) PO[Y]=(22,33,44) &PO[INFEED]=(1,2,3)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Correct the part program in accordance with the instructions given in the Programming

Guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12050 Channel %1 block %2 DIN address %3 not configured

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = DIN address in the source text blo c k

Definitions: The name of the DIN address (e.g. X, U, X1) is not defined in the control. In addition to the

fixed DIN addresses, the control also has variable addresses. Re fer to "Variable

addresses" in the Programming Guide. The names of these addresses can be altered by

machine data.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

e.g.: DIN identifier -> Configured identifier

G01 -> LINE, G04 -> WAIT ...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Study the Programming Guide and the machine data with respect to the addresses

actually configured and their significance and correct the DIN block accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12060 Channel %1 block %2 same G group programmed repeat edly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The G functions that can be used in the part program are divided into groups that are

syntax defining or non-syntax defining . Only one G function may be programmed from

each G group. The functions within a group are mutually preclusive.

The alarm refers only to the non-syntax defining G functions. If several G functions from

these groups are called in one NC block, the last of these in a group is active in each case

(the previous ones are ignored).

Syntax defining G functions: 1. to 4th G group

Non-syntax defining G functions: 5. to nth G group

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

No remedy is requi re d. You shou l d , how eve r , check whether the G function last

programmed really is the one required.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12070 Channel %1 block %2 too many syntax-defining G functions

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Syntax defining G functions determine the structure of the part program block and the

addresses contained in it. Only one syntax defining G function may be programmed in

each NC block. The G functions in the 1st to 4th G group are syn ta x de fining.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Analyze NC block and distribute the G functions over several NC blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12080 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error in text %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source text area

Definition s : At the text positio n sh ow n , th e gra mmar in the block is incorre ct. The precise reason for

this error cannot be specified in more detail because there are too many possibilitie s.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-151

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Example 1:

N10 IF GOTOF ... ; the condition for the jump is missing!

Example 2:

N10 DEF INT VARI=5

N11 X VARI ; the operation is missing for the X and VARI variables

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Analyze the block and correct it in accordan ce with the syntax rules gi ven in the

Programming Guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12090 Channel %1 block %2 unexpected parameter %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Disallowed parameters in the text

Definitions: The programmed function has been predefined; no parameters are allowed in its call. The

first unexpected parameter is displayed.

Example: On calling the predefined subroutine TRAFOF (switching off a transformation)

parameters have been transferred (one or more).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Program function without parameter transfer.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12100 Channel %1 block %2 number of passes %3 not permissible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of passes

Definitions: The subroutines called with MCALL are modal, i.e. after each block with positional

information a routine run is automatically performed once. For this reason, programming

of the number of passes under address P is not allowed.

The modal call is effective un til another MCALL is programmed, either with a new

subroutine name or without (delete function).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Program the subroutine call MCALL without number of passes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12110 Channel %1 block %2 block syntax cannot be interpreted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The addresses programmed in the block are not permissible together with the valid

syntax defining G function, e.g. G1 I10 X20 Y30 F1000.

An interpolation parameter must not be programmed in the linear block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Check the block structure and correct in accordance with the programmi ng requirements.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12120 Channel %1 block %2 G functi on not separately programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The G function programmed in this block must be alone in the blo ck. No general

addresses or synchronous actions may occur in the same block. These G functions are:

G25, G26: Working area and spindle spe ed limitation

G110, G111, G112: Pole programming with polar coordinate s

G92: Spindle speed limitation with v constant

STARTFIFO, STOPFIFO: Control of preprocessing buffer

E.g. G4 F1000 M100: no M function allowed in the G4 block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program G function by itself in the block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12130 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool orientation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The tool orientation may only be containe d in a modal motion block or in a WAB block

(repositioning).

It can be programmed via Euler angles (A1, B1, C1), normal vector components (A2, B2,

C2), direction vectors (A3, B3, C3) or the axis end values. If the tool orientation is

programmed in conj u nction with the functions:

G04 (dwell time), G33 (thread cutting with constant lead), G74 (appro ach reference

points) or REPOSL, REPOSQ, REPOSH (repositioning)

then an alarm is issued with Euler angles, di rection vectors and normal vector

components.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Program tool orien ta ti o n wi th the axis end valu es or use a separate block for th is.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-153

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12140 Channel %1 block %2 functionality %3 not im plemented

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Software construct in the source text

Definitions: In the full configur ation of the control functi ons are possible that are not yet implemented

in the current version.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

The displayed functio n must be removed from the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12150 Channel %1 block %2 operatio n %3 not compatible with data type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String (violating operator)

Definitions: The data types are not compatible with the requi red operation (within an ar ithmetic

expression or in a value assignment).

Example 1:

Arithmetic operation

N10 DEF INT OTTO

N11 DEF STRING[17] ANNA

N12 DEF INT MAX

N50 MAX = OTTO + ANNA

Example 2:

Value assignment

N10 DEF AXIS DRILL N11 DEF INT OTTO : N50 OTTO = DRILL

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Alter the definition of the variables used such that the required operations can be

executed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12160 Channel %1 block %2 range of values exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed constant or the variable exceeds the value range that has previously

been established by the definition of data type.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Correct value of the constant or adapt data type. If the value for an integer constant is too

great, it can be specified as real constant by adding a decimal point.

Example:

R1 = 9 876 543 210 Correct: R1 = 9 876 543 210.

Value range INTEGER: 231 - 1 Value range REAL: 2-1022 to 2+1023

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12170 Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 defined repeated ly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Symbol in block

Definitions: The symbol shown in the error message has already been defined in the active part

program. Note that user-defined identifiers may occur more than once if the multiple

definition occurs in other (sub)prog rams, i.e. local variable s may be red e fi n ed with the

same name if the program has been exited (subprograms) or has already been

concluded. This applies both to user-defined symbols (labels, variables) and to machine

data (axes, DIN addresses and G functions).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The symbol already known to data management is displayed. This symbol must be

looked for in the definition part of the current program using the program editor. The 1st or

2nd symbol must be given a different name.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12180 Channel %1 block %2 illegal chaining of operators %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Chained operators

Definitions: Operator chaining me ans the writing in sequence of binary and unary operators without

using any form of parentheses.

Example:

N10 ERG = VARA - (- VARB) ; correct notation

N10 ERG = VARA - - VARB ; error!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Formulate the expression correctly and unambiguously making use of parenthese s. This

improves clarity and readability of the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12190 Channel %1 block %2 variable of type ARRAY has too many dimensions

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Array with variables of type STRING may be no more than 1-dime nsional, and with all

other variables no more than 2-dimensional.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-155

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Correct the array definition, with multi- dimensional arra ys define a second 2-dimensional

array if necessary and operate it with the same field index.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12200 Channel %1 block %2 symbol %3 cannot be created

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Symbol in the source block

Definitions: The symbol to be created with the DEF instruction cannot be created because:

• it has already been defined (e.g. as variable or function)

• the internal memory location is no longer sufficient (e.g. with large arrays)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make the following checks:

• Check with the text editor whether the name to be allocated in the active program cycle

(main program and called subprograms) has already been used.

• Estimate the memory requirements for the symbols alrea dy defined and reduce these if

necessary by using fewer global and more local variables.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12210 Channel %1 block %2 string %3 too long

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String in the source block

Definitions: • In the definition of a variable of type STRING, it has been atte mpted to initialize more

than 100 characters.

• In an allocation, it has been found that the string does not fit in the given variab le.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Select shorter string or divide up the character string into 2 strings

• Define larger string variable

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12220 Channel %1 block %2 binary constant %3 in string too long

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Binary constant

Definitions: When initializing or allocating the value of a variable of type STR IN G mo re tha n 8 bi t s

have been found as binary constant.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

DEF STRING[8] OTTO = "ABC'H55''B00 0011111'DEF"

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

In the window for the alarm message, the first characters of the binary constant are

always displayed although the surplus bit might not be located until further on. Therefore,

the complete binary constant must always be checked for an incorrect value.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12230 Channel %1 block %2 hexadecimal constant %3 in string too long

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Hexadecimal constant

Definitions: A string can also contain bytes that do not correspond to a character that can be entered

or one that is available on a keyboard with a minimized number of keys. These ch aracters

can be input as binary or hexadecimal constants. They may occupy up to 1 byte each only

- therefore be < 256, e.g.

N10 DEF STRING[2] OTTO=" 'HCA' 'HFE' "

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

In the window for the alarm message, the first characters of the binary constant are

always displayed although the surplus bit might not be located until further on. Therefore,

the complete hexadecimal constant must always be checked for an incorrect value.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12240 Channel %1 block %2 too l orientation %3 defined repeatedly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Text

Definitions: Only 1 tool orientation can be programmed pe r DIN block. This can either be defined via

the 3 Euler angles, or the end points of the axes, or through direction vectors.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Since the tool orientation can be set in 3 different ways, the most advantageous should be

selected. For this type of specification, the addresses and value assignments must be

programmed and all other orientation parameters must be removed.

Axis end points (additional axes): A, B, C axis identifiers Euler angles: A2, B2, C2

Direction vectors: A3, B3, C3

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-157

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12250 Channel %1 block %2 nested macro %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The macro technique supplies a 1-line instruction or series of instructions with a new

identifier by means of the keyword DEFINE. No further macro may be contained in the

string of instructions (nesting). Example: N10 DEFINE MACRO1 AS G01 G91 X123

MACRO2 F100

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Nested macros must be replaced by the full program information.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12260 Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values sp ecified %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In the initialization of an array (array definition and value assignments to individual array

elements) there are more initialization val ues than array elements. Example: N10 DEF

INT OTTO[2,3]=(..., ..., {more than 6 values})

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Check the NC prog ra m to es ta bl i sh wh et he r:

1. During array definition the number of array elements (n,m) was indicated correctly

(DEF INT FIELDNAME[n,m] e.g. an array with 2 lines and 3 columns: n=2, m=3). 2.

During initialization the value assignments have been made correctly (values of the

individual field elements sepa rated by comma, decimal point for variables of the type

REAL).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12261 Channel %1 block %2 initialization of %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: Frame type variables cannot be initialize d in the definition. Example: DEF FRAME

LOCFRAME = CTRANS(X,200)

Equally, no default values can be programmed for axes in the program run duri ng field

initialization via SET.

A REDEF instruction with PRLOC is only permitted for setting data,

but not for machin e d at a or variables.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: IPerform initialization in separate block in the execution part of the program: DEF FRAME

LOCFRAME LOCFRAME = CTRANS(X,200)

When using for axis variables:

Replace DEF AXIS AXIS_VAR [10] AXIS_VAR [5] = SET (X, , Y) by: DEF AXIS

AXIS_VAR [10] AXIS_VAR [5] = X AXIS_VAR [7] = Y

If REDEF ... INIRE, INIPO, INICF, PRLOC changes the behavior of a GUD, LUD etc.,

then the machine data $MN_DEFAULT_VALUES_MEM_MASK must equal 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12270 Channel %1 block %2 macro identifier %3 already defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string macro name

Definitions: The name of the macro to be selected by the instruction DEFINE is already defined in the

control as:

Macro name

Keyword

Variable

Configured identifier.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Select DEFINE instruction with another macro name.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12280 Channel %1 block %2 maximum macro length %3 exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The string of instructi ons on the right side of the macro is limi ted to 256 characters. If an

attempt is made to define a longer character string under one macro (possible only

through V.24 input of NC blocks, because communication between operator panel and

NCK is limited to a block length of 242 characters), an alarm is displayed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Divide the functions defined under the macro into 2 macros.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12290 Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic variable %3 not defin ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string arithmetic variable

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-159

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: Only the R parameters are predefined as arithmetic variables. All other arithmetic

variables must be defined with the DEF instruction before being used. The number of

arithmet ic paramet ers is defin ed via mach ine data. The names must be unambiguous and

may not be repeated in the control (exception: local variables).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Define the required variable in the definition part of the program (possibly in the calling

program if it is to be a global variable).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12300 Channel %1 block %2 call-by-r eference parameter missing o n subroutine call %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In the subroutine definition, a formal REF parameter (call-by-reference parameter) has

been specified with no actual parameter assigned to it.

The assignment takes place in the subroutine call on the basis of the position of the

variable name and not on the basis of the name!

Example:

Subroutine:

(2 call-by-value parameters X and Y, 1 call-by-reference parameter Z)

PROC XYZ (INT X, INT Y, VAR INT Z)

M17

ENDPROC

Main program:

N10 DEF INT X

N11 DEF INT Y

N11 DEF INT Z

N50 XYZ (X, Y) ; REF parameter Z missing

N50 XYZ (X, Z) ; REF parameter Z missing!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Assign a variable to all REF parameters (cal l -by-reference pa rameters) of the subroutine

when calling. No variable must be assigned to "normal" formal parameters (call-by-value

parameters), as these are defaulted with 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12310 Channel %1 block %2 axis parameter missing on procedure call %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: When calling the subroutine, an AXIS parameter is missing which, according to the

EXTERN declaration, should be present.

With the EXTERN instruction, user-defined subroutines (procedures) are made "known"

that have a parameter transfer.

Procedures without parameter transfer require no EXTERN declaration.

Example:

Subroutine XYZ (w it h th e forma l pa rameters):

PROC XYZ (INT X, VAR INT Y, AXIS A, AXIS B)

EXTERN instruction (with variable types):

EXTERN XYZ (INT, VAR INT, AXIS, AXIS) Subroutine call (with actual parameters):

N10 XYZ (, Y1, R_TABLE)

Variable X is defaulted with value 0

Variable Y is supplied with the value of the variable Y1 and returns the results to the

calling program after the subroutine run

Variable A is supplied with the axis in R_TABLE

Variable B missing!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Program the missing AXIS parameter in the call.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12320 Channel %1 block %2 parameter %3 is no variable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: A constant or the result of a mathematical expression has been assigned to a REF

parameter instead of a variable at the time of the subroutine call, even though only

variable identifiers are allowe d.

Examples:

N10 XYZ (NAME_1, 10, OTTO) or

N10 XYZ (NAME_1, 5 + ANNA, OTTO)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Remove the constant or the mathematical expression from the NC block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-161

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12330 Channel %1 block %2 type of parameter %3 incorrect

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitio n s : When callin g a procedure (a subr ou ti ne) it is found that the type of the actual parameter

cannot be converted into the type of the formal parameter. There are two possible cases:

• Call-by-reference parameter: Actual parameter and formal parameter must be of

precisely the same type, e.g. STRING, STRING.

• Call-by-value parameter: Actual parameter and formal parameter can in principle be

different providing conversion is basically possible. In the present case, however, the

types are generally not compatible, e.g. STRING -> REAL.

Overview of type conversions:

• from REAL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes*, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes*, STRING: -, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from INT to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: if value 0 ...255, STRING: -,

AXIS: -, FRAME: -

• from BOOL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes, STRING: -, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from CHAR to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes, STRING: yes, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from ST RING to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: yes2), CHAR: only if 1 character, STRING: yes,

AXIS: -, FRAME: -

• from AXIS to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: yes, FRAME: -

• from FRAME to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME: yes

1) Value <> 0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.

2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE.

*) At type conversion from REAL to INT fractional values that are >=0.5 are rounded up,

others are rounded down.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Check

transfer parameters of the subroutine call and define the app lication accordingly as call-

by-value or call-by-reference parameter.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12340 Channel %1 block %2 numb er of parameters too high %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: When calling a function or a procedure (predefined or user-defined) more parameters

were transferred than defined.

Predefined functions and procedures: The number of parameters has been set

permanently in the NCK.

User-defined functions and procedures: The number of parameters is established by type

and name in the definition.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Check

whether the correct procedure/function has been called. Program the number of

parameters in accordance with the procedure/function.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12350 Channel %1 block %2 parameter %3 no longer possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: An attempt has been made to transfer actual parameters although axis parameters

located before them have not been assigned. For procedure or function calls, assignment

of parameters that are no longer required can be omitted, if subsequently no further

parameters are to be tran s fe rre d. Examp l e: N1 0 FG R OU P(X, Y, Z, A, B) ; max. 8 axes

possible The following call-by-value parameters would then be initialized with zero

because the space-dependent assignment has bee n lost on account of the omitted axis

parameters.

Axes that can be omitted and following parameters do not occur in the predefined

procedures and functions.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. In

predefined procedures and functions either re move the following parameters or transfer

any preceding axis parameters. In user-defined procedures and functions, parameter

transfer must be programmed in accordance with the instructions given in the machine

manufacturer's programming guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12360 Channel %1 block %2 dimension of parameter %3 incorrect

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The following possibilities of error must be checked:

• The current parameter is an array, but the formal parameter is a variable

• The current parameter is a variable, but the formal parameter is an array

• The current and formal parameters are arrays, but not with the dimensions to be

defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Correct

the NC part program in accordance with the cause of error as listed above.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-163

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12370 Channel %1 block %2 range of values %3 not permissible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: A variable has been initialized with a value range outside an initialization block. The

definition of program-global variables is allowed only in special initialization blocks. These

variables can be initialized with a value range.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Remove the value range specification (begins with the keyword OF) or define the variable

as a global variable in the initialization block and initialize it with a value range.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12380 Channel %1 block %2 maximum memory capacity reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The data definitions in this block cannot be processed because the maximum available

memory for creating the data has been filled, or because the data block cannot

accommodate any further data.

The alarm can also occur if several subroutine calls are executed in sequence and no

block with an effect on the machine is generated (motion, dwell, M function).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Reduce the number of

variables, reduce the size of arrays, or increase the capacity of the data management

system.

• If new macro definitions are to be introduced -> increase machine data 18160

MM_NUM_USER_MACROS

• If new GUD definitions are to be introduced -> check machine data 18150

MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM, 18130 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN, 18120

MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK

• If the error occurs while executing an NC part program with LU D definitions or when

using cycle programs (the parameters count as LUD variable of the cycle program), the

following machine data must be checked:

28040 MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM,

18242 MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE,

18260 MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE,

28020 MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL,

28010 MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12390 Channel %1 block %2 initialization value %3 ca nnot be converted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: During initialization, a value has been assigned to a variab le that does not correspond to

the type of the variable, nor can it be converted to the data type of the variable.

Overview of type conversions:

• from REAL to REAL: no, INT: yes1), BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes2), STRING: -

• from INT to REAL: yes, INT: no, BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes2), STRING: -

• from BOOL to REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: no, CHAR: yes, STRING: -

• from CHAR to REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes, CHAR: no, STRING : yes

• from STRING to REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes3), STRING: no

1) Value <> 0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.

2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE.

3) If only one character.

It is not possible to convert from type AXIS and FRAME nor into type AXIS and FRAME.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Define variable type such that the initialization value can be assigned, or

• Select initialization value in accordance with the variable definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12400 Channel %1 block %2 field %3 element does not exist

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The following causes are possible:

• Impermissible index list; an axis index is missing

• Array index does not match the definition of the variables

• An attempt was made to access a variable at array initialization via SET or REP; this

attempt did not correspond to the standard access. Single character access, partial

frame access, omitted indices no t possible.

A non-existent element was addressed on initializing this array.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Array initialization: Check the array index of the addressed element. The 1st array

element is given the index [0,0], the 2nd array element [0,1] etc. The right array index

(column index) is incremented first.

In the 2nd row, the 4th element is also addressed with the index [1,3] (the indices start at

zero).

Array definition: Check the size of the array. The1st number indicates the number of

elements in the 1st dimension (number of rows), the 2nd number indicates the number of

elements in the 2nd dimension (number of columns).

An array with 2 rows and 3 columns must be defined by specifying [2,3].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-165

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12410 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect index type for %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In assigning a value to an element of an array variable, the array index was specified in a

way that is not allowed.

Only the following are allowed as array index (in square brackets):

• Axis identifier, provided the array variable was defined as data type FRAME.

• Integer values for all other data types.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Correct

indices of the array element with respect to variable definition or define the array variable

differently.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12420 Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 too long

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The symbol to be defined or the specified jump target has a name which is longer than the

32 characters allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. The

symbol to be created or the target of program jumps (label) must conform to the system

specifications, that means the name must begin with 2 letters (but the 1st sign must not

be "§") and may be up to a maximum of 32 characters.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12430 Channel %1 block %2 specified index is invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In specifying an array index (in the array definition) an index was used that is outside the

permissible range.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Speci fy

array index within the permissible range. Value range per array dimension: 1 - 32 767.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12440 Channel %1 block %2 maximum nu mber of formal arguments exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the definition of a procedure (a subroutine) or in an EXTERN instruction, more than

127 formal parameters have been specified.

Example: PROC ABC (FORMPARA1, FORMPARA2, ... ... FORMPARA127,

FORMPARA128, ...) EXTERN ABC (FORMPARA1, FORMPARA2, ... ...

FORMPARA127, FORMPARA128, ...)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. A check

must be made to determine whether all parameters really have to be transferred. If so, the

formal parameters can be reduced by using global variables or R parameters, or by

grouping together parameters of the same type to form an array and transfer them in this

form.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12450 Channel %1 block %2 label defined twice

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The label of this block already exists.

If the NC program is compiled off-line, the entire program is compiled block for block.

During this procedure all multiple labels are recognized; this is not always the case with

on-line compilation. (Only the actual program run is compiled here, i.e. program branches

that are not passed through in this run are disregarded and could therefore contain

programming errors).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer is positioned on the block where the

displayed label occurs for the 2nd time. Use the editor to search the part program where

this label occurs for the 1st time, and change one of the names.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12460 Channel %1 block %2 maximum nu mber of symbols exceeded with %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The max. number of variable definitions (GUD, LUD), macro definitions, cycle programs

and/or cycle parameters (PROC instruction) that the controller's data management

system is able to handle has been exceeded.

If this alarm occurs in conjunction with alarm 15175, not enough memory for the

preprocessing of the cycle program definitions is available (PROC instruction).

If this alarm occurs in conjunction with alarm 15180, then this alarm shows the name of

the file (INI or DEF file) causing the error.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-167

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

(For a list of names of INI files and their meaning -> please refer to alarm 6010)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Generally reduce the number of symbols in the affected block (possibly by using the array

technique or by using R parameters), or adapt the corresponding machine data (see

below).

$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL with error in LUD blocks (i.e. if more variable

definitions were made in the active part program than allowe d by the MD).

GUD data blocks can cause errors as part of the 'initial.ini downlo ad' process (e.g. in the

case of a series start-up) or by selective activation via PI service _N_F_COPY (activate

GUD via HMI dialog). If alarm 15180 refers to a GUD definition file, then machine dates

$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK and/or $MN_MM_NUM_GUD _NAMES_CHAN

are set to a too smal l value.

Macros are loaded during POWER ON/NCK-RESET or selectively via PI servicc

_N_F_COPY (activate Makro via HMI dialog). If alarm 15180 refers to a macro definition

file, then machine date $MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS is set to a too small value.

Cycle program definitions (PROC instruction) are reloaded at each POWER ON/NCK-

RESET. In case of failure check parameter %3 to find out whether the name of the cycle

program has caused the error - in this case the value of machine data

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES should be increased, or whether the name of a

cycle call parameter has caused the error - in this case the value of machine data

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM should be increased.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12470 Channel %1 block %2 G functi on %3 is unknown

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: With indirectly programmed G functions, an invalid or no n-allowed group number has

been programmed. Allowed group number = 1. and 5 max. numb er of G groups. In the

displayed block, a non-defined G function has been programmed. Only "real" G functions

are checked, which begin with the address G, e.g. G555. "Named" G functions such as

CSPLINE, BRISK etc. are interpreted as subroutin e names.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. You

should decide on the basis of the machine manufacturer's programming guide whether or

not the displayed G functi on exists or is available, or whether a standard G function has

been reconfigured (or introduced by an OEM). Remove G function from the part program

or program function call in accordance with the machine manufacturer's programming

guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12475 Channel %1 block %2 i nvalid G functio n number %3 programm ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = G code number

Definitions: A non-allowed G function number (parameter 3) has been programmed for a G group with

indirect G code programming. Only the G function numbers indicated in the Programming

Guide "Fundamentals", Sectio n 12.3 "List of G functions/Path conditions" are allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12480 Channel %1 block %2 subroutine %3 already defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The name used in the PROC or EXTERN instruction has already been defined in another

call description (e.g. for cycles).

Example:

EXTERN CYCLE85 (VAR TYP1, VAR TYP2, ...)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. A

program name must be selected that has not yet been used as identifier. (Theoretically,

the parameter declaration of the EXTERN instruction could also be adapted to the

existing subroutine in order to avoid the alarm output. However, it would have been

defined identically twice).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12481 Channel %1 block %2 program attribute %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The attribute used in the PROC instruction is not permitted in the current operating mode.

The attribute SAVE, for example, is not allowed in a technology cycle.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press button NC STOP and select the fu nction "Compensation block" using softkey

PROGAM CORRECT. The cursor jumps to the incorrect block. Then delete the invalid

program attribute.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-169

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12490 Channel %1 block %2 access perm ission level %3 is not valid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The desired access authorizati on, programmed with the keyword REDEF, has not been

set. The desired protection level is either beyond the permitted value range or the

protection level change is not allowed.

(The REDEF instruction is only executable in INITIAL_INI blocks on SINUMERIK 840D,

P1 (6/94)).

The protection level may be changed only if:

1. The current protection level is equal to or higher than the level originally defined, and

2. The new protection level is to be below the level originally defined.

The higher numeri cal values represent the lower protection level s. The lower 4 leve ls

(from 7 to 4) correspond to the keyswitch positions, and the upper 4 levels are associated

with 4 passwords.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Use the REDEF instruction only in the INITIAL_INI block

• Using the operator panel, set the current protection level to at least the same level as

that of the variable with the highest level

• Program protection level within the permissible value range

• Only program new protection levels that are lower than the old values

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12500 Channel %1 block %2 in this module %3 is not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The displayed keyword may not be used in this type of block and at this location (all files

in the NCK are designated as blocks).

Block types:

Program block

Contains a main program or subroutine

Data block

Contains macro or variable definitions and possibly an M, H or E function

Initialization block

Contains only selected language ele ments for data initialization

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Remove the displayed langua ge elements (keyword) with its parameters from this block

and insert in the block provided for this purpose.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12510 Channel %1 block %2 too many mach ine data %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: In the part program, in the machine data file (..._TEA) and in the initialization file (..._INI),

no more than 2 machine data may be used per block.

Example:

N ...

N 100 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [10] = 15,

$MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [11] = 20

N ...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Divide up the part program block into several blocks.

• If necessary, use the local variable for storing intermediate results.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12520 Channel %1 block %2 too many tool parameters %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: In the part program, in the tool offset file (..._TOA) and in the initialization file (..._INI), no

more than 5 tool offset parameters may be used per block.

Example:

N ...

N 100 $TC_DP1 [5,1] = 130, $TC_DP3 [5,1] = 150.123,

$TC_DP4 [5,1] = 223.4, $TC_DP5 [5,1] = 200.12,

$TC_DP6 [5,1] = 55.02

N ...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Divide up the part program block into several blocks.

• If necessary, use the local variable for storing intermediate results.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12530 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In macro definitions, an attempt was made to define a G function with more than 3

decades or an M function with more than 2 decades as identifier of the macro.

Example:

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-171

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

_N_UMAC_DEF DEFINE G4444 AS G01 G91 G1234

DEFINE M333 AS M03 M50 M99

M17

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Modify the macro definition in accordance with the Programming Guide.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12540 Channel %1 block %2 Bl ock is too long or too complex

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum internal block length after translator processing must not exceed 256

characters. After editing, for example, several macros in the block or a multiple nesting,

this limit can be exceeded.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Divide up the program block into several subblocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12550 Channel %1 block %2 name %3 not defined or option not installed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The identifier displayed has not been defined before being used.

Macro: The keyword, to be defined with the DEFINE ... AS ... statement, is missing in one

file:

_N_SMAC_DEF

_N_MMAC_DEF

_N_UMAC_DEF

_N_SGUD_DEF

_N_MGUD_DEF

_N_UGUD_DEF

Variable: DEF statement is missing

Program: PROC declaration is missing

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Correct the name used (writing error)

• Check definitions of variables, subroutines and macros

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Declare subroutine with EXTERN, load subroutine to SPF-Dir

• Check interface definition of subroutine

• Check options

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12552 Channel %1 block %2 tool/magazine OEM parameter not defined. Option not set.

Option not set.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed $TC_... Cx system variable is not known in the control.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Correct the name used (writing error)

• $TC_DPCx, $TC_TPCx, $TC_MOPCx, $TC_MAPCx, $TC_MPPCx, $TC_DPCSx,

$TC_TPCSx, $TC_MOPCSx, $TC_MAPCSx, $TC_MPPCSx; with x=1,...10

• These are the OEM parameters of the tools magazines, The corresponding machine

data value is set to < 10, or the option 'TM OEM parameters' has not been set.

• Use correct parameter number, or - if the name cannot be changed - set machine data

correction (see $MN_MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PAR AM, ...

$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM, ...). )

• Check the option (machine data are only effective when th e option is enabled).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12553 Channel %1 block %2 name %3 Function is not active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The NC function belonging to this language command is not active.

But the name of the language command is known. Each programming

of this language command is rejected with this alarm.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press key NC Stop and select "Correction set" function by pressing softkey PROGRAM

CORRECT. The correction indicator is set to the incorrect block.

• Correct the name used (typing error)

• Activate the NC function.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12555 Channel %1 block %2 function not available (identification %3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Fine ID

Definitions: The identifier has not been defined for this system

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-173

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Press the NC stop key and select the "Compensation block" function by pressing the

"Program correct" softkey. The correction ind icator will position in the incorrect block.

• Correct the name used (write error)

• Use a better software system in case of malfunction

• Check the definition of variables, subroutine s and macros

• Declare a subroutine with EXTERNAL; load the subroutine to SPF-Dir

• Check the interface definition of the subroutine

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12556 Channel %1 block %2 name %3 Name is already known

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The name of the symbol created is part of the

NC language scope and therefore already known. Although the NC function

is not active, this name can no longer be used for GUDs, macros

and PROC definitions.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press key NC Stop and select "Correction block" function by pressing softkey "Program

correct". The correction indicator is set to the incorrect block.

• Correct the name used (typing error)

• With machine data $MN_NC_LANGUAGE_CONFIGURATION = 2 or 4, only those

language commands are created, the option of whi c h has been set

or the function of which is active.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12560 Channel %1 block %2 programmed value %3 exceeds allowed limits

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: In a value assignment, the permissible value range of the data type has been exceeded.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Assign value within the value range of the various data types, or if necessary use another

type in order to increase the size of the value range, e.g. INT -> REAL.

Value ranges of the various variabl e types:

• REAL: Property: Fractional number with dec. pt., value range: +/-(2-1022-2+1023)

• INT: Property: Integers with signs, value range: +/-(231-1)

• BOOL: Property: Truth value TRUE, FALSE, value range: 0,1

• CHAR: Property: 1 ASCII character, value range: 0-255

• STRING: Property: Character string (max. 100 values), value range: 0-255

• AXIS: Property: Axis addresses, value range: Axis names only

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• FRAME: Property: Geometric information, value range: As for axis paths

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12570 Channel %1 block %2 too many motion synchr onous actions in %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: No more than 16 actions are allowed in a block with motion synchronous action.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the number of programme d actions.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12571 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not permissible for motion synchronous action

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The predefined subprogram %3 specified here is not allowed in a block with motion

synchronous action. It may only be contained in a "normal" block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12572 Channel %1 block %2 %3 only permissible for motion synchronous action

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The predefined subprogram %3 specified here is only allowed in a block with motion

synchronous action. It must not be contained alone in a "normal" block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12573 Channel %1 block %2 motion-synchronous action: Call by reference parameters

not allowed %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source text area

Definitions: Call by reference parameters (keyword VAR) are not possible with technology cycles.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-175

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Correct PROC instruction of technology cycle.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12580 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not permissible for assignment in motion synchron ou s

action

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: The variable displayed must not be written in a motion synchronous action. Only selected

variables ar e pe rmi tted here, e.g. DO $AA_IW[X]=10 is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Modify part program.

In a motion synchronous action, only certain variables are allow ed.

E.g. $AA_IM, $AC_DTGPB

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12581 Channel %1 block %2 invalid read access to %3 while in motion synchronous

action

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: In a motion synchronous action, the displayed variable must not be entered as a variable

that is to be read on-line, i.e.

1. The displayed variable must not be written to the left of the comparison in a motion

synchronous action. Only selected variables are permi ssible, e.g. WHEN $AA_OVR ==

100 DO ....

2. In a motion synchronous actio n, the displaye d variable must not be used as a $$

variable, e.g. WHEN $AA_IM[X] >= $$P_AD[1] DO ... DO $AC_VC = $$P_F

3. The displayed variable must not be programmed as an online evaluated parameter of a

synchronous procedure, e.g. DO SYNFCT(1, $AC_PARAM[0],

$SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2[Z])

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12582 Channel %1 block %2 field index %3 incorrect

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: $A or $V variables are assessed in real-time in motion synchronous actions, i.e. in the

interpolation cycle. All other variables (e.g. user-defined variables) are still computed at

block preparation. It is not permissible to index the index of a variable for block

preparation with a real-time variable.

Example:

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

DEF INT INPUT[3]

WHEN $A_IN[1] == INPUT[$A_INA[1]] DO ...

The locally defined variab le INPUT must not be indexed with a real-time variable.

Program editing:

WHEN $A_IN[1] == $AC_MARKER[$A_INA[1]] DO ...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program: Use real-ti me variables.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12583 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 no system variable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: In motion synchronous actions, only special system variables are allowed on the left side

of the compare operation for the assigned variable as input and result variable of

SYNFCT and as input variable for PUTFTOCF. Real-time synchronous access is allowed

here. The programmed variable is not a system variable.

Example:

DEF REAL OTTO, BERTA[2] DO SYNFCT(2,OTTO, $MN_...) ; Local variables or

machine data are not allowe d as parameter for SYNFCT.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Local variables or machine data are not allowed as parameters for

SYNFCT.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12584 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be re ad synchronously with motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: In motion synchronous actions on the le ft side of the compare operation, only special

variables are allowed as input variables of SYNFCT and as input variables for

PUTFTOCF. Motion synchronous access is possible here.

Example:

PUTFTOCF(1, $AA_OVR, 2, 1, 2)

The variable $AA_OVR is not allowed here.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. For the functions SYNFCT and PUTFTOCF only certain variables

are allowed, for example $AC_DTGPW.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-177

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12585 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be changed synchronously with motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: When assigning SYNFCT in motion synchronous actions and result variable s , only

special variables are allowe d. Real-time synchronous access is allowed here.

Example:

WHEN $AA_IM[AX1]>= 100 DO $AC_TIME=1000. The variabl e $AC_T IME (time from

beginning of block) cannot be written

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Only certain variables are allo wed for the function SYNFCT where

real-time synchronous access is possible.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12586 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: type con f lict in variable %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: Type conversion is not possible fo r on-line variables $A.. or $V.., which are evaluated or

written in the interpolation cycle. Only variables of the same type can be used together in

logic operations or assigned to one another.

Example 1:

WHENEVER $AA_IM[X] > $A_IN[1] DO ...

An on-line variable of the REAL type (actual value) cannot be compared with a variable of

the BOOL type (digital input)

The operation is possible if the following change is made:

WHENEVER $AA_IM[X] > $A_INA[1] DO ...

Example 2:

WHENEVER ... DO $AC_MARKER[1]=$AA_IM[X]-$AA_MM[X]

Improvement:

WHENEVER ... DO $AC_PARAM[1]=$AA_IM[X]-$AA_MM[X]

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program: Use variables of the same type.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12587 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: operation/function %3 not

allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Operator/ fu n ction

Definitions: The specified function / operator is not permissible for logic operations of rea l-time

variables in motion synchronous actions. The following operators/functions are

permissible:

• == >= <= > < <> + - * /

• DIV MOD

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• AND OR XOR NOT

• B_AND B_OR B_XOR B_NOT

• SIN COS TAN ATAN2 SQRT POT TRUNC ROUND ABS EXP LNX SPI

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12588 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: address %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Address

Definitions: • The specified address cannot be programmed in motion synchronous action. Example:

ID = 1 WHENEVER $A_IN[1]==1 DO D3

• The cutting edge from motion synchronous actions cannot be changed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12589 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchro nous action: variable %3 not allowed with

modal ID

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Variable name

Definitions: The modal ID in motion synchronous action must not be formed by means of an on-line

variable.

Examples:

ID=$AC_MARKER[1] WHEN $a_in[1] == 1 DO $AC_MARKER[1] = $AC_MARKER[1]+1

This can be corrected in the following way:

R10 = $AC_MARKER[1]

ID=R10 WHEN $a_in[1] == 1 DO $AC_MARKER[1] = $AC_MARKER[1]+1

The ID in a synchronous action is always permanent, and cannot be changed in the

interpolation cycle.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m: Replace the on-line variable by an arithmetic varia ble.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12590 Channel %1 block %2 global user data cannot be created

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of global user data blocks is defined in machine data

$MC_NUM_GUD_MODULES.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-179

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Here, _N_SGUD_DEF corresponds to block 1, _N_MGUD_DEF corresponds to block 2,

_N_UGUD_DEF corresponds to block 3, _N_GUD4_DEF corresponds to block 4 etc.

In the directory _N_DEF_DIR there is a file with definitions for global user data, the block

number of which is greater than the number of blocks gi ven in the MD.

The alarm may, however, also be caused by value zero in one of MD

$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK, $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN and by

the definition of a variable with NCK or CHAN in one of th e GUD definition files.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Increase machine data

18118 MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES.

Or, if it already has the correct value, check whether 18120

$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK (if a variable has been defined with attribute NCK)

or 18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN (if a variable has been defined with

attribute CHAN) is not zero.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12600 Channel %1 block %2 invalid line checksum

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: On processing an INI file or when executing a TEA file, an invalid line checksum has been

detected.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct INI file or correct MD and create new INI file (via "upload").

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

12610 Channel %1 block %2 accessing single character with call-by-reference parameter

not possible %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definition s: An attempt has been made to use a single char acter access for a call-by-refe re n c e

parameter.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Temporarily store single characters in user-defined CHAR variable and transfer this.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12620 Channel %1 block %2 accessing this variable as single character not pos sible %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: The variable is not a user-defined variable. The single ch ara cter access is only allo w ed

for user-defined variables (LUD/GUD).

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Temporarily store variable in user-defined STRING, process this and put back into

storage.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12630 Channel %1 block %2 skip ID/labe l in control structure not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: Blocks with control structures (FOR, ENDIF, etc.) cannot be concealed and must not

contain any labels.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program: Reproduce skip ID via an IF query. Write the label alone in the block

before the control structure bl ock.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12640 Channel %1 block %2 invalid nesting of control structures

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: Error in program run: Opened control structures (IF-ELSE-ENDIF, LOOP-ENDLOOP etc.)

are not terminated or there is no beginning of loop for the programmed end of loop.

Example:

LOOP ENDIF ENDLOOP

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct part program in such a way that all opened control structures are also terminated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

12641 Channel %1 block %2 maximum ne sting depth of control structures exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: Max. nesting depth control structures (IF-ELSE-ENDIF, LOOP-ENDLOOP etc.)

exceeded. At the present time, the max. nesting depth is 8.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct part program. If necessary, move parts to a subroutine.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-181

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12650 Channel %1 block %2 axis identifier %3 different in channel %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Source symbol

%4 = Channel number with different axis definition

Definitions: In cycles that are preprocessed at Power On, only those geometry and channel axis

identifiers may be used that exist in all channels with the same meaning. In different

channels, different axis indices are assigned to the axis identifier.

The axis identifiers are defined via machine data 20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB

and 20080 AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB. Example: C is the 4th channel axis in

channel 1 and the 5th channel axis in channel 2.

If the axis identifier C is used in a cycle that is preprocessed at Power On, then this alarm

is issued.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Modify machine data: Select the same identifiers for geometry and channel axes in all

channels. Example: The geometry axes are called X, Y, Z in all channels. They can then

also be programmed directly in prep rocessed channels.

2. Do not program the axis directly in the cycle but define it as a parameter of the axis

type. Example: Cycle definition:

PROC DRILL(AXIS DRILLAXIS) G1 AX[DRILLAXIS]=10 F1000 M17

Call from the main program:

DRILL(Z)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

12660 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: variable %3 reserved formotion

synchronous actions and technology cycles

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Variable name

Definitions: The displayed variable may only be used in motion synchronous actions or in technology

cycles. For example, '$R1' may only be used in motion synchronous actions. In standard

part programs R parameters are prog ra mme d wi th R1 .

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12661 Channel %1 block %2 technolog y cycle %3: no further subprogram call possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Name of the technology cycle call

Definitions: In a technology cycle it is not possible to call a subroutine or another technology cycle.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12700 Channel %1 block %2 contour definition programming not allo wed as modal sub-

programis active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the external language mode, a block is programmed with contour definition and a

modal cycle is active at the same time. Because of unclear address assignment (e.g. R =

radius for contour definition or return plane for drilling cycle) contour definition

programming must not be used when a modal cycle is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12701 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type for contour definition active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In one contour definition block, G01 is not active as interpolation function. In one contour

definition block, the linear interpolation always has to be selected with G01. G00, G02,

G03, G33 etc. are not permitted.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Program linear interpolation G01.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12710 Channel %1 block %2 illegal language element in external language mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed language element is not allowed or unknown in external language

mode. Only the language elements fro m Siemens mode which are used for subprogram

calls (except for Lxx) and the language constructs for program repetition with REPEAT

(UNTIL) are allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Check that the language command is availabl e in Siemens mode. Switch to Siemens

mode with G290. Program the command in the next block and switch back to the external

language mode in the following bloc k.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-183

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

12720 Channel %1 block %2 program number for macro call (G65/G66) missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During macro call with G65/G66 no program number was defined. The program number

must be programmed with address "P".

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12722 Channel %1 block %2 multiple ISO_2/3 macro or cycl e ca l ls in the bl ock

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A mixture of cycle and macro calls are programmed in a block, e.g. cycle calls with G81 -

G89 together with an M macro in the block or a G65/G66 macro call together with M

macros in the block.

G05, G08, G22, G23, G27, G28, G29, G30, G50.1, G51.1, G72.1, G72.2 functions (ISO

mode) also execute subroutine calls. Only one macro or cycle call can appear in an NC

block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactivate modal cycles or modal macro calls if one of the above mentioned G functions

has been programmed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12724 Channel %1 block %2 n o radius programmed for cylinder interpolation

activation/deactivation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When programming G07.1 (cylinder interpolation TRACYL), no cylinder radius has been

programmed. Selection of the cylinder interpolation (TRACYL) with G07.1 C <cylinder

radius> deselect with G07.1 C0. For "C" the name of the rotary axis defined in the

TRACYL machine data has to be programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: G07.1 block, program the cylinder radius under the name of the rotary axis for the cylinder

interpolation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12726 Channel %1 block %2 illegal plane selection with parallel axes

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a block with plane selection (G17 _ G19), a basic axis of the coordinate system must

not be programmed together with the parallel axis assigned to it.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For plane selection with G17, G18, G19 ei ther program the basic axis of the coordinate

system or the assigned parallel axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12728 Channel %1 block %2 distance for double turret not set

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The tool clearance for the double tu rret head in the setting data

$SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST is 0.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter tool clearance for the double turre t he ad in the setting data

$SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12730 Channel %1 block %2 no valid transfor mation machine data parameterized

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The machine data $MC__TRAFO_TYPE_1, $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[1],

$MC_TRAFO _AXES_IN_2[1] ar e in co rre ctl y set for G07.1, G12.1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter valid transformation identifier for TRACYL in $MC__TRAFO_TYPE_1 and the

rotary axis number in $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[1] or $M C_TRAFO_AXES_IN_2[1].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

12740 Channel %1 block %2 modal macro call %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source string

Definitions: When calling a modal macro no other modal macro, modal cycle or modal subroutine may

be active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14000 Channel %1 block %2 illegal end of file

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Alarm 14000 is output in the following situations:

• Parts program was not terminated with M30, M02 or M17.

• Executing from external: Download was aborted (e.g. because HMI wasswitch ed off).

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-185

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • End parts program with M30, M02 or M17 and start parts program.

• Executing from external: If the download for the selected program was aborted,

the default program _N_MPF0 is automatically selected with RESET

The selection of the user program must be repeated after that.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14001 Channel %1 block %2 illegal end of block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: After system-internal data manipulation (e.g. when transferring blocks from an external

source) a subfile can end without havin g LF as the last character.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Read out the part program, modify it with a text editor (e.g., insert blanks or commen ts

before the displayed block), so that after reading it in again the part program has a

different structure in the memory.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14005 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 program-specific start disable has been set

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Program name

Definitions: Program %3 cannot be executed, as the program-specific start disable has been set for

this file.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset the program-specific start disable for file %3.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14009 Channel %1 block %2 illegal program path %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Program path

Definitions: The part program command CALLPATH was cal led with a parameter (program path)

referring to a directory which does not exist in the file system of the NCK.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: • Modify the CALLPATH instruction such that the parameter contains the complete path

name of the loaded directory.

• Load the programmed directory in the file system of the NCK.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14010 Channel %1 block %2 invalid default parameter in subroutine call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a subroutine call with parameter transfer, parameters have been omitted that cannot be

replaced by default parameters (call-by-reference parameters or parameters of type

AXIS. The other missing parameters are defaulted with the value 0 or with the unit frame

in the case of frame s ).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The missing parameters must be provided with values in the subroutine call.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14011 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 not existing or will be edited

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Program name

Definitions: A subroutine call was aborted because the called subroutine could not be opened.

The subroutine call can be executed via

• subroutine designator

• CALL / PCALL / MCALL command

• SETINT command

• M/T function rep l acement

• event-driven program calls (PROG_EVENT)

• selection of a PLC ASUB via PI "_N_ASUP__" and/or FB-4

• calling a PLC ASUB via interrupt interface (FC-9)

There are various reasons for the alarm:

• the subroutine is not in the parts program memory the subroutine

• the subroutine is not in the search path (selected directory, _N_SPF_DIR or cycle

directories _N_CUS_DIR, _N_CMA_DIR, _N_CST_DIR

• the subroutine has not been released or is being edited

• fau l ty ab so l ut e path name in subrout ine cal l:

Examples of complete path names: /_N_directoryName_DIR/_N_programmName_SPF

or /_N_WKS_DIR/_N_wpdName_WPD/_N_programmName_SPF. directoryName: MPF,

SPF, CUS, CMA, CST (predefined directories). wpdName: application-specific designator

for workpieace directories (max. of 24 signs). programmName: Name of subroutine (max.

of 24 signs)

• A reload buffer for executing from external was called as subroutine.

Note: Unknown designators (string) found in the parts program line by themselves, are

interpreted as subroutine calls.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-187

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Ensure that the subroutine (alarm parameter %3)

• is available in the parts program memory

• has been released and is not being edite d

• is available in the search path if not being called via an absolute path name.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14012 Channel %1 block %2 maximum subroutine level exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum nesting depth of 8 program levels has been exceeded.

Subroutines can be called from the main program, and these in turn may have a nesting

depth of 7.

In interrupt routines the maximum number of levels is 4 !

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the machining program so that the nesting depth is reduced, e.g. using the editor

copy a subroutine of the next nesting level into the calling program and remove the call for

this subroutine. This reduces the nesting depth by one program level.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14013 Channel %1 block %2 n umber of subroutin e passes invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a subroutine call the programmed number of passes P is zero or negative.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program number of passes between 1 and 9 999.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14014 Channel %1 selected p rogram %3 not available or will be edited

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Program name

Definitions: The selected parts program is not in the NCK memory or the access authorization for the

program selection is from a higher level than the current control status .

During creation, this program received the protection level of the NC control which was

active at the time.

In SW 5 or higher a program edited on HMI can no longer be started with NC Start.

The alarm will also be issued, if a file other than the specified definition file has been

selected for the GUD or macro definition.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Reload the program in the NCK memory or check and correct the name of the directory

(workpiece overview) and the program (program overview) and reselect.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

14015 Channel %1 block %2 p r ogram %3 is not enabled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Program name

Definitions: The user has no execution au thorization for the file, the file is not released.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Change user authorization,

release file.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14016 Channel %1 block %2 error when calling the subroutine via M/T function

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following conflict was detected in a subprogram call per M or T function:

In the block referenced by parameter %2:

• An M or T function replacement has already been activated

• A modal subprogram call is active

• A subprogram return jump is programmed

• An end of program is programmed

• An M98 subprogram call is active (only in external language mode)

• T function replacement by D function progra mming in the same part program line is not

possible with active TLC (G43/G44) in ISO2 system.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: An M or T function replacement is only possible if a subprogram call or return jump has

not already been performed as a result of other program constructs. The part program

must be corrected accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14017 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error when ca lling the subroutine via M function

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When calling M code subroutine with parameter transfer, an illegal syntax was detected:

• Address extension not programmed as a constant.

• M function value not programmed as a constant.

Note: If a parameter transfer has been programmed via MD

$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR for an M function replacement, the following restriction

applies to this M function: both the address extension and th e M function value must be

programmed for replacement as cons ta nts.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-189

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the programming of the M function.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14018 Channel %1 block %2 parts program command %3 not executable (protection level

setpoint valu e / ac tual value: %4)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Programmed command

%4 = Protection level of the command / current protection level

Definitions: To parts program command %3, a protection level has been assigned that is logically

higher (smaller in value) than the current access right, or the command does not exist in

the current control configuration.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify parts program. Please see the Siemens Progamming Guide or OEM

documentation for the language commands permissib le for the relevant system

configuration.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14020 Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of parameters on function or

procedur e call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • An illegal parameter value was specified in a function or procedure call.

• An illegal number of actual parameters was programmed in a function or procedure call.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14021 Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of parameters on function or

procedur e call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • An illegal parameter value was specified in a function or procedure call.

• An illegal number of actual parameters was programmed in a function or procedure call.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14025 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: illegal modal ID

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In modal motion synchronous actions an illegal ID number has been assigned.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14026 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: invalid polynomial number in

the FCTDEF command

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An FCTDEF command was programmed with a polynomial number that excee ds the

maximum value set in $MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14027 Channel %1 block %2 motion-synchronous action: Too many technology cycles

programmed.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: You can call a maximum of eight technolo gy cycles with one motion-synchronous action .

You exceeded the upper limit.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14028 Channel %1 block %2 mo tion-synchronous action: Technology cycle pr ogrammed

with too many parameters

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Maximum number of transfer parameters for one technology cycle exceede d.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-191

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change technology cycle

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14030 Channel %1 block %2 combine OSCILL and POSP during oscillation with

infeedmotion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When oscillating controlled by synchronized actions, the assignment of oscillating and

infeed axis (OSCILL) as well as the definition of the infeed (POSP) must be carried out in

one NC block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14033 Channel %1 block %2 involute: no end point programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No end point was programmed for the involute. This is either possible via direct

programming with the geometry axis identifie rs or by spec ifying the angle between start

and end vector.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14034 Channel %1 block %2 involute: angle of ro tation too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With programming of the angle of rotation (with AR) for involute interpolation, the

maximum programmable angle of rotation is limited if the involute is moving towards the

basic circle. The maximum value is reached if the involute touches the basic circle. With

MD_INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_RESTRICTION = TRUE, each angle is accepted

without an alarm; if necessary, the angle is automatically limited during interpolation .

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14035 Channel %1 block %2 involute: start point invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With involute interpolation, the start point of the involute must be outside the basic circle.

The programmed center point or radius must be adapted accordingly.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14036 Channel %1 block %2 involute: end point invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With involute interpolation, the end point of the involute mu st be outside the basic circle.

The programmed center point / radius or end point must be adapted accordingly.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14037 Channel %1 block %2 involute: radius invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With involute interpolation, the programmed radius of the basic circle must be greate r

than zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14038 Channel %1 block %2 invo lute not definable: end point error

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed end point does no t lie on the involute defined by the sta r t point, radius

and center point of the basic circle. The deviation of the effective end radius from the

programmed value is greater than the permissible value specified in MD

INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-193

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14039 Channel %1 block %2 involute: end po int programmed several times

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With involute interpolat ion, either the end point with the geometry axis identifiers or the

angle of rotation with AR=value can be programmed. Simultaneou s programming of end

point and angle of rotation in one block is not allowed, since the end point can thus not be

defined exactly.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14040 Channel %1 block %2 error in end point of circle

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In circular interp olation, either the circl e radii for the initial point and the end point are

further apart, or the circle center points are fu rther apart, than specified in the machine

data.

1. In circle radiu s programming the starting and end points are id entical, thus the circle

position is not determined by starting and end points.

2. Radii: Th e NCK calculates from th e present start point and the other programmed circle

parameters the radii for the start and the end point.

An alarm message is issued if the difference between the circle radii is either

• greater than the value in the MD 21000 CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST (for small radii, if the

programmed radius is smalle r than the quotient of the machine data

CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST divided by 21010 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR), or

• greater than the programmed radius multiplied by the MD CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR

(for large radii, if the programmed radius is greater than the quotient of the machine data

CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST divided by CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR).

3. Center points: A new circle center is calculated using the circle radius at the starting

position. It lies on the mid-perpendicular positioned on the connecting straight line from

the starting point to the end point of the circle. The angle in the radia n measure between

both straight lines from the starting point to the center calculated/prog r ammed as such

must be lower than the root of 0.001 (corresponding to approx. 1.8 degrees).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check MD 21000

CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST and 21010 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR. If the values are

within reasonable limits, the circle end point or the circle mid-point of the part program

block must be programmed with greater accuracy.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14045 Channel %1 block %2 error in tangential circle programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The alarm may have the following causes:

The tangent direction is not defined for tangent circle, e.g. because no other travel block

has been programmed before the current block. No circle can be formed from start and

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

end point as well as tangent direction because - seen from the start point - the end point is

located in the opposite direction to that indicated by the tangent.

It is not possible to form a tangent circle since the tangent is located perpendicular to the

active plane.

In the special case in which the tangent circle changes to a straight line, several complete

circular revolutions were programmed with TURN.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14048 Channel %1 block %2 wrong number of revolutions in circle programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the circle programming, a negative number of full revolutions has been specified.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14050 Channel %1 block %2 nesting dept h for arithmetic operations exceed ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: For calculating arithmetic expressions in NC blocks, an operand stack with a fixed set size

is used. With very complex expressions, this stack can overflow. This may also occur with

extensive expressions in synchronized actions.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Divide up complex arithmetic expressions into several simpler arithmetic blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14051 Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic error in par t program

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • In calculating an arithmetic expression, an overflow has occurred (e.g. division by zero)

• In a data type, the representable value range has been exceeded

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Analyze the program and correct the defective point in the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-195

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14055 Channel %1 block %2 impermissible NC lang uage substitution

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In part program line %2, an NC language substitution shall be activated due to the

configuration of

$MA_AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK. This is not possible for the following reasons:

• Several events have been programmed causing the repla c ement cycle to be called.

Only

one substitution per part program line is allowed.

• For the part program line with the NC language substitution, a non-modal synchronized

action has been programmed as well.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the NC program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14060 Channel %1 block %2 invalid skip level with differential block skip

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With "Differential block skip", a skip level greater than 7 has been specified. (In packet 1

specification of a value for the skip level is rejected by the converter as a syntax error, i.e.

the only possibility is a "Suppress block" ON/OFF on one level).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter a skip level (number behind the slash) less than 8.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14070 Channel %1 block %2 memory for variab les not sufficient for subroutine call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A called subroutine cannot be processed (opened), either because the internal data

memory to be created for general purposes is not large enough, or because the available

memory for the local program variables is too small. The alarm can only occur in MDI

mode.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Analyze the part program section:

1. Has the most useful data type always been selected in the variable definitions? (For

example REAL for data bits is poor; BOOL would be better)

2. Can local variables be replaced by global variables?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14080 Channel %1 block %2 jump destination %3 not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Jump destination

Definitions: In conditional and unconditional jumps, the jump destination within the program must be a

block with a label (symbolic name instead of block number). If no jump destination has

been found with the given label when searching in the programmed direction, an alarm is

output.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check NC part progra m fo r the foll ow ing possible error s :

1. Check whether the target designation is identical with the label.

2. Is the jump direction correct?

3. Has the label been terminated with a colon?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14082 Channel %1 block %2 label %3 program section not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Start or end label

Definitions: The start point for repetition of the program part with CALL <program name> BLOCK

<start label> TO <end label> has not been found or the same program part repetition has

been called recursively.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the start and end labels for programming repetition in the user program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14085 Channel %1 block %2 instruction not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The instruction 'TML()' may only be used in the subprogram, which replaces the T

command.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14088 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 doubtful position

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-197

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: An axis postion larger than 3.4 0e+38 increments has been programmed. This alarm can

be suppressed with bit 11 in $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14090 Channel %1 block %2 invalid D number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A value less than zero has been programmed under address D.

A set of parameters with 25 correction values has been automatically assign ed to each

active tool. Each tool can have 9 sets of parameters (D1 - D9, initial setting is D1). When

the D number changes, the new parameter set is active (D 0 is used for deselecting the

correction values).

N10 G.. X... Y... T 15 ; Paramet er set D1 of T15 active

N50 G.. X... D3 M.. ; Parameter set D3 of T15 active

N60 G.. X.. T20 ; Parameter set D1 of T20 active

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program D numbers in the permissible value range (D0, D1 to D9).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14091 Channel %1 block %2 illegal function, index %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index

Definitions: A function was programmed or trig gered which is not allowed in the current program

context. The code of the function in question is entered in the "index" parameter:

Index == 1: "RET" command was programmed in the main program level

Index == 2: Conflict between "Cancel level"/"Clear number of passes" and "Imp licit GET"

Index == 3: Conflict ASUB start immediately after selection of overstore (up to P3)

Index == 4: MD MN_G53_TOOLCORR = 1 : SUPA/G153/G53 programmed in G75

Index == 5: POSRANGE comma nd not programmed in synchronized acti on

Index == 6: SIRELAY command not programmed in synchronized action

Index == 7: GOTOF/GOTOB/GOTO command programmed with string variable in

synchronized action.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Index == 1: Substitute "RET" command wi th M17/M30

Index == 2: Insert an auxiliary block (e.g. M99) after the subroutine call to which the

"Cancel level"/"Clear number of passes" refers

Index == 3: Overstore an auxiliary block (e.g. M99), then start ASUB (up to P3)

Index == 4: With MD MN_G53_TOOLCORR = 1: Do not activate SUPA/G53/G153 in the

G75 block

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Index == 5: Program POSRANGE command in synchronized action

Index == 6: Program SIRELAY command in synchronized action

Index == 7: Program GOTOF/GOTOB/GOTO command with block number or label

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14092 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is wrong axis type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: One of the following programming errors has occurred:

1. The keywor d W AITP(x) "W ait with block change until the specified positioning axis has

reached its end point" has been used for an axis that is not a positio ning axis.

2. G74 "Reference point approach from the program" has been programmed for a spindle.

(Only axis addresses are permitted).

3. The keyword POS/POSA has been used for a spindle. (The keywords SPOS and

SPOSA must be programmed for the spindle positions).

4. The alarm occurs with the rigid tapping function, so the following cause is conceivable:

The master spindle is not in position control.

5. An axis name was programmed which does not exist any more (e.g. when using axial

variables as an index). Or it was programmed as index NO_AXIS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Correct the part program depending on which of the above errors is involved.

• Program SPOS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14093 Channel %1 block %2 p ath interval <= 0 with pol ynominal interpolation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the polynomial interpolation POLY, a negative value or 0 has been programmed under

the keyword for the polynomial length PL=...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

Correct the value given in PL = ...

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14094 Channel %1 block %2 polynomina l degree greater than 3 programmed for

polynominal interp ola t i on

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The polynomial degree in the polynomial interpola tion is based on the number of

programmed coefficients for an axis. The maximum possible polynomial degree is 3, i.e.

the axes are according to the function:

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-199

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

f(p) = a0 + a1 p + a2 p2 + a3 p3

The coefficient a0 is the actual position at the start of interpolation and is not

programmed!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the number of coefficients. The polynomial block may have a form no greater

than the following:

N1 POLY PO[X]=(1.11, 2.22, 3.33) PO[Y]=(1.11, 2.22, 3.33)

N1 PO[n]=... PL=44

n ... n ... axis identifier, max. 8 path axes per block

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14095 Channel %1 block %2 radius for circle progr amming too small

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The radius entered for radius programming is too small, i.e. the programmed radius is

smaller than half of the distance between start and end poin t.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14096 Channel %1 block %2 illegal type conversion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During the program run, a variable value assignment or an arithmetic operation has

caused data to be processed in such a way that they have to be converted to another

type. This would lead to the value range bei ng exceeded.

Value ranges of the various variabl e types:

• REAL: Property: Fractional number with dec. pt., value range: +/-(2-1022-2+1023)

• INT: Property: Integers with signs, value range: +/-(231-1)

• BOOL: Property: Truth value TRUE, FALSE, value range: 0,1

• CHAR: Property: 1 ASCII character, value range: 0-255

• STRING: Property: Character string (max. 100 values), value range: 0-255

• AXIS: Property: Axis addresses, value range: Axis names only

• FRAME: Property: Geometric information, value range: As for axis paths

Overview of type conversions:

• from REAL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes*, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes*, STRING: -, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from INT to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: if value 0 ...255, STRING: -,

AXIS: -, FRAME: -

• from BOOL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes, STRING: -, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from CHAR to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes, STRING: yes, AXIS: -,

FRAME: -

• from ST RING to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: yes2), CHAR: only if 1 character, STRING: yes,

AXIS: -, FRAME: -

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• from AXIS to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: yes, FRAME: -

• from FRAME to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME: yes

1) Value <> 0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.

2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE.

3) If only 1 character.

It is not possible to convert from type AXIS and FRAME nor into type AXIS and FRAME.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the program section such that the value range is not exceeded, e.g. by a modified

variable defi n i ti on .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14097 Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be converted to AXIS type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The called function AXNAME - conversion of the transferred parameters of the STRING

type to an axis name (return value) of the AXIS type - has not found this axis identifier in

the machine data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check the transferred

parameters (axis name) of the function AXNAME to determine whether a geometry,

channel or machine axis of this name has been configured by means of the machine data:

10 000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB

20 070: AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB

20 080: AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB

Select the transfer string in accordance with the axis name and change the axis name in

the machine data if necessary. (If a change of name is to take place via the NC part

program, this change must first be validated by means of a "Power On").

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14098 Channel %1 block %2 conversion error: no valid number fo und

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The string is not a valid INT or REAL number.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. If it is an entry, then you can check whether the string is a number

via the preset fun c ti o n ISNU M BER (with th e same parameter).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-201

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14099 Channel %1 block %2 result in string concatenation too long

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The result of string chaining returns a string which is greater than the maximum string

length laid down by the system.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Adapt part program. With the function STRLEN, it is also possible to test the size of the

sum string before performing the chaini ng operation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14100 Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Up to 4 transformation groupings (transformation types) can be set for each channel via

machine data. If the keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... number of the transformation grouping) is

used to address a transformation grouping for which the machine data is not defaulted,

the alarm message will be triggered.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey

PROGRAM CORRECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.

• Check the number of the transformation grouping when calling the part program with the

keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... number of the transformation grouping).

• Enter the machine data for this transformation grouping and then activate by "Power

On".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14101 Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Euler angles or a vector have been used in programming an orientation and no orientation

transformation is active, i.e. the keyword TRAORI(n) (n ... number of transformation

grouping) is missing.

Example of correct transformation programming:

N100 ... TRAORI(1)

N110 G01 X... Y... ORIWKS

N120 A3... B3... C3...

N130 A3... B3... C3...

N200 TAFOOF

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Before the transformation is applied, the number of the transformation grou ping must be

specified with the keyword TRAORI(n) (n is between 1 and 4).

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14102 Channel %1 block %2 polynomina l degree greater than 5 programmed for

orientation vector angle

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During polynomial interpolation for the orientation vector, a polynomial degree larger than

5 has been programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14110 Channel %1 block %2 Euler angles and orientation vector compon ents

programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An orientation has been programmed with Euler angles and the component of an

orientation vector at the same time.

Example:

N50 TRAORI (1)

N55 A2=10 B2=2 0 C3=50 ; alarm, because Eu ler angle and orientation vector

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program only one type, in other words when transformation is switched on program either

Euler angles only or orientation vectors (direction vectors) only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14111 Channel %1 block %2 Euler angles, orientation vector and tran sformation axes

programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An orientation has been programmed at the same time as Euler angles or components of

an orientation vector an d the machine axis influenced by the orientation.

Example:

N50 TRAORI (1)

N55 A2=70 B2=10 C2=0 X50 ; alarm, because Euler angle and axes were programmed

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program only one type, in other words with transformation switched on program either

Euler angles only or orientation vectors (direction vectors) only or deselect transformation

(TRAFOOF) and set tool orientation by programming the auxiliary axes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-203

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14112 Channel %1 block %2 p r ogrammed orienta ti on path not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In 5-axis transformation, the two orientation axes place a coordinate system comprising

lengths and circles of latitude on a spherical surfa c e.

If the interpolation traverses the pole point, only the 5th axis will move and the 4th axis will

retain its starting position. If a motion is programmed that does not traverse the pole point

directly, but passes it very closely, the preset interpolation will be deviated from if the path

forms a circle that is defined by the machine data: 24530 TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1

(changeover angle that refers to the 5th axis). The interpolated contour is then placed

through the pole (in the immediate vicinity of the pole, the 4th axis would oth erwise have

to accelerate most rapidly and then decele rate again).

For the 4th axis, the result is a position deviation as compared to the programmed value.

The maximum permissible angle which the programmed and the inte rpolated path may

include is stored in the MD 24540 TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: In the vicinity of the pole, always make use of axis programming. Programming of tool

orientations close to the pole should gene rally be avoided because this always leads to

problems concerning dynamic response.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14113 Channel %1 block %2 programmed lead angle too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No further explanation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14114 Channel %1 block %2 programmed tilt angle too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No further explanation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14115 Channel %1 block %2 illegal definition of workpiece surface

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The surface normal vectors programmed at the beginning of block and at the end of block

point in opposite directions.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14116 Channel %1 block %2 absolute orientation programmed while ORIPATH/ORIPATHS

is active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The orientation has been entered as an absolute value (e.g. by a direction vector or a

rotation vector), although ORIPATH or ORIPATHS are active. When

ORIPATH/ORIPATHS is active, the orientation is determined from the lead angle, tilt

angle and angle of rotatio n relative to the path tangent and surface normal vector.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14117 Channel %1 block %2 no angle or direction of the cone programmmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circum ference interpolation of orientation (ORICONCW and ORICONCC),

either the opening an gle or the direction vector of the taper must be programmed.

Otherwise, the change of orientation is not clearly defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14118 Channel %1 block %2 no end orientation programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation of orientation, no end orientation has been

programmed. The change of orientation is therefore not clearly defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14119 Channel %1 block %2 no interme diate orientation programme d

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation of orientation with ORICONIO, an intermediate

orientation must also be programmed in addition to the end orientation .

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-205

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14120 Channel %1 blo ck %2 plane determinatio n for programmed or ientation not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed orientation vectors (direction vectors) in the beginning of block and end

of block point include an an gle of 180 degrees. Therefore the interpolation plane cannot

be determine d.

Example:

N50 TRAORI (1)

N55 A3=0 B3=0 C3=1

N60 A3=0 B3=0 C3=-1 ; the vector of this block is precisely opposite to that in the

preceding block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the part program so that the orientation vectors of a block are not directly opposed

to each other, for instance by dividing the block up into 2 subblocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14121 Channel %1 block %2 no orientation defined (distance equals zero).

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed coordinates for the 2nd space curve with XH, YH, ZH

do not define any tool orientation, as the distance of the curve to the TCP is becoming

zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the part program so that the distance between the two curves is not becoming

zero and

that a tool orientation is defined.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14122 Channel %1 block %2 angle and direction of the cone programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation of orientati on with ORICONCW and ORICC, only

the opening angle or the direction of the taper may be programmed. Programming of both

in one single block is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14123 Channel %1 block %2 nutation angle of the co ne too small

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation, the programmed opening angle of the ta per must

be greater than the half of the angle between the start and end orie ntation. Otherwise, a

taper cannot be defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14124 Channel %1 block %2 start tangent for orientation is zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation with tangential continuation (ORICONTO), the

start tangent of orientation must not be zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14125 Channel %1 block %2 programmed rotation is not po ssible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed rotation of tool orientation cannot be traversed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14126 Channel %1 block %2 ORIPATH lift factor impermissible.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The value programmed with ORIPLF = r is not within the permissible range. The rela tive

retraction factor must lie within interval 0 <= r < 1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-207

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14127 Channel %1 block %2 rotation programmed several times

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The rotation (3rd degree of freedom of orientation at 6-axis transformations) has been

programmed several times.

The rotation is clearly defined by one of the following specifications:

• Specification of the rotary axis positions included in the transformation

• Specification of Euler or RPY angles (A2, B2, C2)

• Specification of the normal orientation vector (AN3, BN 3, CN3)

• Specification of the THETA angle of rotation

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14128 Channel %1 block %2 absolu te programming of the orienting rotation with active

ORIROTC.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The rotation of orientation (3rd degree of freedom of orientation for 6-axis

transformations) has been programmed with G code ORI R OTC active. This is not

possible, as the rotation of orientation is oriented relatively to the path tangent when

ORIROTC is active.

With ORIROTC, it is only possible to program the angle of rotation THETA that indicates

the angle

of the rotation vector to the path tangent.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14129 Channel %1 block %2 orientation angles and orie ntation vector components

programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An orientation angle and components of an orientation vector were programmed at the

same time.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14130 Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values given

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On assigning an array by means of SET, more initialization values th an existing array

elements have been specified in the program run.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the number of initializati on values.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14131 Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes and lead/tilt angles programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An orientation angle and a leading or sideways angle were programmed at the same time.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14132 Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes incorrectly configured

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The configuration of the orientation axes doe s not match the machine kinematics. Also,

for example, when the position measuring system has not been set for the rotary axes.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Adapt machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14133 Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation definition not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is only possible to program a G code of the 50th G code group if machine data

ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE is set to TRUE.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Adapt machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

NCK alarms

03/2006 Overview of Alarms

2-209

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14134 Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation interpolation not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It will only be possible to program a G code of the 51st G code group, if machine data

ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE has been set to TRUE.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Adapt machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14136 Channel %1 block %2 Orientation polyno mial is not permitted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Programming of orientation polynomials both for the angles (PO[PHI], PO[PHI]) and for

the coordinates of a reference point on the tool (PO[XH], PO[YH], PO[ZH]) is not

permitted. Orientation polyno mials can only be programmed, if an orientation

transformation is active and the orientation is changed by interpolating the vector

(ORIVECT, ORICONxxx, ORICURVE), i.e. the orientation must not be changed by

interpolating the axis (ORIAXES).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the NC program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14137 Channel %1 block %2 Polynomials PO[PHI] and PO[PSI] are not permitted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A polynomial for the angles PHI and PSI can only be programmed, if the orientation is

interpolated in the plane between start and end orientation (ORIVECT, ORIPLANE) or on

a taper (ORICONxxx). If interpolation type ORICURVE is active, no polynomials can be

programmed for angles PHI and PSI.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the NC program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14138 Channel %1 block %2 Polynomials PO[XH], PO[YH] and PO[ZH] are not permitted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Polynomials for the coordinates of a reference point on the tool (PO[XH], PO[YH],

PO[ZH]) can only be programmed, if interpolation type ORICURVE is active. If ORIVECT,

ORIPLANE, ORICONxxx is active, no polynomials can be programmed for coordinates

XH, YH and ZH.

Overview of Alarms 03/2006

NCK alarms

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the NC program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14139 Channel %1 block %2 Polynomial for angle of rotation PO[THT] is not permitted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A polynomial for the angle of rotation of orientation (PO[THT]) can only be programmed, if

the active transformation supports it.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the NC program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

•

2-211

14140 Channel %1 block %2 position programming without transformation not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Position information was programmed for an axis position but no transformation was

active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14144 Channel %1 block %2 PTP movement not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The PTP G code was programmed for a movement other than G0 or G1.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14146 Channel %1 block %2 CP or PTP movement witho ut transformation not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The CP or PTP G code was programmed for a movement but no transformation was

active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14147 Channel %1 block %2 spline fo r orientation not possible.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an orientation has been programmed while BSPLINE is active, the interpolation of

tool orientation must be interpolated via a 2nd space curve. This means that G code

ORICURVE

must be active for the interpolation of the orientation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14148 Channel %1 illegal reference system for Cartesian manual traverse

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: In the setting data SC_CART_JOG_MODE, an illegal value has been entered for the

reference system with Cartesian manual travel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter a permitted value in the setting data SC_CART_JOG_MODE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14150 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier number programmed or declared (MD)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A toolholder number was programmed which is negative or greater than the machine data

MC_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Program valid toolholder

number or adapt machine data MC_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14151 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier rotation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A toolholder was activated with an angle of rotation unequal to zero, although the

associated axis is not defined. A rotary axis is not defined when all three direction

components are zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Set angle of rotation to zero, or define the associated rotary axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14152 Channel %1 block %2 tool carrier: invalid orie n t ati on. Error code: %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Error code

Definitions: An attempt was made to define a tool orientation by means of the active frame which

cannot be reached with the current toolholder kinematics. This case can always occur

when both rotary axes of the toolholder are not perpendicular to one another or when the

toolholder has fewer than two rotary axes;

or when rotary axis po si ti o n s must be set that violate the corresponding axis limitations.

Together with the alarm, an error code is displayed that specifies the cause in detail:

03/2006

2-213

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The error code has the following meaning:

1: 1st rotary axis of the first solution violates the lower limit

2: 1st rotary axis of the first solution violates the upper limit

10: 2nd rotary axis of the first solution violates the lower limit

20: 2nd rotary axis of the first solution violates the upper limit

100: 1st rotary axis of the second solution violates the lower limit

200: 1st rotary axis of the second solution violates the upper limit

1000: 2nd rotary axis of the second solution violates the lower limit

2000: 2nd rotary axis of the second solution violates the upper limit

3: The required orientation cannot be set with the given axis configuration

Several of the error codes that indicate a violation of the axis limits can occur

simultaneously

As, when an axis limit is violated, an attempt is made to reach a valid position within the

permissible axis limits by adding or substracting multiples of 360 degrees, it is - if this is

not possible - not unequivocally defined whether the lower or uppe r axis limit has been

violated.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the part program (TOABS instead of TCOFR, activate another Frame. Change

toolholder data. Change processin g level G17-G19)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14153 Channel %1 block %2 unknown tool carrier type: %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Tool carrier type

Definitions: An invalid tool carrier type was specified in $TC_CARR23[]. Only the following are

allowed: t, T, p, P, m, M.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the tool carrier data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14154 Channel %1 block %2 The amount of fine correction in parameter %3of the

orientable toolholder %4 is too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Invalid parameter of the orientable toolholder

%4 = Number of the orientable toolholder

Definitions: The maximum permissible value of the fine correction in an orientable toolholder is limited

by the machine data $MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN for linear variables, and by the

machine data $MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT for rotary variables. The alarm can only

occur if the setting data $SC_TOC AR R_FINE_CORRECTION is not equal to zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Enter a valid fine correction value.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14155 Channel %1 block %2 invalid base frame definition for tool carrier offset

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If a tool carrier selection causes a change in the table offset, a valid base frame must be

defined in order to store this offset; for more information see machine data 20184

(TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the NC program or machine data 20184 (TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14156 Channel %1 toolholder selection error at reset

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The settings in RESET_MODE_MASK require that an active orientable toolholder is

maintained after the reset. This is done by deselecting the old orientable toolholder and

then reselecting it with data that may have been modified. If an error occurs during the

reselection, this alarm is issued (as a warning) and then an attempt is made to select the

orientable toolholder in the initial setting. If thi s second attempt is successful, the reset

cycle is continued without any further alarms.

Typically, the alarm only occurs when the old orientable toolholder has been selected with

TCOFR, and its axis directions have been changed in such a way before the reset that a

setting suitable for the associated frame is no longer possible. If there is another cause for

the alarm, this results in an alarm also being issued when attempting to select in the initial

setting. This is then also displayed in plain text.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14157 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type with MOVT

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Linear or spline interpolation must be active with MOVT (G0, G1, ASPLINE, BSPLINE,

CSPLINE).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-215

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14159 Channel %1 block %2 more than two angles programmed with ROTS or AROTS

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Frame rotations are described using space angles with the language commands ROTS or

AROTS. A maximum of two angles can be programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14160 Channel %1 block %2 tool length sele ct ion without geometry axis spec ification

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If variant C (tool length acts on the programmed axis) is activated by ma chine data

$MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE for tool length compensa tio n with H word and G43/G44 in

ISO_2 mode, at least one geometry axis must be specified.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change machine data $MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE or the part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14165 Channel %1 block %2 select ed H number %3 does not match tool %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = H/D number of ISO mode

%4 = Tool number

Definitions: When an H or D number is programmed in ISO_2 mode, it must be available in the active

tool. The active tool may also be the last loaded tool on the master spindle or master

toolholder. If there is no H or D number on this tool, this alarm will be output.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Set H number correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14170 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type with tool length compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If tool compensation (G43/G44) is activated in language mode ISO_2 , the lin ear type of

interpolation must be ac tive.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14180 Channel %1 block %2 H nu mber %3 is not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = H number of ISO mode

Definitions: The specified H number is not assigned to a tool (ISO_2).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14185 Channel %1 block %2 D nu mber %3 is not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = D number of ISO mode

Definitions: The specified D number is not assigned to a tool (language mode ISO_2).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14190 Channel %1 block %2 H number with G49

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: G49 (select tool len gth compensation) and an H word not equal to H0 have been

programmed simultaneously.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-217

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14195 Channel %1 block %2 D number with G49

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: G49 (select tool len gth compensation) and an D word not equal to D0 have been

programmed simultaneously.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14196 Channel %1 block %2 error %3 on interpreting the contents of $SC_CUTDIRMOD

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Error code

Definitions: An error has occured on interpretin g the string contained in setting data

$SC_CUTDIRMOD. This setting data is always read when a new edge is selected. The

error code indicates the error cause:

1: The string only consists of blanks or a sign

2: Unknown frame name after $P_

3: No colon after the first valid frame name

4: Insufficient memory space on internal creation of a frame

5: Invalid frame index

6: Further characters found after complete string

7: Second frame name after colon is missing

8: Impermissible frame rotation (surface normals are rotated against each other by 90

degrees or more)

9: Invalid frame chain (the first frame must be in front of the second frame in the frame

chain)

10: Invalid axis name

11: Axis is no rotary axis

20: Invalid angle indicated (numerical value )

30: Invalid angle of rotation (no integer multip le of 90 degrees)

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter valid string in setting data $SC_C UTDIRMOD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14197 Channel %1 block %2 D number an d H number programmed simultaneously

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A D word and H word have been programmed simultaneously.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14198 Channel %1 block %2 i llegal change of tool direction with tool offset

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an offset is active in the tool direction, block change is not possible if this would change

the assignment of the offset axes to the channel axes (plane change, tool change, cutter

<=> turning tool, geometry axis replacement).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Reduce the offset in tool direction to zero.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14199 Channel %1 block %2 illegal plane change for tool with diameter component

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If a tool has a wear or length component which is evaluated as a diameter for the facing

axis (bit 0 and/or bit 1 in MD $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK is set) and bit 2 of

this MD is also set, this tool may only be used in the plan e act i ve on to ol sel e cti o n. A

plane change results in an alarm.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Reset bit 2 in MD $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14200 Channel %1 block %2 negative polar radius

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the endpoint speci fi cation of a traversing block with G00, G01, G02 or G03 in polar

coordinates, the polar radius entered for the keyword RP=... is negative.

Definition of terms:

• Specification of end of block point with polar angle and polar radiu s , referring to the

current pole (preparatory functions: G00/G01/G02/G03).

• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring to the reference

point selected with the G function. G110 ... last programmed point in the plane, G111 ...

zero point of the current work, G112 ... last pole

03/2006

2-219

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program - permissible inputs for the pole radius are only positive absolute

values that specify the distance between the current pole and the block end point. (The

direction is defined by the polar an gle AP=...).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14210 Channel %1 block %2 polar angle too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In specifying the endpoints in a traversi ng block with G00, G01, G02 or G03 in polar

coordinates, the value range of the polar angle programmed under the keyword AP=...

has been exceeded. It covers the range from -360 to +360 degrees with a resolution of

0.001 degrees.

Definition of terms:

• Specification of end of block point with polar angle and polar radiu s , referring to the

current pole (preparatory functions: G00/G01/G02/G03).

• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring to the reference

point selected with the G function. G110 ... referred to the last programmed point in the

plane, G111 ... referred to the zero point of the current workpiece coordinate system

(WCS), G112 ... referred to the last pole.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program. The permissible input range for the polar angle is between the

values -360 degrees and +360 degrees with a resolution of 0.001 degrees.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14250 Channel %1 block %2 negative pole radius

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In redefining the pole with G110, G111 or G112 in polar coordinates, the pole radius

specified under keyword RP=... is negative. Only positive absolute values are pe rmitted.

Definition of terms:

• Specification of end of block point with polar angle and polar radiu s , referring to the

current pole (preparatory functions: G00/G01/G02/G03).

• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring to the reference

point selected with the G function. G110 ... last programmed point in the plane, G111 ...

zero point of the current work, G112 ... last pole

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC part program. Permissible inputs for the pole radius are only positive,

absolute values that specify the distance between the reference point and the new pole.

(The direction is defined with the pole angle AP=...).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14260 Channel %1 block %2 pole angle too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In redefining the pole with G110, G111 or G112 in polar coordinates, the value range of

the pole angle specified under keyword AP=... has been exceeded. It covers the range

from -360 to +360 degrees with a resolution of 0.001 degrees.

Definition of terms:

• Specification of end of block point with polar angle and polar radiu s , referring to the

current pole (preparatory functions: G00/G01/G02/G03).

• New definition of the pole with polar angle and pole radius, referring to the reference

point selected with the G function. G110 ... last programmed point in the plane, G111 ...

zero point of the current work, G112 ... last pole

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program. The permissible input range for the polar angle is between the

values -360 degrees and +360 degrees with a resolution of 0.001 degrees.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14270 Channel %1 block %2 pole programmed incorre ctly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When defining the pole, an axis was prog rammed that does not belong to the selecte d

processing level. Programming in polar coordinates always refers to the plane activated

with G17 to G19. This also applies to the definition of a new pole with G110, G111 or

G112.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC part program. Only the two geometry axes may be programmed that

establish the current machining plane.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14280 Channel %1 block %2 polar coordinates programmed incorrectly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The end point of the displayed block has been programmed both in the polar coordinate

system (with AP=..., RP=...) and in the Cartesian coordinate system (axis addresses X,

Y,...).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC part program - the axis motion may be specified in one coordinate system

only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-221

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14290 Channel %1 block %2 polynomina l degree greater than 5 programmed for

polynominal interp ola t i on

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A polynominal degree greater than five was programmed for the polynominal

interpolation. Yo u can only program polynomials up to the 5th degree.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14300 Channel %1 block %2 overlaid handwheel motion activated incorrectly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Handwheel override has been called up incorre c tly:

• 1. For positioning axes:

• Handwheel override programmed for indexing axes,

• No position programmed,

• FA and FDA programmed for the same axis in the block.

• 2. For contouring axes:

• No position programmed,

• G60 not active,

• 1. 1st G group incorrect (only G01 to CIP).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14310 Handwheel %1 configuration incorrect or inactive

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number

Definitions: • The inputs are using a drive with a drive number that does not exist or

• an inactive drive for assignment of the handwheel (ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR)

• an axis is using a measuring circuit which does not exist for the drive hardware.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check input configuration

(machine data) and/or drive hardware. Power-up is interrupted .

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

14320 Handwheel %1 used twice (%2) in channel %3 axis %4

Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number

%2 = Use

%3 = Channel

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

%4 = Axis

Definitions: Informational alarm indicating that the me ntioned handwheel is used twice:

The second parameter provides the explanation :

1: Block with axial handwheel override for this axis cannot be executed as the handwheel

for this axis performs a DRF movement

2: Block with velocity override of the path cannot be executed as the handwheel performs

a DRF movement for this axis of the path

3: Block with contour handwheel cannot be executed as the handwheel performs a DRF

movement

for this axis of the path

4: PLC axis with axial handwheel override cannot be started immediately as the

handwheel performs

a DRF movement for this axis

5: The axis is a reciprocating axis with axial handwheel override; the reciprocating

movement cannot be

started immediately as the handwheel performs a DRF movement for this axis

6: The DRF movement for this axis cannot be executed as an axial handwheel override is

active for

this axis with the handwheel

7: The DRF movement for this axis cannot be executed as a velocity override of the path

with

the handwheel is active and the axis belong s to the path

8: The DRF movement for this axis cannot be executed as the contour handwheel is

active with

this handwheel and the axis belongs to the path

9: The DRF movement for this axis cannot be executed as the axis is a PLC axis with

handwheel

override that is active with this handwheel

10: The DRF movement for this axis cannot be executed as the axis is active as

reciprocating axis

with handwheel override with this handwheel

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Use the handwheel for one purpose at a time only.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

14400 Channel %1 block %2 too l radius compensation active at transformation

switchover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A change of transformation is not allowed when tool radius compensation is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Perform tool radius compensation in the NC part program with G40 (in a block with G00 or

G01) before performing a transfo rma tion change.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-223

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14401 Channel %1 block %2 transformation not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The required transformation is not available.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Modify part program; program defined transformations only.

• Check MD 24100 TRAFO_TYPE_n (assigns the transformation to part program

instructions).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14402 Channel %1 block %2 spline active at transfor mation change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A change of transformation is not allowed in a spline cu rve section. A series of spline

blocks must be concluded.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14403 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be synchronized

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Positioning axis ru ns cannot be accurately calculated beforehand. Consequently, the

position in the MCS is not known exactly. It might therefore be possible that a change in

the multiple significance of the transformation has been performed in the main run

although no provision was made for this in the preprocessin g run.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Synchronize preprocessing run and main run.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

14404 Channel %1 block %2 illegal parameterization of transformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Error has occurred when selecting transformatio n.

Possible causes of error:

• An axis traversed by the transformation has not been enabled:

• is being used by another channel (-> enable)

• is in spindle mode (-> enable with SPOS)

• is in POSA mode (-> enable with WAITP)

• is concurrent Pos axis (-> enable with WAITP)

• Parameterization via machine data has an error

• Axis or geometry axis assignment to the transformation has an error,

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Machine data has an error (-> modify machine data, restart)

Please note: Any axes not enabled might be signaled via EXINAL_ILLEGAL_AXIS =

14092 or BSAL_SYSERRCHAN_RESET = 1011 instead of

EXINAL_TRANSFORM_PARAMETER = 14404.

Transformation-dependent error causes can be in: TRAORI: -

TRANSMIT:

• The current machine axis position is unsuitable for selection (e.g. selection in the pole) (-

> change position slightl y).

• Parameterization via machine data has an error.

• Special requirement with respect to the machine axis has not been fulfilled (e.g. rotary

axis is not a modulo axis) (-> modify machine data, restart).

TRACYL:

The programmed parameter is not allowed when transformation is selected.

TRAANG:

• The programmed parameter is not allowed when transformation is selected.

• Parameterization via machine data has an error.

• Parameter is faulty (e.g. TRAANG: unfavorable angle value (-> modify machine data,

restart)

Persistent transformation:

• Machine data for persistent transformation are wrong (-> consid er dependencies,

change machine data, restart)

Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle:

The axes included in the transformation must be referenced!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify part program or

machine data.

Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle:

Reference the axes included in the transformation before selecting transformation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14410 Channel %1 block %2 spline active at geometry axis changeover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not allowed to change the assignment of geometry axes to channe l axes in a spline

curve definition.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14411 Channel %1 block %2 too l radius compensation active at geometry axis

changeover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channel axes when

tool radius compensation is active.

03/2006

2-225

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14412 Channel %1 block %2 transformation active at geometry axis changeover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channel axes when

transformation is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14413 Channel %1 block %2 fine tool correction: changeover geometry/ channel axis not

allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not permissible to change the assignment of geometry axes to channel axes during

active tool fine compensation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14414 Channel %1 block %2 GEOAX function: incorrect call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The parameters for the GEOAX(...) call are incorrect. Possibl e causes:

• Uneven number of parameters.

• More than 6 parameters were specified.

• A geometry axis number was programmed which was smaller than 0 or greater than 3.

• A geometry number was programmed more than once.

• An axis identifier was programmed more than once.

• An attempt was made to assign a channel axis to a geometry axis which has the same

name as one of the channel axes.

• An attempt was made to remove a geometry axis from the geometry axis grouping and

the geometry axis has the same name as one of the channel axes.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program or correction block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14415 Channel %1 block %2 tangent control: changeover geometry/channel axis not

allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An assignment change of the geometry axes to channel axes is not permitted with active

tangential control.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change part program and delete active tangen tial control with TANGDEL.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14420 Channel %1 block %2 index axis %3 frame not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis

Definitions: The axis is to be traversed as an indexing axis, but a frame is active. This is not allowed

by machine data FRAME_FOR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Modify part program.

Change machine data CORR_OR_AXIS_NOT_ALLOWED.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14430 Channel %1 block %2 tangential ax is %3 must not be traversed as POS axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: A tangentially followed-up axis cannot be traversed as positioning axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change part program and delete active tangen tial control with TANGDEL.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14432 Channel %1 block %2 ro unding length for tangential axis %3 is zero.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: For a tangential axis that is coupled during preparation, a rounding length must be

indicated with TANGON() on activating the tangential control, or possibly occuring

discontinuities of the tangential axis cannot be smoothed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program

03/2006

2-227

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14434 Channel %1 block %2 rel. lift-off path for tangential axis %3 is invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: Factor r as programmed on TLIFT for the relative lift-off path must be within range 0 =< r

< 1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14500 Channel %1 block %2 illegal DEF or PROC instruction in the part program

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: NC part programs with high-level language elements are divided into a preceding

definition part followed by a program part. The transition is not marked specifical ly; a

definition statement is not allowed to follow the 1st program command.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Put definition and PROFC statements at the beginning of the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14510 Channel %1 block %2 PROC instruction missing on subroutine call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In subroutine calls with parameter transfer ("call-by-value" or "call-by-reference") the

called subroutine must begin with a PROC statement.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Define the subroutine in accordance with the type used.

1. Conventional subroutine structure (without parameter transfer):

% SPF 123456

M17

2. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (without parameter transfer):

PROC UPNAME

M17

ENDPROC

3. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (with parameter tran sfer "call-

by-value"):

PROC UPNAME (VARNAME1, VARNAME2, ...)

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

M17

ENDPROC

4. Subroutine structure with keyword and subroutine name (with parameter tran sfer "call-

by-reference"):

PROC UPNAME (Typ1 VARNAME1, Typ2 VARNAME2, ...)

M17

ENDPROC

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14520 Channel %1 block %2 illegal PROC instruction in data definition section

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The PROC statement may only be programmed at the beginning of the subroutine.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify NC part program appropriately.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14530 Channel %1 block %2 EXTERN and PROC instruction do not cor resp ond

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Subroutines with parameter transfer must be known before they are called in the

program. If the subroutines are always available (fixed cycles) the control establishes the

call interfaces at the time of system power-up. Otherwise an EXTERN statement must be

programmed in the calling program.

Example:

N123 EXTERN UPNAME (TYP1, TYP2, TYP3, ...)

The type of the variable must match the type given in the definition (PROC statements) or

it must be compatible with it. The name can be different.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the variable types in the EXTERN and the PROC statements for correspondence

and correctness.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14540 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: the min. limit angle has been prog rammed

more than once (edge D%3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: The limit ang le of a contour tool must be equal zero in an involved edge only.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

2-229

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14541 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: the max. limit angle has been programmed

more than once (edge D%3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: The limit ang le of a contour tool must be equal zero in an involved edge only.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14542 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: the min. limit angle has not been progra mmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On defining a contour tool, either no limit angle must be indicated, or both the minimum

and the maximum limit angle must be programmed once for each.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14543 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: the max. limit angle has not been programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On defining a contour tool, either no limit angle must be indicated, or both the minimum

and the maximum limit angle must be programmed once for each.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14544 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 is not posi tioned between the two

border ed ge s

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: On defining a form tool with limit, all edges must be positioned between the edge with the

minimum limit angle and the edge with the maximum limit angle when rotating counter-

clockwise.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14545 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 completely en circles edge D%4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

%4 = Edge number, label

Definitions: On defining a contour tool, tangents are placed on the adjacent circular edges. It will not

be possible, if one edge is completely encircled by another one.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14546 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 defines a concave corn er

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: The contour of a contour tool must be convex throughout, i.e. there must no t be any

concave corners.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change tool definition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-231

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14547 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: chec ksum erroneous or not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When machine date $MC_SHAPED_TOOL_CHECKSUM was set, no edge was found for

which the tool length comp onents and the tool radius equal the negative sum of the

previous edges.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Check tool definition. An edge must exist, the tool length components and tool radius of

which equal the negative sum of the previous edges. This will not take the tool length

components of the first edge into consideration. On comparing the comp onents, the

relevant sums of basic value and wear value are compared with each oth er, not the part

components themselves.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14548 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: negative radius in edge D%3 is not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: No negative radii are permitted for contour tools, i.e. the sum of basic radius and wear

value must be at least 0.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Check tool definition. Change edge radius.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14549 Channel %1 block %2 conto ur tool: impermissible programming. Code no. %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Error code

Definitions: Impermissible programming has been found for contour tools on active tool radius

compensation. The error cause is explained in detail by the error code.

1: In G code group 17, KONT is active during activation

2: In G code group 17, KONT is active during deactivation

9: In G code group 40, CUTCONOF is not active

10: Reprogramming of G41 / G42 in already acti ve tool radius compensation not

permissible

20: Circle with more than one rotation not permissible

21: Ellipse (circle not in compensation level)

23: Involute not permissible

24: Several polynomials not permitted in one block only. These blocks could be created

by e.g. COMPCAD or G643.

30: Preprocessing stop not permitted

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

41: Starting point of first compensation block cannot be reached by anyone of the defined

cutting edges

42: End point of last compensation block cannot be reached by anyone of the defined

cutting edges

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14550 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: impermissible tool contour change. Code no.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Error code

Definitions: A new tool with deviating tool contour was activated for contour tools on active tool radius

compensation

The error cause is explained further by an er ror code.

If the error code is an integer, the lower-value three decimal places specify the number of

the edge, in which the error was detected, while the thousandth digit expl ains the reason

in more detail.

-1: The tool was deleted.

-2: The number of contour elements (edges) explaining the tool, has changed.

1000: The edge center has ch anged

2000: The edge radiu s ha s changed.

3000: The initial angl e has changed.

4000: The final angle has changed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Change NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14551 Channel %1 block %2 contour tool: angle area of edge D%3 larger than 359 degrees

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Edge number, label

Definitions: A single edge must cover a ma x. angle area of 359 degrees.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Check tool definition.

03/2006

2-233

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14600 Channel %1 block %2 reload buffer %3 cannot be estab lished

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = File name

Definitions: The download buffer for "execute from external" could not be created. Possible causes:

• Not enough memory available (for minimum see MD

$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE)

• No resources available for MMC NCK communication (see MD

$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_NUM)

• The file already exists

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Release memory, e.g. by deleting part programs

• Modify MD $MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE and/or

$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_NUM.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14601 Channel %1 block %2 reload buffer could not be deleted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The reload buffer for "execute from external" could not be deleted. Possible cause:

MMC/PLC communication was not terminated.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: All reload buffers are cleared on POWER ON.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14602 Channel %1 block %2 timeou t during EXTCALL

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No connection could be established to the MMC for reloading of external subprograms

(EXTCALL) within the time set in $MN_MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Requirement: MMC102/103 with software version >= P4

• Check the connection to the MMC102/103

• Increase $MN_MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14603 Channel %1 block %2 timeout during execution from external source.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If a program is selected for execution from external source, it will be expected that the first

part program line can be read from the reload buffer within 60s after part program start.

Otherwise, part program processing will be aborted with alarm 14603 due to the

assumption that the connection to the HMI or the external device is faulted.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the connection to the HMI and repeat selection of the program that is to be

executed from external source.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

• Acknowledge the alarm by pressing the RESET key

• Repeat program selection

• Start the part program

14610 Channel %1 block %2 compens ation block not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An alarm was output which could be eliminated ba sically via program correction. Since

the error occurred in a program which is processed from external, a compensation

block/program correction is not possible.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Abort program with reset.

• Correct program on MMC or PC.

• Restart reloading (possibly with block search and interrupt location).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14650 Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction with invalid ASUP input

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Asynchronous subroutines are subroutines that are executed following a hardware input

(interrupt ro utine started by a rapi d NC K inp ut).

The NCK input number must lie between 1 and 8. It is assigned a priority from 1 to 128 (1

is the highest priority) in the SETINT instruction with the keyword PRIO = ... .

Example:

If NCK input 5 changes to "1" the subroutine LIFT_Z should be started with the highest

priority.

N100 SETINT (5) PRIO = 1 LIFT_Z

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the NCK input of the SETINT statement with a value of not less than 1 or greater

than 8.

03/2006

2-235

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14660 Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction with invalid priority

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The NCK input number must lie between 1 and 8. It is assigned a priority from 0 to 128 (1

is the highest priority) in the SETINT instruction with the keyword PRIO = ... .

Example:

If NCK input 5 changes to "1" the subroutine LIFT_Z should be started with the highest

priority.

N100 SETINT (5) PRIO = 1 LIFT_Z

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the priority of the NCK input with a value of not less than 1 or greater than 12 8.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14700 Channel %1 block %2 timeout during command to interpreter

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A timeout has occurred in control-internal commands such as ANWAHL (part program

selection), RESET (channel reset), REORG (reorganizatio n of the preprocessing buffer)

and NEWCONFIG (change in the configuration-specific machin e data = warm restart).

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. If the runtime error occurred

as the result of a temporary excessive load on the system (e.g. in the MMC area or in

OEM application) error-free execution is possible on repeating the program or operator

action. Otherwise, the A&D MC system support should be contacted with a precise

description of the error situation:

(contact SIEMENS AG, System Support for A&D MC products, Hotline (Tel.:see alarm

1000)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

14701 Channel %1 block %2 number of av ailable NC blocks reduced by %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of non-available blocks

Definitions: After reset, it has been found that the number of available blocks has decreased

compared with the last reset. This is due to a system error. Part program execution can

be resumed after the alarm has been acknowledged. If the number of blocks no longer

available is less than 28060 MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, then the POWERON alarm 14700

is output.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Proceed as in the case of a system error.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14710 Channel %1 block %2 error in initialization sequ ence in function %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Identifier of the function which caused the error

Definitions: Initialization blocks are generated (or not) after control power-up, program reset and

program start, depending on the settings in machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK

and $MC_START_MODE_MASK.

Errors can occur because of incorrect machine data settings. The errors are output with

the same error messages as appear if the function was incorrectly programmed in the

part program.

This alarm is generated in addition , in order to indicate that an error refers to the

initialization sequence.

Parameter %3 specifies which function triggers the alarm:

Control power-up and (program) RESET:

Value:

0: Error during synchronization preprocessing/main run

1: Error on selection of tool length compensation

2: Error on selection of transformation

3: Error on selection of zero offset

The macro definitions and cycle interface s are also read in during the power-up

procedure. If an error occurs here, this is indicated by value = 4, or value = 5

(Program) START:

Value

100: Error during synchronization preprocessing/main run

101: Error on selection of tool length compensation

102: Error on selection of transformation

103: Error on selection of synchronized sp indle

104: Error on selection of zero offset

Particularly when tool management is active, it is possible that a tool on the spindle or the

toolholder is disabled but still needs to be activated.

These tools are automatically activated on RESET. On START, machine data

$MC_TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE can be used to specify whether an alarm is

generated or an automatic bypass strategy is applied.

If the parameter contains 3 values from 200 to 203, this means that an insufficient number

of NC blocks is available for NC block preparation on certain commands (ASUP start,

overstore selection, teach-in).

Remedy: Increase machine data $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

On parameter %3= 0 -3:

If the alarm or alarms occur on RESET:

Check the settings of machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK,

$MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE, $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE,

03/2006

2-237

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

$MC_TOOL_RESET_NAME (only if tool management is active),

$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE, $MC_SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE,

$MC_TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE,

$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES, $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES,

$MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE,

$MC_COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1,

$MC_CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK

On parameter %3= 100 - 104:

Check the setting of machine data $MC_START_MODE_MASK and the machine data

specified under '..._RESET_...'. Check machine da ta. If tool management is active,

remove the specified tool from the toolholder/spindle and, if necessary, cancel the

'disabled' status.

On parameter %3= 4 or 5:

Check macro definitions in _N_DEF_DIR

Check cycle directories _N_CST_DIR and _N_CUS_DIR

On parameter %3= 200 to 203:

Increase machine data $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14711 Channel %1 transformation selection not possib le as axis %2 not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: B ased on the c onfiguration of machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and

$MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE, a transformation shall be selected by performing a reset

or control ramp-up. However, this is not possible as axis %2 required for this is not

available. Possible reason: The axis was occupie d by another channel or the PLC.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Use the GET command to get axis %2 in the channel in which the transformation is to be

selected.

• Select the transformation by means of the part program command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14720 Channel %1 block %2 axes for centerless transformation not av ailable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the channel not all of the axes/spindles are available that have been defined in

machine data for centerless grinding.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Modify part program.

2. Modify machine data:

24110 TRAFO_AXES_IN_n

21522 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR

21524 TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14730 Channel %1 block %2 conflict at ac tivation of centerless tran sformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • Centerless transformation may not be activated when:

• G96 is active and regulating spindle is also master spindle.

• Regulating spindle is in interdependent grouping.

• Axes of centerless transformation overlap with an active transformation and a tool is

active.

• For grinding or for regulating wheel spindle, tools are active that are not centerless tools

(T1, T2).

• Constant wheel peripheral speed for the regulating spindle is active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Check tool data.

• Check machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14740 Channel %1 block %2 no tool data available for centerless g rind in g

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: For centerless grinding, the tool data must be contained in T1, D1 (grinding wheel) or

T2,D1 (regulating wheel). An error has been found here.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Check tool data.

• Check machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14745 Channel %1 block %2 centerless grinding not active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt has been made to switch off the centerless grinding function even though it

was not active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-239

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14750 Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: More than 10 auxiliary functions have be en programmed in an NC bloc k.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check whether all auxiliary functions are necessary in one block - modal functions need

not be repeated. Create sep arate auxiliary function block or divide th e auxiliary functions

over several blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14751 Channel %1 block %2 resources for motion synchronous actions not sufficient

(code: %3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Identifier

Definitions: To process motion synchronous actions resources are required. They are configured via

the machine data $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFE R_SIZE, $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP

and $MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS. If these resources are insufficient for executing

the part program, then this alarm is issued. The parameter %3 shows which resource has

run out:

Increase identifier <= 2: $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE or

$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.

Increase identifier > 2: $MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct part program or increase resources.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14752 Channel %1 block %2 DELDTG | STOPREOF conflict

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a block of moti on synchronous actions referring to a moti on block, both DELDTG

(delete distance-to-go) and STOPREOF (preprocessing stop) have been programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The functions DELDTG and STOPREOF exclude each other in a blo ck.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14753 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions with illegal interpolation type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The active interpolation type (e.g. 5-axis interpolation) is not allowed for the motion

synchronous action or for the function "Several feeds".

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14754 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions and wrong feed type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The active feed type is not allowed for the motion synchronous action or for the function

"Several feeds".

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14755 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions withou t traverse motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed motion synchronous action and the function "Several feeds" require a

traversing motion or the value of the traversing motion is 0.

This alarm is no longer used after P3.2.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14756 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong value

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Value of the synchronous action or the function "Several feeds" is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Check whether a negative value was entered for a synchronous

action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14757 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Programmed combination between action and type of motion synchronous action is no t

allowed.

• RET allowed in technology cycle only

• Function "Several feeds" not allowed in technology cycle

• H and M function outputs not allowed with WHENEVER , FROM and DO

03/2006

2-241

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• MEASA / MEAWA / MEAC with WHENEVER, FROM and DO not allowed

• DELDTG and STOPREOF allowed only in blockwise synchronous action with WHEN

and EVERY

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14758 Channel %1 block %2 programmed value not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The synchronous variables $AA_LOAD, $AA_TORQUE, $AA_POWER and $AA_CURR

are available only for the 611D drive. They are activated by the machine data MDC 36730

DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING. The system variable $VA_IS: Safe Actual Position is

available only if the machine data $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE has been set and

the option $ON_NUM_SAFE_AXES has been set to a sufficient size.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify program or machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14759 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong axis type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When there are several feeds, a spark-out time, or a retraction stroke for path motions, at

least one GEO axis must be programmed. If the block also contains synchronous axes

and there are several feeds, the feedrate for the synchronous axes is matched implicitly.

No retraction stroke takes place for synchronous axes. However, after retraction stroke or

spark-out time, the distance-to-go is also deleted in the block for the synchronous axes.

The alarm is no longer used on P3.2.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the axis as positioning axis with axial feed, return stroke or spark-out time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14760 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary func tion of a group program med repeatedly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The M and H functions can be divided up as required over machine data in groups in any

variation. Auxiliary functions are thus put into groups that mutually preclude several

individual functions of one group. Within one group only one auxiliary function is advisable

and permissible.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Only program one help

function per help function group. (For the group division, see the machine manufacturer's

programmin g gui d e).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14761 Channel %1 block %2 motio n synchronous action: DELDTG function not allowed

with active tool radius compensation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Rapid delete distance-to-go for synchronous actions is no t allowed with DELDTG when

tool radius compensation is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactivate tool radius compensation before performing rapid delete distance-to-go and

then reselect

as of SW 4.3: "Delete distance-to-go without preparation ".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14762 Channel %1 block %2 too many PLC var iables programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of programmed PLC variables auxiliary functions has exceeded the

maximum permissible number. The number is set in MD 28150

$MC_MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part program or machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14763 Channel %1 block %2 too many link variables programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of NCU link variables programmed exceeds the maximum limit. The number

is defined in MD $MC_MM_NUM_LINKVAR _ELEMENTS.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part program or machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-243

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14764 NCU link cannot transfer all link variables immediately

Definitions: Informational alarm for NC program developer.

A value assignment to a link variable (e.g. $a_dld[16]=1 9) is performed in the main run

and transferred via NCU link to all NCUs in the link network. The bandwidth of this

connection restricts the number of value assignments which can be transferred in one

interpolation cycle.

All value assignments are combined in the next main run block and performed

immediately this block is executed. A main run block is the block at which you would stop

in single block mode SLB1.

Examples:

Blocks with a real traversing movement (G0 X100), Stopre, G4, WAITM, WAITE,...

The alarm occurs if the num ber of link variables set in any interpolation cycle exceeds the

number that can be transferred. The link variables are not transferred until one of the next

interpolation cycles. The assignment is not lost!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- Warning display.

Remedy: Insert main run blocks betwe en the assignments if the program sequence allows. See

also $A_LINK_TRANS_RATE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

14765 NCU link cannot transfer all link variables

Definitions: A value assignment to a link variable (e.g. $a_dld[16]=19) is performed in the ma in run

and transferred via NCU link to all NCUs in the link network. The bandwidth of this

connection restricts the number of value assignments which can be transferred in one

interpolation cycle. Assignment operations which are not transferred are stored in a buffer

memory. This buffer is full!

All value assignments are combined in the next main run block and performed

immediately this block is executed.

A main run block is the block at which you would stop in single block mode SLB1.

Examples: Blocks with a real traversing movement (G0 X100), Stopre, G4, WAITM,

WAITE,...

Link variable scanning operations are not affected (e.g.: R100= $a_dld[16])

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Insert main run blocks which require a sufficient number of interpolation cycles for

execution (e.g. G4 F10) between the assignments. A block with an additional

preprocesso r stop doe s not i mpr ove th e situation! See also $A_LINK_TRANS_RATE, for

a variable which you can test before an assignment.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

14766 NCU link is heavily loaded, impending memory shortage

Definitions: Informational alarm for NC program developer.

The capacity of the NCU link is not large enough to transfer all the data. This non-cyclic

data includes link variable assignments, machine data write operations, values for

container switches and se tting data write operations.

This type of data is buffered and is not lost. The buffer memory is now 70% full.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- Warning display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: The timing of cyclic data should not be distorted in the NC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

14767 Machine data matching via NCU link not complete

Definitions: A non-release d option has been used in the block.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change less setting or machine data at the same time.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

14768 Axial auxiliary function for the NCU link cannot be output

Definitions: Informational alarm for the part program developer.

An axial auxiliary function tra nsmitted via an NCU link cannot be output as the

transmission buffer for the

PLC is filled up to 100%.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- Warning display.

Remedy: In the part program, cyclic data - in this case the output of auxiliary functions for link axes

on the

interpolating NCU - should be separa te d with regard to the time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

14770 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary functio n programmed incorrectly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The permissible nu mber of programmed auxiliary functions per NC block has been

exceeded or more than one auxiliary function of the same auxiliary function group has

been programmed (M and S function).

In the user-defined auxiliary functions, the maximum number of auxiliary functions per

group in the NCK system settings has been defined for all auxiliary functions by means of

the machine data 11100 AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN (default: 1)

For each user-defined auxiliary function to be assigned to a group, the assignment is

effected through 4 channel-specific machine data.

Return jump from asynchronous subprogram with M02/M17/M30, whereby the M code is

not alone in the block. This is impermissible if the asynchro nous subprogram interrupts a

block with WAITE, WAITM or WAI TMC. Remedy: Program M02/M17/M30 alone in the

block or replace via RET.

22010 AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE: type of auxiliary function, e.g. M

22000 AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP: required group

22020 AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION: any required extension

22030 AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE: function value

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program - max. 16 auxiliary functions, max. 5 M functions per NC block,

max. 1 auxiliary function per group.

03/2006

2-245

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14780 Channel %1 block %2 unrele ased option used (identification %3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Fine ID

Definitions: A non-release d option has been used in the block.

Brief identification description

1 LaserCtrl option

2 ClearCtrl option

3 FeedAdapt option

4 AaTOff option

5 Tang option

6 LeadCtab option

7 ELG option

8 Trafo5 option

9 Traoem option

10 Transmit option

11 Tracon option

12 Tracyl option

13 Traang option

14 Oscill option

15 SynSpi option

16 Repos option

17 Spline option

18 Involute option

19 Poly option

20 Compress option

23 Masl option

24 ExtLang or ExtLanguage option not activated

25 TechCycle option

26 Liftfast option

27 ProgAccel option

33 AllAsupSynact option

34 CmdAxSpind option

35 Mea2 option

36 ProgAnaOut option

37 OptAaTOff option

41 MachineMaintenance option

42 PathFeedSAInput option

45 ElecTransfer option

46 Cut3D option

47 CDA option

48 Reserved: generic coupling option

49 Measuring cycles option

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Modify part progra m, retrofit option.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14782 Channel %1 block %2 non-active function used (identificat i on %3)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Fine ID

Definitions: A non-active function is used in the block

Brief description of the identification

1 Transformation

2 H number of the tool

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• Activate functi on .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14790 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed by PLC

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis

Definitions: In the NC block, an axis has been programmed that is already being traversed by the

PLC.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify part program, do not use this axis.

• Stop traversing motion of the axis by the PLC, modify part program (insert WAITP).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14800 Channel %1 block %2 programmed path speed less or equ al to zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A negative F value has been programmed in conjunction with the G functions G93, G94,

G95 or G96. The path velocity may be programmed in the range 0.001 to 999 999.999

[mm/min, mm/rev, deg/min, deg/rev] for the metric input system and 0.000 1 to 39

999.999 9 [inch/min, inch/rev] for the inch input system.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the path velocity (geometric sum of the velocity components of the geometry

axes involved) within the limits given above.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-247

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14810 Channel %1 block %2 negative axi s speed programmed for positioning axis %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis

Definitions: A negative feed (FA value) has been programmed for the displa yed axis presently

operating as a positioning axis. The positioning velocity may be programmed in the range

0.001 to 999 999.999 [mm/min, deg/min] for the metric input system and 0.000 1 to 39

999.999 9 [inch/min, inch/rev] for the inch input system.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the positioning velocity within the limits given above.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14811 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect value range for acceleratio n of axis/spindle %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: A value outside of the permissible input range of the programmed acceleration has be en

used. Values of between 1 and 200 % are possible.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Adjust the value range in accordance with the Programming Guide. Values of 1 ... 200%

are allo we d.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14812 Channel %1 block %2 SOFTA not available for axis %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis

Definitions: SOFT is to be set as type of motion control for an axis. This is not possible because a

bent acceleration characteristic has been selected for this axis via machine data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program or machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14815 Channel %1 block %2 negative thread lead change programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A negative thread lead chan ge has been programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the value assignment. The programmed F value should be greater than zero.

Zero is allowed but has no effect.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14820 Channel %1 block %2 negative value for maximum spindle speed programmed with

constant cutting speed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: For the function "Constant cutting speed G96" a maximum spindle speed can be

programmed with the keyword LIMS=.... The values are in the range 0.1 - 999 999.9

[rev/min].

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the maximum spindle speed for the constant cutting speed within the limits given

above. The keyword LIMS is modal and can either be placed in front of or within the block

that selects the constant cutting speed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14821 Channel %1 block %2 error in selection or deselection of GWPS

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On selecting GWPS programming (constant grinding wheel surface speed) with

GWPSON, one of the following errors occurred:

• An attempt has been made to select the GWPS programming for a spindle that has

already been assigned to another tool by TMON, GWPSON, CLGON or activation of the

tool length compensation.

• An attempt has been made to select a tool which has not been defined.

• An attempt has been made to select an edge (implicitely) which has not been defined

(implicit selection: D1 of a tool, if no tool has been specified.)

• Selection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).

• An attempt has been made to select GWPS for the active tool, although the TLC is not

switched on.

• Selection refers to an invalid spindle number.

• A grinding wheel radius equal to zero has been specified.

On deselecting GWPS programming with GWPSOFF, one of the following errors

occurred:

• Deselection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).

• An attempt has been made to deselect GWPS for the active tool, although the tool

length compensation has not been activa ted.

• Deselection refers to an invalid spindle number.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check GWPSON and GWPSOF command.

• Check tool compensation data:

$TC_DP1 : 400 - 499;

$TC_TGP1: Spindle number.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-249

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14822 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect progr amming of GWPS

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When selecting GWPS (consta nt grinding wheel peripheral speed) with GW PSON or

programming the GWPS with "S[spindle number] = value" one of the following errors has

occurred:

Invalid spindle number.

Invalid parameter number for radius calculation in $TC_TPG9.

The following values are valid:

3 for $TC_DP3 (length 1)

4 for $TC_DP4 (length 2)

5 for $TC_DP5 (length 3)

6 for $TC_DP6 (radius)

Invalid angle in $TC_TPG8 .

The following values are valid: -90 <= $TC_TPG8 < +90.

A grinding wheel radius equal to zero was specified.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check tool compensation data.

• $TC_DP1 : 400 - 499.

• $TC_TPG1: Spindle number.

• $TC_TPG8: Inclination angle for slope grinding wheel.

• $TC_TPG9: Compensation parameters for radius computation, e.g . 3 for $TC_GP3.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14823 Channel %1 block %2 error on se lection or desele ction of tool monitoring

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On selecting tool monitoring with TMON, one of the following errors occurred:

• Selection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).

• Selection refers to an invalid spindle number.

• An attempt has been made to select tool monitoring for a spindle that is already

assigned to another tool by TMON, GWPSON, CLGON or activation of tool length

compensation.

• An attempt has been made to select a tool that has not been defined.

• An attempt has been made to select an edge (implicitely) that has not been defined.

(Implicit selection: D1 of a tool, if no edge has been specified.)

• An attempt has been made to select tool monitoring for the active tool, althou gh no tool

length compensation has been activated.

• Invalid parameter number for radius calculation in $TC_TPG9.

The following values are valid:

3 for $TC_DP3 (length 1)

4 for $TC_DP4 (length 2)

5 for $TC_DP5 (length 3)

6 for $TC_DP6 (radius)

A grinding wheel radius equal to zero has been specified.

On deselecting tool monitoring with TMOF, one of the following errors occurred:

• Deselection does not refer to a grinding-specific tool (400-499).

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• An attempt has been made to deselect tool monitoring for the active tool, although tool

length compensation is not active.

• Deselection refers to an invalid spindle number.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check TMON and TMOF command.

Check tool compensation data.

• $TC_DP1 : 400 - 499.

• $TC_TPG1: Spindle number.

• $TC_TPG8: Inclination angle for slope grinding wheel.

• $TC_TPG9: Parameter number for radius computation, e.g. 3 for $TC_GP3.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14824 Channel %1 block %2 conflict with GWPS

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The functions of constant grinding wheel surface speed GWPS and constant cutting

speed G96 S... have been activated at the same time for a spindle.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14830 Channel %1 block %2 wrong feed type selected

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: G97 has been programmed in the displayed block although G96 was not (or G97 already)

active previously.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove G97 from the displayed block and program the correct feed type (G93, G94, G95

or G96) for the machining section which follows.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14840 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect value range for constant cutting sp eed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed cutting speed is not within the input rang e

Input range metric: 0.01 to 9 999.99 [m/min]

Input range inch: 0.1 to 99 999.99 [inch/min].

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program cutting speed under address S within the permissible range of values.

03/2006

2-251

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14850 Channel %1 block %2 changing the reference axis for a constant cutting speed not

allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The attempt was made via the SCC[AX] instruction to change the reference

axis for a constant cutting speed.

This is not allowed if the indicated axis is no geometry axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform authorized personnel/service.

When programming SCC[AX] indicate a geometry axis known in the channel.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14900 Channel %1 block %2 center point and end point programmed simultaneously

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When programming a circle by means of the opening angle, the circle center point was

programmed together with the circle end point. This is too much information for the circle.

Only one of the two points is allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Select the programming variant guaranteeing that the dimensions are definitely taken

over from the workp i e c e drawing (avoi d an ce of ca lcu l a ti on erro rs).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14910 Channel %1 block %2 invalid ang le o f aperture for programmed circle

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When programming a circle by means of th e opening angle, a negative opening angle or

an opening angle greater than or equal to 360 degrees has been programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program opening angle within the allowed range of values between 0.0001 and 359.9999

[degrees].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

14920 Channel %1 block %2 intermediate point of circle incorrect

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When programming a circle by means of an intermediate point (CIP) all 3 points (initial,

end and intermediate points) are on a straight line and the intermediate point

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

(programmed by means of interpolation para meters I, J, K) is not located between the

initial and end points.

If the circle is the component of a helix, the specified number of turns (keyword TURN=...)

determines further block processing:

• TURN>0: alarm display because the circle ra dius is infinitely great.

• TURN=0 and CIP specified between initial and end points. A straight line is generated

between the initial and end points (without alarm message).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Locate the position of the intermediate point with the parameters I, J and K in such a way

that it actually is located between the initial and end points of the circl e or do not make

use of this type of circle programming and instead program the circle with radius or

opening angle or center point parameters.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15000 Channel %1 block %2 channel-sync instruction using illegal mark

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A WAITM/WAITMC/SETM/CLEARM instruction was programmed with a marker number

that was less than 1 or greater (MAXNUM_MARK ER * MAXNUM_CHANNELS).

Exception: CLEARM(0) is allowed and clea rs all markers in channel!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the instruction accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15010 Channel %1 block %2 program coordinatio n instruction with invalid channel

number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A WAITM, WAITMC,INI T or START instruction was progra mmed with an invalid channel

number.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the instruction accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15020 Channel %1 block %2 CHANDATA instruction cannot be executed. Channel %3 is

not active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String (CHANDATA parameter)

Definitions: With a CHANDATA instruction, the data input for a channel is selected that has not been

activated. For structural reasons, the input of multi-channel data must take place twice.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

03/2006

2-253

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Activate the channel concerned by means of machine data or option data or

• Cancel the CHANDATA instruction and all following assignments to channel data. This

error message occurs regularly when first reading in an INITIAL Init block with which a

multi-channel system is to be installed. In this case:

1. NCK Restart must be executed in order to activate the global machine data already

input for the installation of the other channels.

2. Input of the INITIAL Init block must be repeated.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

15021 Channel %1 block %2 CHANDATA instruction with invalid channel number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A CHANDATA instruction is used to enter data for an illegal channel, e. g. <1,> maximum

number of channels, not the active channel.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program CHANDATA instruction in accordance with the actual configuration.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15025 CHANDATA(%2): channel is not active. Channel data will be ignored.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = CHANDATA parameter

Definitions: With a CHANDATA instruction, the data input for a channel is selected that has not been

activated.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: This is an informational alarm referring to the fact that the file loaded into the NCK

contains data of an inactive channel. The numbe r of th e inactive channel is specified.

Subsequently, the data of this channel are not available in the NCK.

The alarm may have two causes:

(1) The channel is supposed to be activated by a following NCK RESET/POWER ON, i.e.

the file must subsequently be reloaded.If the alarm occurs again, the reason is: (2) the

specified channel is actually not supposed to be activated, however, the file contains the

relevant data.

For the 2nd reason, please check whether the system has correctly not activated the

channel mentioned.

If the channel has been activated, operation may be continued after another NCK

RESET/POWER ON without further measures, i.e. reloading the file is not required. If the

channel has not been activated, make sure that the channel inactivated by mistake is re-

activated.

If the settings of the channel activation are part of the file to be loaded (e.g. archive file),

the file must either be modified with the relevant program or the file has to be created

once more in the same system with the corre c t channel number.

Similar alarms: 15020, 15021.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

15030 Channel %1 block %2 different mea surement system settings

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The INCH or METRIC instruction describes the system of measurement in which the data

blocks have been read from the control. In order to prevent the incorrect interpretation of

data intended for a particular system of measurement, a data block is only accepted if the

above instruction matches the active system of measurement.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the system of measurement or load a data block which matches the system of

measurement.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15100 Channel %1 block %2 REO RG abort caused by log file overflow

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In order to synchronize the preprocessing run and the main run with REORG, the control

accesses modification data which are maintained in a logfile. The alarm indicates that no

more capacity is available in the logfile for the specifi ed block in the channel.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. No remedial measures are

available for the further execution of the current part program, however:

1. Reduce log file size requirement by:

Reducing the distance between the preprocessing and th e main run via appropriate

preprocessing stops STOPRE.

2. Increase the size of the logfile by means of the channel-specific machine data:

Modify MD 28000: MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM and

Modify MD 28010: MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MOD ULES

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15110 Channel %1 block %2 REO RG not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In order to synchronize the preprocessing run and the main run with REORG, the control

accesses modification data which are maintained in a logfile. The alarm indicates that no

more capacity is available in the logfile for the specifi ed block in the channel.

The alarm message means that the logfile has been deleted in order to obtain additional

memory for program reorganization. Consequently, it is no longer possible to REORG the

preprocessing memory up to the next coincidence point.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. No remedial measures are

available for the further execution of the current part program, however:

03/2006

2-255

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1. Reduce log file size requirement by:

Reducing the distance between the preprocessing and th e main run via appropriate

preprocessing

stops STOPRE.

2. Increase the size of the logfile by means of the channel-specific machine data:

Modify MD 28000: MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM and

Modify MD 28010: MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MOD ULES

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

15120 If a power failure occurs now, data chan ge d be fore will be lo st; bu ffe r s ize = %1

Parameters: %1 = Buffer size

Definitions: Notification alarm. The alarm has no negative impact on the current machining.

The system-internal data buffer in which the last buffered data are stored that were

changed,

has overflown (as the data change rate is currently too high).

The alarm warns of a spontaneous power failure in this situation

(mains fault, disconnect the system from the power supply) that would cause a loss of

buffered data changed before hand (tool data, parts programs,

R parameters, GUDs,...

If the system is operated in an environment in which a power failure cannot occur, output

this alarm can be avoided via machine date $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM =

Parameter %1 informs about the buffer size set.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: If the alarm is only present sporadically, it can be regarded as a notification only.

The regular control behavior is not influenced .

If the alarm is permanently present, please inform the authorized personnel/service.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

15122 Power ON after power failure: %1 data were restored, of which %2 machine data,

%3 errors.

Parameters: %1 = Number of data

%2 = Number of machine data

%3 = Number of errors occurred

Definitions: Notification alarm. The alarm has no negative effect as long as %3 the number of errors

occurred is zero.

%1 indicates the number of elementary and complex data restoring steps which were

taken after a power OFF during power ON or during a power failur e to resto re the

persistent NCK data.

%2 indicates the number of restored machine data. If the value is larger than zero,

another warm restart (NCK reset) may be neces sary to make the - possi bly configuring -

machine data changes prior to the powe r failure effective.

%3 indicates the number of errors occurred during data restoring.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: As long as %3 number of errors occurred is zero, the alarm is onl y informative.

As long as %3 number of erro rs is lar ger than zero, the alarm indicates a software error.

Continuing with the data is not recommended.

Please install a suitable archive file before continuing to avoid follow-up problems.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Please inform authorized personnel/service.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15150 Channel %1 block %2 reload from external aborted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Execution from external was aborted because the reload buffer does not have enough

machine function blocks (traversing blocks, auxiliary function, dwell time etc.).

Background: When already executed machine function blocks are released, memory

becomes available in the reload buffer. If machine function blocks are no longer released,

nothing can be reloaded - this results in a deadlock situation.

Example: Definition of extremely long curve tables via execution from external.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Insert machine function blocks in the part progam.

• Increase the size of the reload buffer ($MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE).

• Decrease the size of the curve table (Note: Blocks within CTADDEF/CTABEND are not

machine function blocks).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15160 Channel %1 block %2 wrong prep rocessing configuration

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A block element is required, but the blo c k element memory is empty.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify the block search

configuration in machine data 28060 MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE (decrease size of IPO

buffer if necessary) or 28070 MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15165 Channel %1 block %2 error when translatin g or interpreting Asup %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: At part program start and at start of an ASUB under Reset condition, the relevant data of

all the ASUBs that can be activated at that time are prep rocessed:

• PLC ASUBs

• With $MC_PROG_EVENT_MASK configured event-controlled program calls

• ASUB after block search ($MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE bit 1=1)

• Editable system ASUB ($MN_ASUP_EDITABLE)

If an error occurs (converter or interpreter), alarm 15165 will be output fi rst and then a

converter or interpreter alarm that describes more details of the error. Alarm 15165 will

cause an interpreter stop. A compensation block will not be possible.

03/2006

2-257

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15166 Channel %1 user system asup _N_ASUP_SPF not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: By means of the machine data 11610 $MN_ASUP_EDITABLE the function "User-defined

system asup" has been activated. However, the relevant user program could not be found

in the specified search path:

• 1. /_N_CUS_DIR/_N_ASUP_SPF

• 2. /_N_CMA_DIR/_N_ASUP_SPF

The default system asups are used.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Load the user-defined system asup in /_ N_CUS_DIR/_N_ASUP_SPF or

/_N_CMA_DIR/_N_ASUP_SPF laden.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15170 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 could not be compiled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: An error has occurred in compile mode. The (compiler) error message refers to the

program specified here.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15171 Channel %1 block %2 compiled program %3 older than the releva nt subroutine

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Compiled program file name

Definitions: When calling a precompiled subroutine, it was noticed that the compiled program is older

than the relevant SPF file. The compiled program was deleted and during start the

subroutine is executed instead of the compiled program.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Perform another precompilation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15172 Channel %1 block %2 subroutin e %3. No interface available at time of

preprocessing.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Subroutine name

Definitions: In compilation mode no program interface of the subroutine to be called was available at

the time of pre-compilation.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify parts program or recreate program interfaces and pre-compile programs again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15173 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 was unknown at the time of preprocessing.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Variable

Definitions: At the time of program precompilation, variable %3 was not known to the control.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program or introduce the variable at the time of precompilation, i.e.

activate the new GUD variable prior to precompilation. Then restart precompilation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15175 Channel %1 block %2 program %3. Interfaces could not be built

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: An error has occurred in interface generation mode. The (compiler) error message refers

to the program specified here. In particular when loading new cycle program on the NCK,

problems can occur if the value settings in machine data

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES and $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM are

too small.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify part program.

• If new cycle programs have been loaded on the NCK, you will normally need to increase

the values of $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES and

$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM. See also the explanatio ns for alarm 6010.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15180 Channel %1 block %2: Error on editing program %3 as INI/DEF file.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: Errors were found when processing an initialization program (INI file), or a GUD or macro

definition file (DEF file).

The error message which is then displayed refers to the program specified here.

03/2006

2-259

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the initializatio n program (INI file), or the GUD or macro definition file (DEF file).

In connection with Alarm 12380 or 12460, also change the memory configuration .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15185 Channel %1 %2 errors in INI file

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Number of detected errors

Definitions: Errors were found when processing initialization program _N_INITIAL_INI.

This alarm will also be output, if errors are found during editing of _N_INITIAL_INI in the

GUD definition files or if errors are found on ramp-up in the macro definition files.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the INI or DEF file or

correct the MD and create a new INI file (via "Upload ").

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

15186 Channel %1 %2 errors in GUD, macro or INI file

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Number of detected errors

Definition s : %2 errors were fo un d when pro c e ssi ng GUD/macro definition files (DEF files) or

initialization files (INI files)

Alarm 15180 has already informed about the corresponding file.

Prior to that the errors shown were reported by error-specific alarms, e.g. 12080 "syn tax

error".

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify definition file or initialization file

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15187 Channel %1 error during execution of PROGEVENT file %2.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = PROGEVEN T file name

Definitions: An error has occurred on executing PROGEVENT.

With alarm 15187, the name of the program that was started as PROGEVENT

is displayed. Alarm 15187 is displayed together

with the alarm that describes the error cause. Alarm 15187 is also output

when the alarm occurs in a subroutine started from PROGEVENT.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the PROGEVENT file (subroutine).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15188 Channel %1 error during execu tion of ASUB file %2.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = ASUB file name

Definitions: An error has occurred on executing an ASUB.

Alarm 15188 displays the name of the program that was started

as ASUB. Alarm 15188 is output togethe r with the alarm that

describes the error cause. Alarm 15188 is also output when

the alarm occurs in a subroutine started from the ASUB.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the ASUB file (subroutine).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15190 Channel %1 block %2 not enough free memory for subroutine call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following deadlock has been found in the interpreter: Memory is needed for calling a

subroutine. The module memory is, however, empty and there is no prospect of module

memory becoming free again by executing the preprocessing/main run queue, because

this queue is empty.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Increase machine data

28010 MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES/28040 MM_LUD_VALU ES_MEM / 18210

MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC or program a preprocessing stop STOPRE before calling

the subroutine.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15300 Channel %1 block %2 invalid number-of-passed-blocks during block search

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the function "Block search with calculatio n" a negative number of passes has been

entered in column P (number of passes). The permissible range of values is P 1 - P 9 999.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Enter only positive number of passes within the range of values.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15310 Channel %1 block %2 file requested during block search is not ava ilable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During block search, a target has been specified with a program that has not been

loaded.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the specified se arch target accordingly or reload the file.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-261

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15320 Channel %1 block %2 invalid block search command

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The block search command (type of search target) is smaller than 1 or greater than 5. It is

entered in column type of the block search window. The following block search orders are

allowed.

Type Meaning

1 Search for block number

2 Search for label

3 Search for string

4 Search for program name

5 Search for line number in a file

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the block search comman d.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15330 Channel %1 block %2 invalid block number as search target

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Syntax error! Positive integers are allowed as block numbers. Block numbers must be

preceded by ":" and subblocks by an "N".

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat the input with corrected block number.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15340 Channel %1 block %2 invalid label as search target

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Syntax error! A label must have at least 2 but no more than 32 characters, and the first

two characters must be alphabetic or underscore ch aracters. Labels must be concluded

with a colon.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat the input with corrected label.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15350 Channel %1 block %2 search target not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The specified program has been searched to the end of the program without the selected

search target having been found.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the part program, change the block search (typing error in the part program) and

restart the search.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15360 Channel %1 illegal target of block search (syntax error)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The specified search target (block number, label or string) is not al lowed in block search.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct target of block search.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15370 Channel %1 target of block search not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: In a block search, an impermissible search target has been specified (e.g. negative block

number).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the specified block number, label or character string. Repeat entry with correct

search target.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15380 Channel %1 block %2 illegal incremental programming in axis %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis

Definitions: The first axis programming after "search to block end point" is performed incrementally.

This is not allowed in the following situations:

• After searching the target a transformation change has taken place.

• A frame with rotation component is active. The programmed axis is involved in the

rotation.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Find search destination in which the axes are programmed using an absolute reference.

• Deactivate adding of the accumulated search position with

$SC_TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG = FALSE.

• Use search run with calculation "at contour".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15390 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not execute d during block search

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Source symbol

Definitions: During block search, commands for switching, deleting and defining of the electronic gear

are not executed and not gathered but simply skipped.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the desired gear status via asynchronous subprogram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-263

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15395 Channel %1 master-slave not executable during block search

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: A master-slave coupling is to be closed in the part program via the instruction MASL ON.

The position offset $P_SEARCH_MASLD, however, cannot be correctly calculated during

block search, as the axes to be coupled are located in different channels.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Make sure that all relevant axes are in the same channel.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15400 Channel %1 block %2 selected initial init file does not exist

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The operator has selected an INI block for a read, write or execution function which:

1. Does not exist in the NCK range or

2. Does not have the necessary protecti on level required fo r performing the function.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check wheth er the selected

INI block is contained in the file system of the NCK. The present protection level must be

selected to be at least equal to (or greater than) the protection level that has been defined

for the read, write or execution function at the time of creating the file.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15410 Channel %1 block %2 ini tialization file contains invalid M function

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The only M function allowed in an Init block is the M02, M17 or M30 end-of-program

function.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove all M functions from the Init block except for the end identifier.

An Init block may contain value assignments only (and global data definitions if they are

not defined again in a program that can be executed later) but no motion or synchronous

actions.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15420 Channel %1 block %2 instruction in current mode not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The alarm is output in the following situation:

The interpreter has detected an ill egal instruction (e.g. a motion command) while

processing a n INI file or a definition file (macro or GUD).

In a GUD file, the access security for a machine data is to be changed with REDEF,

although

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

an ACCESS file (_N_SACCESS_DEF, _N_MACCESS_DEF, _N_UACCESS_DEF) is

available.

Access rights for machine data can only be changed then via one of the ACCESS files

with REDEF.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Correct the INI, GUD or macro file.

• Correct part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15450 Channel %1 block %2 compiled program cannot be stored

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the compile mode, a compiled program could not be stored. One of the following

reasons applies:

• Not enough memory

• Intermediate code line (compilate) too large

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Create space in work memory or modify part program (make it less complex).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

15460 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error with modal function

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The addresses programmed in the block are not compatible with the modal syntax-

determining G function.

Example:

N100 G01 ... I .. J.. K.. LF

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the displayed block and ensure that the G functions and addresses in the block

are in agreement.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15500 Channel %1 block %2 illegal angle of shear

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The function CSHEAR has been called with an illegal (impossible) angle of shear, e.g.

when the sum of angles between the axis vector s is greater than 360 degrees.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the angle of shear in accordance with the geometrical conditions of the machine

and workpiece system.

03/2006

2-265

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15700 Channel %1 block %2 illegal cycle alarm number %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Cycle alarm number

Definitions: A SETAL command has been programmed with a cycle alarm number less than 60 000 or

greater than 67 999.

Alarm reactions of Siemens standard cycles:

Nos. 61,000 -61,999: Interpreter stop; delete with Reset

Nos. 62 000 - 62 999: Compensati on block; delete with NC Start

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program alarm number in the SETAL instruction in the correct range.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15800 Channel %1 block %2 wrong starting conditions for CONTPRON/CONTDCON

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: There is an error in the start conditions for CONTPRON/CONDCON:

• G40 not active

• SPLINE or POLY active

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

15810 Channel %1 block %2 w rong array dimensi on for CONTPRON/C ONTDCON

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of columns for the array created for CONTPRON/CONTDCON does not

conform to the current programmi n g g ui d e.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

15900 Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Measure with deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, an illegal probe has been programmed with the command MEAS

(measure with deletion of distance-to-go). The pro be numbers

0 ... no probe

1 ... probe 1

2 ... probe 2

are allowed, whether the probe is actually connected or not.

Example:

N10 MEAS=2 G01 X100 Y200 Z300 F1000

Probe 2 with deletion of distance-to-go

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Include a probe number within the limits given above in th e keyword MEAS=... This must

correspond to the hardware connection of the probe.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15910 Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Measure without deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, an illegal probe has been prog rammed with the command MEAW

(measure without distance-to-go). The probe numbers

0 ... no probe

1 ... probe 1

2 ... probe 2

are allowed, whether the probe is actually connected or not.

Example:

N10 MEAW=2 G01 X100 Y200 Z300 F1000

Probe 2 without deletion of distance-to-go

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Include a probe number within the limits given above in the keyword MEAW=... This must

correspond to the hardware connection of the probe.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15950 Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Measure with deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, no axis or a traversing path of zero has been programmed with the

command MEAS (measure with deletion of distance-to-go).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

2-267

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and add the axis add ress or the traversing path to the

measurements block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

15960 Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Measure without deletion of distance-to-go

In the part program, no axis or a traversing path of zero has been programmed with the

command MEAW (measure without deletion of distance-to-go).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the part program and add the axis add ress or the traversing path to the

measurements block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16000 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for lifting direction

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: During the "rapid lift from contour" (keyword: LIFTFAST), a code value for the lifting

direction (keyword: ALF=...) which lies outside the permissible range (p ermissible value

range: 0 to 8) was programmed .

With active cutter radius compensation:

Code numbers 2, 3 and 4 cannot be used in G41

Code numbers 6, 7 and 8 cannot be used in G42 because they code the direction to the

contour.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the lifting direction under ALF=... within the permissible limits.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16005 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for lifting distance

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Mistake in programming: the value for the lifting path must not be negative.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16010 Channel %1 block %2 machining stop after lift fa st

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: LIFTFAST without in terrupt routine (Asup) has been programmed. The channel is

stopped after the lift motion has been carried out.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: After the channel stop, the axes must be retracted manually in JOG and the program

aborted with Reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16015 Channel %1 block %2 wrong axis identifier %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: Axis names from different coordinate systems were used to program axes for LIFTFAST.

The retraction movement is no longer clear.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use axis names from one coordinate system.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16016 Channel %1 block %2 no retraction position programmed for axis %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: The retraction enable was programmed for LIFTFAST without defining a retraction

position for the axis. The retraction movement is no longer clear.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program a retraction position for the relevant axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16020 Channel %1 repositioning in block %2 is not po ssib le

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Programming or operator action incorrect:

Repositioning via REPOS command is only possible in an asynchronous subprogram

(interrupt ro utine).

If the REPOS command was programmed, e.g. in the main program or in a cycle, part

program execution is aborted with alarm 16020.

In addition, the alarm is output in the follow ing situations:

• Access to $AC_RETPOINT (repositioning point) outside an ASUP (e.g. in the main

program)

• An axis to be repositioned was a oscillating axis with sychronous infeed (OSCILL) in the

interrupted block and is now in a state that does not allow it to be traversed as a

03/2006

2-269

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

oscillating axis. Remedy: Change the axis to "neutral axis" state before repositi oning

with WAITP.

• An axis to be repositioned was an infeed axis for a oscilla ti ng axi s in the in te rru p te d

block; now it can no longer be traversed as one. Remedy: Change the axis back to

"POS axis" state before repositioning.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the part program if necessary.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16025 Channel %1 block %2 impermissible axis change in REPOS command by axis %3.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis identifier

Definitions: With the REPOS command, an axis or spindle was programmed that was in the

NEUTRAL state at that time. As the REPOS command cannot execute any implicit GET,

these axes/spindles cannot be

repositioned. Part program editing is therefore aborte d.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Assign the axes/spindles that are to be repositioned to the channel via GET command

prior to the REPOS command.

Example:

GET(A); assign the A axis to the channel

REPOSL A; reposition the geometry axes and A axis

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16100 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 not available in the channel

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: Mistake in programming: This channel does not recognize the spindle number. The alarm

can occur toget he r wi th a dw e l l or SPI function.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the part progra m to

determine whether the programmed spindle number is correct and whether the program

is run in the correct channel.

Check MD 35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO MACHAX for all machine axes to see whether

one of them contains the programmed spindle number. This machine axis numbe r must

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

be entered in a channel axis of the channel-specific machine data 20070

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16105 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 cannot be assigned

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String

Definitions: Mistake in programming: The programmed spindle is not assigned a real axis by the

spindle number converter. The alarm can be issued after improper use of

$SC_SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB[].

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct setting data or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16110 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 for dwell time not in control mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The spindle can be in the positioning mode, oscillating mode and control mode. With the

M command M70 it can be changed from a spindle to an axis. The control mode is divided

into the speed-controlled and position-controlled mode, and it is possible to alternate

between these with the keywords SPCON and SPCOF.

Positioning mode:

Position control (spindle posi tion under SPOS/SPOSA)

Oscillating mode:

Speed control (M41 - M45 or M40 and S...)

Control mode:

Speed control (spindle speed under S..., M3/M4/M5)

Position control (SPCON/SPCOF, spindle speed unde r S..., M3/M4/M5)

Axis mode:

Position control (M70/M3, M4, M5, axis position und er us er-selectable axis name)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check part program for correct spindle number.

With M3, M4 or M5 put the required spindle into control mode before calling the dwell

time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16111 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 No speed programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle

Definitions: Programming of a speed is expected .

03/2006

2-271

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program speed with S[spindle number]=..

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16112 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 Impermissible programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle

Definitions: With synchronous spindle-VV-coupling an additional motion for the following spindle can

only be programmed with M3, M4, M5 and S... The paths created by specified positions

cannot be maintained safely for a velocity coupling, especially if a position control is

missing. If dimensional accuracy or reproducibility are not important, the alarm can be

suppressed with machine data 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit27 = 1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use synchronous spindle-DV-coupling or program direction of rotation and speed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16120 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for tool fine com pen sation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Mistake in programming: The 2nd parameter in the PUTFTOC command indicates for

which tool parameter the value is to be corrected (1 - 3 tool lengths, 4 tool radius). The

programmed value is be yond the permit te d ra ng e .

Permissible values are 1 - 4 if on-line tool radius compensation is allowed (see machine

data ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE), otherwise values 1 - 3.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m: Length 1 - 3 or 4 permissible for radius.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16130 Channel %1 block %2 instruction not allowed with FTOCON

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • Case 1: A plane change is not allowed if the modal G function FTOCON: "fine tool

compensation" is active.

• Case 2: Transformation selection is allowed only for zero transformation or

transformation inclined axis, Transmit or Tracyl if FTOCON is active.

• Case 3: Tool change is not allowed with M06 if FTOCON has been active since the last

tool change.

• Case 4: Orientable tool holder is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Modify part progra m: Deselect fine tool compensation with FTOCOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16140 Channel %1 block %2 F TOCON not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The tool fine compensation (FTOC) is not compatible with the currently active

transformation.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m: Deselect fine tool compensation with FTOCOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16150 Channel %1 block %2 invalid spind le number with PUTFTOCF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The spindle number programmed for PUTFTOC or PUTFTOCF is beyond the permitted

range for the spindle numbers.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Is the programmed spindle number available?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16200 Channel %1 block %2 spline and polynominal interpolation not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The spline and polynomial in terpolation are options that are not contained in the basic

version of the control.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not program spline and polynomial interpolation, or retro fit the necessary option.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16300 Channel %1 block %2 denominator polyno minal with zero place s within parameter

range not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The programmed denominator polynomial (with PL [ ] = ... , i.e. without specification of

geometry axis) has a zero place within the defined parameter range (PL = ...). This means

that the quotient of the numerator polynomial and the denominator polynomial is infinite or

indeterminate.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

2-273

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Modify the polynomial block so that there is no zero place within the polynomial length in

the denominator polynomial.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16400 Channel %1 block %2 positioning axis %3 cannot participate in spline

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An axis assigned to a spline grouping (n) with SPLINEPATH (n, AX1, AX2, ...) has been

programmed as positioning axis with POS or POSA.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not assign the positioning axis to the spline grouping.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16410 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not a geometry axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A geometry axis has been programmed that cannot be imaged on any machine axis in the

current transformation (possibly there is no transformation active at the moment).

Example:

Without transformation: Polar coordinate system with X, Z, and C axis

With transformation: Cartesian coordinate system with X, Y, and Z, e.g. with TRANSMIT.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate transformation type with TRAORI (n) or do not program geometry axes that do

not participate in the transformation grouping.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16420 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 pro grammed repeatedly

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitio n s : It is not allowe d to pro gra m an axi s mo re th an on ce .

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete the axis addresses that have been programmed more than once.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16421 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 prog rammed repeatedly in the block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Angle

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: It is not allowed to program more than one PHI or PSI angle for an orientation vector in

the same block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16422 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 prog rammed repeatedly in the block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Angle

Definitions: It is not allowed to program more than one rotation angle THETA for the orientation in one

block. The angle of rotati on can either be programmed explicitly with THET A or by

programing with Euler angles or RPY angles.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16423 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 prog rammed repeatedly in the block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Angle

Definitions: It is not allowed to program more than one polynomial for the orientation rotation angle

with PO[THT] in one block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16424 Channel %1 block %2 coordinate % 3 programmed repeatedly in the block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Coordinate

Definitions: It is not allowed to program a coordinate of the 2nd contact point of the tool for description

of the tool orientation several times in one block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-275

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16430 Channel %1 block %2 geometry axis %3 ca nnot traverse as positioning axis in

rotated coordinate system

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In the rotated coordinate system, traversing of a geometry axis as positioning axis (i.e.

along its axis vector in the rotated coordinate system) would mean traversing of several

machine axes. This is in conflict with the positioning axis concept, however, in which one

axis interpolator runs in ad d i ti on to the path interpo l ator!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Traverse geometry axes as positioning axes only with rotation deactivated.

Deactivate rotation:

Keyword ROT without further specification of axis and angle.

Example: N100 ROT

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16440 Channel %1 block %2 rotation programmed for non-existent geometry axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A rotation of a geometry axis which does not exist was programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16500 Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or ro unding negative

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A negative chamfer or rounding has bee n programmed under the keywords CHF= ...,

RND=... or RNDM=...

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Values for chamfers, round ings and modal roundings must be programmed with positive

values only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16510 Channel %1 block %2 no facing axis for diameter prog ramming available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Diameter programming has been activated although no transverse axis with diameter

programming has been applied.

Transverse axes can be applied with MD20100 or MD30460 bit2 for diameter

programming.

Diameter programming can be applied through:

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• basic position DIAMON or DIAM90 of the G 29 group during booting

• programming of DIAMON or DIAM90

• programming of DIAMONA[AX], DIAM90A[AX] or DAC, DIC, RAC, RIC

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

When programming DIAMON/DIAM90, a traverse axis must be configured via MD20100.

When programming DIAMONA[AX], DIAM90A[AX] or DAC, DIC, RAC, RIC, the AX axis

must be a transverse axis for diameter programming configured via MD30460 bit2.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16600 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 gear stage change not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: The programmed speed is outside the speed range of the set gear stage. In order to

execute the programmed speed, the gear stage must be changed. In order to be able to

execute the automatic gear stage change (M40 is acti ve), the spindle must be in speed

control operation.

>The alarm will no longer be output after ha ving set bit 30 (0x40000000) in MD 11410

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK. However, the function will not be affected by this.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The changeover to speed control operation is performed by programming M3, M4 or M5.

The M functions can be written to gether with the S word in the same block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16700 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 invalid feed typ e

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In a thread cutting function, the feed has been programmed in a unit that is impermissible.

1. G33 (thread with constant lead ) and the feed have not been programmed with G94 or

G95.

2. G33 (thread with constant lead) is active (modal) and G63 is programmed additionally

in a following block .conflict situation! (G63 is in the 2nd G group, G33, G331 and G332

are in the 1st G group).

3. G331 or G332 (rigid tapping) an d the feed have not been programmed with G94.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use only the feed type G94 or G95 in the thread cutting functions.

After G33 and before G63, deselect the thread cutting function wi th G01.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-277

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16710 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 master spindle not programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A master spindle function has been programmed (G33, G331, G95, G96) but the speed or

the direction of rotation of the master spindle is missing.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Add S value or direction of rotation for the master spindle in the displayed block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16715 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 spindle not in standstill

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: In the applied function (G74, reference point approach), the spindle must be stationary.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program M5 or SPOS/SPOSA in front of the defective block in the part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16720 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 thread lead is zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: No lead was programmed in a thread block with G33 (thread with constant lead) or G331

(rigid tapping).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The thread lead must be programmed for the specified geometry axis under the

associated interpolation parameters.

X -> I

Y -> J

Z -> K

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16730 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 wrong parameter

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In G33 (tapping with constant lead) the lead parameter was not assigned to the axis that

determines the velocity.

For longitudinal and face threads, the thread lead for the specified geometry axis must be

programmed under the associated interpolation parameter.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

X -> I

Y -> J

Z -> K

For taper threads, the address I, J, K depends on the axis with the longer path (thread

length). A 2nd lead for the other axis is, however, not specified.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Assign lead parameters to the axis that determines the velocity.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16740 Channel %1 block %2 no geometr y axis programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definition s : No geometry axis w as programmed for tapping (G33) or for rigid tapping (G331, G332).

The geometry axis is, however, essential if an interpolation parameter has been specified.

Example:

N100 G33 Z400 K2 ; thread lead 2mm, thread end Z=400 mm

N200 SPOS=0 ; position spind le in axis mode

N201 G90 G331 Z-50 K-2 ; tapping to Z=-50, countercloc kwise

N202 G332 Z5 ; retraction, direction reversal automatic

N203 S500 M03 ; spindle again in spindle mode

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Specify geometry axis and corresponding interpolation parameters.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16745 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 gear stage %4 expected

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

%4 = Gear stage

Definitions: G331 activates the second gear stage data block for tappi ng.

The programmed speed (S) of the master spindle is outside the speed range of the active

gear stage of the second gear stage data block

The causes for the incurrence of the alarm may be:

* The spindle speed (S) was not programmed in one block with G331.

* The programmed spindle speed (S) is not within the spee d range of configured gear

stages of the second gear stage data bloc k.

* In the G331 block, in addition to the spindle speed (S) axis motion(s) were programmed

(infeed axis).

In this case, a gear stage chang e cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Insert suitable gear stage prior to thread cutting.

03/2006

2-279

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Program spindle speed in one G331 block of its own without axis motion(s) and prior to

thread cutting, e.g. G331 S1000. This insta lls the gear stage suitable for thread cutting

with G331.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16746 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 selected gear stage %4 not installed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

%4 = Gear stage

Definitions: The first gear stage data block is active. The required gear stage is not installed in the 1st

gear stage data block. The number of installed gear stages is archived in machine date

35090 $MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.

The causes for the incurrence of the alarm may be:

Maybe 3 gear stages are installed but...

*...one gear stage larger than 3 was directly programmed, e.g. M45.

*...M70 was programmed and machine date 35014

$MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE is larger than 3.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Install valid gear stage which is also installed according to machine date

MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16747 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 inserted gear stage %4 for tapping not installed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

%4 = Gear stage

Definitions: The second gear stage data block is activated with G331 for tapping. However, the

current gear stage is not installed in this gear stag e data block, i.e. it is too high. The

number of installed gear stages is archived in machine date 35092

NUM_GEAR_STEPS2.

The causes for the incurrence of the alarm may be:

* The spindle speed (S) for tapping was not programmed in one block with G331.

* The automatic gear stage change could not be executed as axis motion(s) were

programmed in the G331 block in addition to the spindle speed (S).

* The spindle speed (S) for tapping was programmed in a G331 block without axis

motions. However, a gear stage change could not be executed because...

a) ...M40 was not active.

b ...the spindle speed is not within the speed range of the configured gear stages of the

second gear stage data block.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: • Insert suitable gear stage prior to thread cutting.

• Program spindle speed in one G331 block of its own without axis motion(s) and prior to

thread cutting, e.g. G331 S1000. This insta lls the gear stage suitable for thread cutting

with G331.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16750 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 SPCON not programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: For the programmed function (rotary axis, positioning axis), the spindle must be in

position control mode.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program position control of the spindle with SPCON in the previous block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16751 Channel %1 block %2 spindle/axis %3 SPCOF not executable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: For the programmed function, the spindl e must be in the open-loop control mode. In the

positioning or axis mode, the position control must not be deselected.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Put the spindle into open-loop control mode in the preceding block. This can be done with

M3, M4 or M5 for the relevant spindle.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16755 Channel %1 block %2 no stop required

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: No Stop is needed for the programmed function. A Stop is necessary after SPOSA or

after M5 if the next block is to be applied only after the sp indle has come to a stop.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not write instruction.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16757 Channel %1 block %2 for following spindle %3 coupling as leading spindle/axis

already existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Following spindle number

03/2006

2-281

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in whic h the following spindle/axis has already been

active as leading spindle/axis in anoth er coupling. Chained couplings cannot be

processed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check in the parts program whether the following spindle/axis is already active as leading

spindle/axis in another coupling.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16758 Channel %1 block %2 for leading spindle %3 coupling as following spindle/axis

already existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Leading spindle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the leading spindle /axis has already been

active as following spindle/axis in another coupling. Chained couplings cannot be

processed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check in the parts program whether the leading spindle/axis is already active as following

spindle/axis in another coupling.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16760 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 S value missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: No spindle speed has been given for rigid tapping (G331 or G332).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program the spindle speed under address S in [rpm] (in spite of axis mode); the direction

of rotation is given by the sign of the spindle lead.

Positive thread lead: Ro tational direction as M03.

Negative thread lead: Rotational direction as M04 N2.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16761 Channel %1 block %2 axis/spindle %3 not programmable in the channel

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: Mistake in programming: The axis/spindle cannot be programmed in the channel at this

time. This alarm can occur when the axis/spindle is being used by another chann el or by

the PLC.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program, use "GET()".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16762 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 thread function is active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: Mistake in programming: The spindle function cannot be executed at the present time.

This alarm occurs when the spindle (master spindle) is linked with the axes by an

interpolation function.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Deselect thread cutti n g or ta p pi n g.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16763 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed speed is illega l (zero or negative)

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A spindle speed (S value) was programmed with the value zero or with a negative value.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The programmed spindle speed (S value) must be positive. Depending on the application

case, the value zero can be accepted (e.g. G25 S0).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16770 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 no mea suring system available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: SPCON, SPOS or SPOSA has been programmed. These functions require at least one

measuring system. According to MD: NUM_ENCS the machine axis/spindle has no

measuring system.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Retrofit a measuring system.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-283

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16771 Channel %1 following axis %2 overlaid movement not enabled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: No gear synchronization and no overlay movement can be executed because this is not

enabled at the VDI interface.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the "enable following axis ov erlay" VDI signal.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

16772 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is the slave axis, the coupling is being opened

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: >The axis is active as a slave axis in a coupling. In the REF operation mode, the coupling

is opened. The alarm can be suppressed by means of machine data 11410

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit29 = 1.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The coupling will be closed again after having exited the REF operati on mode.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

16773 Channel %1 axis %2 is the following axis. The axis/spindle disables of leading axes

%3 and %4 differ from one ano the r.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis, spindle

%3 = Axis, spindle

%4 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The axis is active in a coupling as a following axis. The master axes

have different states regarding axis/spindle disable.

The alarm can be suppressed with machine data 11415 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2

Bit0 =1.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the same axis/spindle disable for all master axes.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

16774 Channel %1 Synchronization aborted for slave axis/spindle %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: For the indicated axis, the synchronization procedure (EGONSYN or EGONSYNE) was

aborted.

There are several reasons for aborting the synchronization process:

- RESET

- End of program

- Axis goes to follow-up mode

- Rapid stop caused by an alarm

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: If the abort of the synchroni zation procedure can be tolerated or is intended, the alarm

can be suppressed with machine data 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit31 = 1.

Only applicable for electronic gear (EG):

If it is not possible to abort the synchronization procedure, you can achieve it by

specifying the block cha nge criterion FINE in EGONSYN or EGONSYNE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16776 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 does not exist for axis %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

%4 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An attempt was made to couple axis %4 with curve table number %3, but no curve table

of this number exists.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify the NC part program so that the required curve table exists when axis link is to be

activated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16777 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: following axis %3 for lead axis %4 not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

%4 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is currently not available.

Possible causes:

• The spindle/axis is active in the other channel.

• The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Put the master spindle/axis

with spindle/axis exchange into the necessary channel or release from the PLC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16778 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: Ring couplin g at followin g ax is %3 and leading

axis %4 impermissible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

03/2006

2-285

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

%4 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on which results in a cyclic coupling, allowance being made

for further couplings. This cyclic coupling cannot be uniquely computed.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Configure link in accordance

with the MD or correct NC part progra m (channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_n).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16779 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: too many couplings for axis %3, see active leading

axis %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

%4 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: More leading axes and spindles were defined for the specified axis/spindle than are

allowed. The last parameter to be specified is a leading value object/leading axis to which

the specified axis/spindle is already linked.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16780 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle/axis missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following spindle/axis has not been written in the part program.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16781 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle/axis missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The master spindle/axis has not been programmed in the part program.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16782 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle/axis %3 not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is currently not available.

Possible causes:

• The spindle/axis is active in the other channel.

• The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Put the master spindle/axis

with spindle/axis exchange into the necessary channel or release from the PLC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16783 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle/axis %3 not available

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the master spindle/axis is currently not

available. Possible causes:

• Setpoint linkage has been selected and spindle/axis is active in the other channel.

• The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Put the master spindle/axis

with spindle/axis exchange into the necessary channel or release from the PLC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16785 Channel %1 block %2 identical spindles/axes %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in whic h the following spindle/axis is identical to the

master spindle/axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_n)

• or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16786 Channel %1 block %2 couplin g to master spindle %3 already exists

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Leading spindle number

03/2006

2-287

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: A coupling is to be switched on, in which the slave axis is already actively coupled with

the other master axis. Only one master spindle is allowed for the synchronous spindle

function. The already active master spindle is displayed as last alarm parameter.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Prior to switching on the new coupling, separate the existing coupling. If several master

spindels/axes are required, the ELG function will have to be used.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16787 Channel %1 block %2 co upling parame ter not changeable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The specified coupling is write-protected. Therefore, the coupling parameters cannot be

modified.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Remove write protection. Channel MD: COUPLE_AXIS_IS_WRITE_PROT

• or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16788 Channel %1 block %2 cyclic coupling

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on which results in a cyclic coupling, allowance being made

for further couplings. This cyclic coupling cannot be uniquely computed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: 21300 COUPLE_AXIS_n)

• or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16789 Channel %1 block %2 multiple link

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the axes/spindles have already been assigned

by another coupling. Parallel coupling s cannot be processe d.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check in the part program whether another link already exists for the axes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16790 Channel %1 block %2 Parameter is zero or missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in whic h a relevant parameter has been specified with

zero or has not been written (e.g. denominator in the transmission ratio, no slave axis).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Configure link accordingly in MD (channel MD: 42300 COUPLE_RATIO_n)

• or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16791 Channel %1 block %2 parameter is not relevant

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which a non-relevant parameter has been written

(e.g. parameter for ELG).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16792 Channel %1 block %2 too many coupling s for axis/spindle %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: For the specified axis/spindle, more master axes/spindles have been defined than are

allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16793 Channel %1 block %2 couplin g of axis %3 prohibits transformation change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The specified axis is a slave axis in a transforma tion grouping. When the coup ling is

switched on, the transformation cannot be changed to another one.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Switch off coupling(s) of this axis before changing transformation or

do not change the transformation.

03/2006

2-289

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16794 Channel %1 block %2 coupling of axis/spin dle %3 prohibits reference point

approach

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The specified axis is a (gantry) slave axis and cannot therefore approach the reference

point.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Switch off coupling(s) of this axis before reference point approach or

do not reference. A gantry slave axis cannot reference for itself.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16795 Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be interpreted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which a non-interpretable string has been written (e.g.

block change behavior).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16796 Channel %1 block %2 coupling not defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A coupling is to be switched the parameters of which have neither been programmed nor

configured.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct NC part program or

MD, program the coupling with COUPDEF or configure by me ans of MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16797 Channel %1 block %2 couplin g is active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An operation is to be performed in which no coupling may be active, e.g. COUPDEL or

TANGDEL must not be used on active couplings.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Correct NC part program, deselect the lin k with COUPOF or TANGOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16798 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is following axis and prohibits axis container

rotation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The programmed axis/spindle is active as a slave axis/spindle in a coupling. When the

coupling is active, the axis container cannot be rotated.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Deactivate the coupling(s) for thi s axis /spindle before rotating the

axis container or execute the axis container rotation at a later time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16799 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is master axis and prohibits axis container rotation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The programmed axis/spindle is active as a master axis/spindle in a coupling. When the

coupling is active, the axis container cannot be rotated.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Deactivate the coupling(s) for thi s axis /spindle before rotating the

axis container or execute the axis container rotation at a later time.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16800 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction DC/CDC for axis %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The keyword DC (Direct Coor dinate) can only be used for rotary axes. This causes

approach of the programmed absolute position along the shortest path.

Example:

N100 C=DC(315)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Replace the keyword DC in

the displayed NC block by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).

If the alarm display is the result of an error in the axis definition, the axis can be declared

as a rotary axis by means of the axis-specific MD 30300 IS_ROT_AX.

Corresponding machine data:

Modify MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO

Modify MD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO

03/2006

2-291

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16810 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACP for axis %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The keyword ACP (Absolute Coordinate Positive) is only allowed for "modulo axes". It

causes approach of the programmed absolute position in the specified direction.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. In the displayed NC block,

replace the keyword ACP by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).

If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, th e axis with the axis-specific

MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX and MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO can be declared a rotary axis

with modulo change.

Corresponding machine data:

Modify MD 30,320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16820 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACN for axis %3 not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The keyword ACN (Absolute Coordinate Negative) is only allowed for "modulo axes". It

causes approach of the programmed absolute position in the specified direction.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. In the displayed NC block,

replace the keyword ACN by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).

If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, the axis with the axis-specific

MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX and MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO can be declared a rotary axis

with modulo change.

Corresponding machine data:

Modify MD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16830 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect position programmed for axis/spindle %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A position beyond th e range of 0 - 359.999 has been programmed for a modulo axis.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program position in the range 0 - 359.999.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16903 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The relevant action cannot be processed now. This can occur, for instance, during read-in

of machine data.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the procedure is terminated or abort with Reset and repeat the operation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16904 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The operation (program, JOG, block search, reference point, etc.) cannot be started or

continued in the current status.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16905 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Operation cannot be started or continued. A start is only accepted when an NCK function

can be started.

Example: A start is accepted in JOG mode when, for example, the function generator is

active or a JOG movement has first been stopped with the Stop key.

Reactions: - Alarm reaction in Automatic mode.

Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16906 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> is aborted due to an alarm

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The action was aborted due to an alarm.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Eliminate the error and acknowledge the alarm. Then repeat the operation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16907 Channel %1 acti on %2<ALNX> only possible in stop s tate

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action may only be performed in Sto p state.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.

03/2006

2-293

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16908 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> only possible in reset state or at the block end

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action may only be performed in Reset state or at end of block.

In JOG mode, no axis that is traversed as geometry axis in the switched coordinate

system, must be active as PLC or command axis (started through static synchronized

action) on mode change. This means that axes like that must be in the state 'neutral axis'

again.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.

Check in JOG mode whether the axes are PLC or command axes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16909 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not allowed in current mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: You have to activate a different operating mode for the function to be activated.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check operation and operating state.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16911 Channel %1 mode change is not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The change from overstoring into another operating mode is not allo wed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: After overstoring is termin ated, it is possi ble to change to another operating state again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16912 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> only possible in reset state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action can only be performed in Reset state.

Example: Program selection through MMC or channel communication (INIT ) can only be

performed in Reset state.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset or wait until processing is terminated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16913 Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3<ALNX> not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

%3 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The change to the desired mode is not permitted. The change can only take place in the

Reset state.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Example: Program processing is halted in AUTO mode by NC Stop. Then there is a mode

change to JOG mode (program status interrupted). From this operating mode it is only

possible to change to AUTO mode and not to MDI mode!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Either activate the Reset key to reset program processing , or activate the mode in wh i c h

the program was being processed previously.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16914 Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3<ALNX> not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

%3 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Incorrect mode change, e.g.: Auto -> MDIREF.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check operation or selected mode.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16915 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: If traversing blocks are interrupted by asynchronous subroutines, then it must be possible

for the interrupted program to continue (reorganizatio n of block processing) after

termination of the asynchronous subroutine.

The 2nd parameter describes which action wanted to interrupt block processing.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Let the program continue to a reorganized NC block or modify pa rt program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16916 Channel %1 repositioning: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Repositioning of block processing presently not possible. In certain cases this can prevent

a mode change from taking place.

The 2nd parameter describes which action should be used to perform repositioning.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Let the program continue to a repositioned NC block or modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16918 Channel %1 for action %2<ALNX> all channels must be in reset state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: All channels must be in the initial setting in order to carry out the action! (For example, for

machine data loading)

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Either wait until the channel status is aborted or press the Reset key.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-295

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16919 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> is not allowed due to a pe nding alarm

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action cannot be performed due to an alarm, or the channel is in fail.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Press RESET key.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16920 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> is already active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: An identical action is still active.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the first procedure is terminated or abort with Reset and repeat the operation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16921 Channel %1 mode group %2 machine data : channel/mode group assign ment not

allowed or assigned twice

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Mode group number

Definitions: On powering up, an illegal channel/mode group assignment was detected.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check machine data

ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

16922 Channel %1 subprograms: action %2<ALNX> maximum nesting depth exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Various actions can cause the current procedure to be interrupted. Depending on the

action, asynchronous subroutines are activated. These asynchronous subroutines can be

interrupted in the same manner as user programs. Unlimited nesting depth is not possible

for asynchronous subroutines due to memory limitations.

Example: An interrupt interrupts the current program processing. Other interrupts with

higher priorities interrupt processing of the previously activated asynchronous

subroutines.

Possible actions are: DryRunOn/Off, DecodeSingleBlockOn, de lete distance-to-go,

interrupts .....

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Do not trigger th e event on this block.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16923 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The current processing cannot be stopped, due to an active preprocessing process. This

applies to, for example, loading machine data and block searches unti l the search objec t

is found.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Abort by pressing Reset!

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16924 Channel %1 caution: program test modifies tool management data

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Tool management data is changed during program testing. It is not possible to

automatically rectify the data after termination of the program testing.

This error message prompts the user to make a backup copy of the data or to reimport the

data after the operation is terminated.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Save tool data on MMC and

reimport data after "ProgtestOff".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16925 Channel %1 program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state,

action %3<ALNX> active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

%3 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The action has been refused since a mode or sub-mode change (change to automatic

mode, MDI, JOG, overstoring, digitizing, etc.) is taking place.

Example: This alarm message is output if th e Start key is pressed during a mode or sub-

mode change from, for example, automatic to MDI, before the NCK has confirmed

selection of the mode.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16926 Channel %1 cha nnel coordina tion: action %2 n ot allowed in block %3, mark er %4 is

already set

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Aktion

%3 = Block number

%4 = Marker number

Definitions: The action was denied, the marker was already set. Check the program.

Example:

SETM(1) ; CLEARM(1) ; Marker must be reset first.

SETM(1)

03/2006

2-297

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16927 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> at active interrupt treatment not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action may not be activated during interrupt processi ng (e.g. mode chang e).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset or wait until interrupt processing is terminated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16928 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: A program interrupt has been activated in a non REORG capable block.

Examples of possible program interrupt in this ca se:

• Traversing to fixed stop

• VDI channel delete distance-to-go

• VDI axial delete distance-to-go

• Measuring

• Software limit

• Axis replacement

• Axis from correction

• Servo disable

• Gear stage change at actual gear stage unequal to setpoint gear stage.

The relevant block concerns a:

• Pick-up block during block search (excluding last pick-up block)

• Block in overstore interrupt.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Do not trigger th e event on this block.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16930 Channel %1: preceding block and current block %2 must be separated through an

executable block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: The language functions WAITMC, SETM, CLEARM and MSG must be packed in

separate NC blocks due to the language definition. To avoid velocity drops, these blocks

are attached to the next NC block internally in the NCK (for MSG only in path control

mode, for WAITMC to the previous NC block). For this reason, there must always be an

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

executable block (not a calculation block) between the NC blocks. An executable NC

block always includes e.g. travel movements, a help function, Stopre, dwell time etc.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program an executable NC block between the previous and the current NC block.

Example:

N10 SETM.

N15 STOPRE ; insert executable NC block.

N20 CLEARM.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

16931 Channel %1 subprograms: action %2<ALNX> maximum nesting depth exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Various actions can cause the current procedure to be interrupted. Depending on the

action, asynchronous subroutines are activated. These asynchronous subroutines can be

interrupted in the same manner as the user program. Unl imited nestin g depth is not

possible for asynchronous subroutines due to memory limitations.

Example: In the case of an approach block in a repositioning procedure do not interrupt

repeatedly, instead wait until processing is completed.

Possible actions are: mode change, SlashOn/Off, overstoring.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Initiate a block change and repeat the action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16932 Channel %1 conflict when activating user data type %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Data type

Definitions: The "activate user data" function (PI service _N_SETUDT) modifies a data block (tool

offset, settable zero offset or base frame) which is also written by the NC blocks in

preparation.

In the event of a conflict, the value ente red by the MMC is reset.

Parameter %2 specifies which data block is affected:

1: Active tool offset

2: Base frame

3: Active zero offset

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the inputs on the MMC and repea t if necessary.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16933 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

03/2006

2-299

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: If a temporary standstill has occurred because of a Reorg event across block boundaries,

it is possible that a block without Reorg capability has been loaded. In this situation, it is

unfortunately necessary to abort the Reorg event handling! Reorg events are, e.g. abort

subprogram, delete distance-to-go and interrupts.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16934 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not possible due to stop

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Reorg events are, e.g. abort subprogram, delete distance to go and interrupts, axis

replacement, termination of follow-up mode. Two Reorg events overlap in this situation.

The 2nd Reorg event coincide s with the 1st block generated by the previous event. (e.g.

an axis replacement is induced twice in rapid succession). Axis replacement leads to

Reorg in the channels in which an axis is removed without preparation. This block must

be stopped in the above sequence in order to prevent the interpolato r buffer from

overflowing. This can be achieved by pressing the Stop or StopAll key, configuring an

alarm with INTERPRETERSTOP or by decode single block.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: The program must be aborted with Reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16935 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to search run

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The action is not allowed as block search is currently running via progra m test. Block

search via program test: "PI Service _N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5_.

With this block search typ e, it is not permissible to activate program test or dry run

feedrate.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate the action afte r block search is terminated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16936 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active dr y run

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action is not allowed as dry run feedrate is currently active.

Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PI service

_N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5) when dry run feedrate is active.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16937 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to program test

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: This action is not allowed as program test is currently active.

Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PI service

_N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5) when program test is active.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactivate program test.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16938 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> aborted due to active gear change

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Reorganization events are, among others, sub program abort, delete distance-to- go and

interrupts, axis replacement, exiting the correction state. These events wait for the end of

a gear change. However, the maximum wai ting period has elapsed.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Program must be aborted with Reset and, if necessary, GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME

must be increased.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16939 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> rejected due to active gear change

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Reorganization events that are possible in Stop state, e.g mode change, are waiting for

the end of the gear change. However, the maximum waiting perio d has elapsed.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat action or increase MD GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16940 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> wait for gear change

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Reorganizati o n events are wait i n g fo r t he end of a gear change. The alarm is displayed

during the waiting period.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

- Warning display.

Remedy: Alarm is suppressed by means of ENABLE_ALARM_MASK bit 1 == 0.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

2-301

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16941 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> rejected because no program event has been

executed yet

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The setting of the machine data $MC_PROG_EVENT_MASK forces an asynchronous

subprogram to be triggered automatically on RESET or PowerOn. The implicitly triggered

asynchronous subprograms are normally called "Event-triggered program call" or

"Program event".

In the alarm situation, this asynchronous subprogram could not yet be activated; that is

why the action (normally start of part program) must be rejected.

Reasons for the fact that the asynchronous subprogram could not be triggered:

1. The asynchronous subprogram does not exist

(/_N_CMA_DIR/_N_PROG_EVENT_SPF)

2. The asynchronous subprogram is allowed to start in the referenced state only (see

$MN_ASUP_START_MASK)

3. READY is missing (because of alarm)

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Load program

• Check $MN_ASUP_START_MASK

• Acknowledge alarm

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16942 Channel %1 start program command action %2<ALNX> not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: Currently, the alarm occurs only in combination with the SERUPRO action. SERUPRO

stands for search via program test.

SERUPRO is currently searching the search target and has therefore switched this

channel to the program test mode. With the START program command in channel 1,

another channel 2 would actually be started, which means that axes would really be

started during the search action.

If this alarm is switched off (see help), the user can make use of the above behavior by

initially selecting via PLC the program test mode in channel 2, leaving channel 2

executing until its natural end, stopping channel 2 in order to deselect program test again.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Alarm can be switched off with $MN_SERUPRO_MASK bit 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16943 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to ASUP

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The action in the 2nd parameter wa s rejected, since an asynchronous subprogram is

currently active.

Currently, only the integrated search run is rejected with this alarm. The integrated search

run is activated, if search run is triggered in the Stop program state. In other words: Parts

of a program have already been executed and a following program part is "skipped" with

search run in order to continue the program afterwards.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The event is not possible if the program is stopped within an asynchronous subprogram

or if an asynchronous subprogram had been selected before the event. An asynchronous

subprogram is selected, when the triggering asynchronous subprogram event arrives, but

the asynchronous subprogram c annot be started (e.g. the asynchronous start program is

not started because of a read-in disable or because the Stop key is active).

In this case, it is irrelevant whether a user ASUP or a system ASUP has been triggered.

User ASUPs are activated via FC-9 or via the fast inputs.

The following events lead to system ASUPS:

• Mode change

• Overstore on

• Aborting subprogram level

• Switching on of single block, type 2

• Setting machine data effective

• Setting user data effective

• Change skip levels

• Dry run on/off

• Program test off

• Correction block alarms

• Editing modi in Teach

• External zero offset

• Axis replacement

• Del ete distance-to -g o

• Measuring

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat the action after the end of the asynchronous subprogram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16944 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active search blocks

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The NCK is currently processing either the action blocks of the search run or the

approach motion after the search run.

In this situation, the action (2nd parameter of the alarm) must be rejected.

Currently, only the integrated search run is rejected with this alarm. The integrated search

run is activated, if search run is triggered in the Stop program state. In other words: Parts

of a program have already been executed and a following program part is "skipped" with

search run in order to continue the program afterwards.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Repeat the action after the approach motion of the search run.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16945 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> delayed up to the block en d

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The currently executing action (e.g. dry run on/off, change skip levels, etc.) should be

active immediately, but it can become active not earlier than at the end of the block, since

a thread is currently being machined. The action is activated with a slight de lay.

Example: Dry run is started in the middle of the thread, then traversing at high speed does

not start before the next block.

03/2006

2-303

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Alarm can be switched off via $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK bit 17==1 .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16946 Channel %1 start via START is not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definition s: This alarm is active with "G roup Se rupro" only. _Group Serupro" is activated by means of

"$MC_SERUPRO_MODE BIT2" and enables the retrace support of entire channel groups

during block search.

The machine data $MC_DISABLE_PLC_START specifie s which channel is generally

started from the PLC and which channel is only allowed to be started from another

channel via the START pa rt program command.

This alarm occurs if the channel was started via the START part programm command and

$MC_DISABLE_PLC_START==FALSE was set.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify $MC_DISABLE_PLC_START of switch off "Group Serupro" (see

$MC_SERUPRO_MODE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16947 Channel %1 start via PLC is not allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definition s: This alarm is active with "G roup Se rupro" only. _Group Serupro" is activated by means of

"$MC_SERUPRO_MODE BIT2" and enables the retrace support of entire channel groups

during block search.

The machine data $MC_DISABLE_PLC_START specifie s which channel is generally

started from the PLC and which channel is only allowed to be started from another

channel via the START pa rt program command.

This alarm occurs if the channel was started via the PLC and

$MC_DISABLE_PLC_START==TRUE was set.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify $MC_DISABLE_PLC_START of switch off "Group Serupro" (see

$MC_SERUPRO_MODE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16948 Channel %1 dependent channel %2 still active

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Channel ID

Definition s: This alarm is active with "G roup Se rupro" only. _Group Serupro" is activated by means of

"$MC_SERUPRO_MODE BIT2" and enables the retrace support of entire channel groups

during block search.

A _dependent channel_ is a channel that had indirectly bee n started by the currently

active channel. The currently active channel was starte d via PLC.

This channel m_u_s_t be terminated (i.e. reached M30) before the current channel is

terminated.

This alarm occurs if the currently active channel is terminated before the dependent

channel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Switch off "Group Serupro" (see $MC_SERUPRO_MODE) or install WAITE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

16949 Correspond e nc e be tween marker of channe l %1 an d channel %2 is invalid.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Channel ID

Definitions: This channel defines a WAIT marker with other channels, which on their pa rt have no

correspondence with this wait marker.

This channel's WAIT marker has no explicit counterpart in the other channel; i.e. the

channels do not mutually wait.

============================================================

Example

Ch 3Ch 5Ch 7

WAITM(99,3,5) WAITM(99,3,5) WAITM(99,5,7)

The wait markers in channels 3 and 5 mutually wait for each oth er and channel 7 only

waits for channel 5. Therefore, channel 7 may continue when 5 and 7 have reached the

wait marker, but channel 3 is still far in front of the wait marker.

When it continues, channel 7 deletes its wait marker. When wait marker 99 is reached

again, you can no longer determine the behavior precisely.

============================================================

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: In each wait marker, list all channels with which you want to synchronize, or suppress the

alarm with $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK, bit 23.

============================================================

Sample solution A:

Ch 3Ch 5Ch 7

WAITM(99,3,5,7) WAITM(99,3,5,7) WAITM(99,3,5,7)

============================================================

Sample solution B:

Ch 3Ch 5Ch 7

WAITM(99,3,5) WAITM(99,3,5)

WAITM(88,5,7) WAITM(88,5,7)

============================================================

Sample solution C:

Ch 3Ch 5Ch 7

WAITM(88,5,7) WAITM(88,5,7)

WAITM(99,3,5) WAITM(99,3,5)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16950 Channel %1 search run with hold block

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: Informational alarm.

The search run was not p erformed on the inte rru ption block,

instead, it touches down shortly before that. This so-called "hold block"

is generated by the part program command IPTRLOCK, or implicitly defined by

$MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK. This is to prevent

you from performing a search run in critical program areas

(e.g. gear hobbing).

The alarm also displays that, instead of searching for the

block that actually was interrupted before, an other block is being searched for.

This behavior is desired and the alarm serves only informational purposes.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

03/2006

2-305

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK $MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK and language command

IPTRLOCK

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16951 Channel %1 search run in a program section that cannot be searched

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: With the language commands IPTRLOCK and IPTRUNLOCK, the part programmer can

identify part program sections that cannot be searched. Every search run in these

program sections will be acknowledge d with alarm 16951.

In other words:

When the alarm appears, the user has started a search run (Serupro type)

and the search target lies in an area that cannot be searche d!

An area that cannot be searched can also be defined implicitly with the machine data

$MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK.

Note:

The alarm can only be generated when the simulation is

completed during the search run. The alarm ca nnot

be output immediately at the start of the search run.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK $MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK and language command

IPTRLOCK

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16952 Channel %1 start program command not possible due to MDI

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: NCK is currently executing an ASUB in MDI mode. In this constellation,

parts program command "Start" is not allowed for another channel .

Attention: If an asup is started from JOG, the NCK can internally change to MD I,

if the NCK was previously in MDI and not in RESET.

Note: Without this alarm, the MDI buffer of the other channel would always be sta rted.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Start ASUB in AUTO or ->JOG in AUTO

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16953 Channel %1 For slave axis %2 SERUPRO not allowed, as master axis %3 not

subject to axis/spindle disable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Slave axis name, following spindle number

%3 = Master axis name, master spindle number

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: Currently, the alarm occurs only in combination with the SERUPRO action. SERUPRO

stands for search via program test.

SERUPRO is possible only with an active coupling, if the axis/spindle disable is active for

all master axes/spindles of th e slave axis/spindle

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set axis/spindle disable of the master axis

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16954 Channel %1 block %2 programmed stop proh ibited in stop delay area

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In a program area (stop delay area) that is bracketed with DELAYFST ON and

DELAYFSTOF,

a program command was used that causes a stop.

No commands other than G4 are permissible that might cause a stop even though only

shortly.

A stop delay area can also be defined by $MN_STOP_MODE_MASK.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: $MN_STOP_MODE_MASK and language command DELAYFSTON DELAYFSTOF

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

16955 Channel %1 stop in stop delay area is delay ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: In a program area (stop delay area) that is bracketed by DELAYFSTON and

DELAYFSTOF,

an event has been detected that causes a stop. The stop is delayed

and executed after DELAYFSTOF. A stop delay area can also be defined by

$MN_STOP_MODE_MASK.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: $MN_STOP_MODE_MASK and language command DELAYFSTON DELAYFSTOF

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

16956 Channel %1 program %2 cannot be started due to global start disable.

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

%2 = String (path with program name)

Definitions: The program selected in this channel cannot be started as "Global start disable" had been

set.

03/2006

2-307

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Note:

PI "_N_STRTLK" sets the "Global start disable" and PI "_N_STRTUL"

deletes the "Global start disable".

The alarm is switched on with $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK bit 6.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Delete the "Global start disable" and restart.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16957 Channel %1 Stop-Delay area is sup pressed

Parameters: %1 = Channel ID

Definitions: The program area (Stop-Delay area), which is put into brackets throug h DELAYFST ON

and

DELAYFSTOF, could not be activated. Every stop therefore becomes effective

immediately

and is not delayed!

This occurs every time, when braking into a stop Stop-Delay area, i.e. a braking process

starts before the Stop-Delay area and ends not earlier than in the Stop-Delay area.

If the Stop-Delay area is entered with override 0, the Stop-Dela y area

can also not be activated (example: a G4 before the Stop-Delay area allows the user

to reduce the override to 0 and the next block in the Stop-Delay area

then starts with override 0 and the alarm situation described occurs.)

$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK Bit-7 switches on this alarm.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: $MN_STOP_MODE_MASK and language command DELAYFSTON DELAYFSTOF

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

16959 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> prohibited during simu lation block search.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The function (2nd parameter) must not be activated during simulation search.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait for search end.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

16960 Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> prohibited during EXECUTE PROGRAM AREA.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Action numb e r/a cti o n name

Definitions: The function (2nd parameter) must not be activated during EXECUTE PROGRAM AREA.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait for end of program area EXECUTE.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17000 Channel %1 block %2 maximum nu mber of symbols exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum number of symbols defined by mach ine data 28020

$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL has been exceeded.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Modify machine data

• Reduce the number of symbols (variables, subroutines, parameters)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17001 Channel %1 block %2 no memory left for tool/magazine data

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of the following tool/magazine data sizes in the NC is given by machine data:

• Number of tools + number of grinding data blocks: 18082 MM_NUM_TOOL

• Number of cutting edges: 18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA

Tools, grinding data blocks, cutting edges can be used independently of the tool

management function.

The memory for the following data is available only if the corresponding bit in 18080

MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK has been set.

• Number of monitoring data sets: 18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA

• Number of magazines: 18084 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE

• Number of magazine locations: 18086 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION

The following size is determined by software configuration: Number of magazine spacing

data blocks: P2 permits 32 such spacing data blocks.

Definition:

• 'Grinding data blocks': Grinding data can be defined for a tool from type 400 to 499.

Such a data block occupies additional memory, as it is planne d for a cutting edge.

• 'Monitoring data blocks': Each cutting edge of a tool can be supplemented by monitoring

data.

• 'Magazine spacing data block': Spacings to other magazines can be defined for

magazine locations in internal ma gazines.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Modify machine data

• Modify the NC program, i.e. reduce the number of items related to the variable which

caused the er ror condition.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-309

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

17010 Channel %1 block %2 no memory left

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: When executing/reading files from the active working memory, it was found that there is

not enough memo ry space (e.g. for large multidimensional arrays or when creatin g tool

offset memory).

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Make arrays smaller or make

more memory space available for memory management of subroutine calls, tool offsets

and user variables (machine data MM_...).

See /FB/, S7 Memory Configuration

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17020 Channel %1 block %2 illegal array index 1

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A read or write access has been programmed to an array variable with invalid 1st array

index. The valid array indices must be con ta ined within the defined array size and the

absolute limits (0 - 32 766).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the specification of array elements in the access instruction to match the defined

size. If an SPL is used in Safety Integrated, the field index via optional data may be

subject to additional restrictions.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17030 Channel %1 block %2 illegal array index 2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A read or write access has been programmed to an array variable with invalid 2nd array

index. The valid array indices must be con ta ined within the defined array size and the

absolute limits (0 - 32 766).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the specification of array elements in the access instruction to match the defined

size.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17040 Channel %1 block %2 illegal axis index

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A read or write access has been programmed to an axial variable in which the axis name

cannot be unambiguously imaged on a machine axis.

Example:

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Writing of an axial machine data

$MA_... [X]= ... ; but geometry axis X cannot be imaged on a machine axis because of a

transformation!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Deselect transformation before writing the axial data (keyword : TRAFOOF) or use the

machine axis names as axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17050 Channel %1 block %2 illegal value

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: On accessing an individual frame element, a frame component other than TRANS, ROT,

SCALE or MIRROR was addressed or the function CSCALE has been given a negative

scale factor.

Example:

$P_UIFR[5] = CSCALE (X, -2.123)

The frame components are eith er selected by means of the keywords

TR for translation (TRANS, internal 0)

RT for rotation (ROT, internal 1)

SC for scaling and (SCALE, internal 3)

MI for mirroring (MIRROR, internal 4)

or they are specified directly as an integral value 0, 1, 3, 4.

Example: Access to the rotation around the X axis of the current settable frame.

R10=$P_UIFR[$AC_IFRNUM, X, RT] can also be programmed as:

R10=$P_UIFR[$AC_IFRNUM, X, 1]

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Address frame components only with the keywords provided; program the scale factor

between the limits of 0.0 00 01 to 999.999 99.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17055 Channel %1 block %2 GUD variable not existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The required GUD variable was not found for a MEACALC procedure during read or write

access.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check whether all the GUDs were created for MEACALC.

DEF CHAN INT _MVAR, _OVI[11]

DEF CHAN REAL _OVR[32], _EV[20], _MV[20], _SPEED[4], _SM_R[10], _ISP[3]

DEF NCK REAL _TP[3,10], _WP[3,11], _KB[3,7], _CM[8], _MFS[6]

03/2006

2-311

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

DEF NCK BOOL _CBIT[16]

DEF NCK INT _CVAL[4].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17060 Channel %1 block %2 requested data area too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum memory space of 8 KB available for a symbol has been exceeded.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce array dimensions .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17070 Channel %1 block %2 data is write-protected

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt was made to write to a write-protected variable (e.g. a system variable).

Safety Integrated: Safety system variables can only be modified from the safety SPL

program.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Modify part program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17080 Channel %1 block %2 %3 value below lower limit

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = MD

Definitions: An attempt was made to write a machine data with a value that is smaller than the defined

lower limit.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Determine the input limits of

the machine data and assign a value within these limits.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17090 Channel %1 block %2 %3 value exceeds upper limit

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = MD

Definitions: An attempt was made to write a machine data with a value that is greater than the defined

upper limit.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Determine the input limits of

the machine data and assign a value within these limits.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17095 Channel %1 block %2 invalid valu e

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt was made to write an invalid value, e.g. zero, into a machin e data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the value assignment, e.g. a value within the value range not equal to zero.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17100 Channel %1 block %2 digital input/comparator no. %3 not activated

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Input numb e r

Definitions: Either an attempt was made to read a digital input n via the system variable $A_IN[n] and

this input has not been activated via NCK machine data 10350

FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS; or to read a comparator input via system variable

$A_INCO[n] and this input belongs to a comparator which has not been activated.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify part program or

machine data accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17110 Channel %1 block %2 digital output no. %3 not activated

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = No. of output

Definitions: An attempt was made to read or set a digital NCK output (connector X 121) via the

system variable $A_OUT [n] with the index [n] greater than the specified upper limit in the

NCK machine data 10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program index [n] of the system variable $A_OUT [n] only between 0 and the value in the

NCK machine data 10350 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17120 Channel %1 block %2 analog input no. %3 not activated

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

03/2006

2-313

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

%3 = Input numb e r

Definitions: An attempt has been made by means of the system variable $A_INA[n] to read an analog

input n that has not been activated by the MD 10300 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify part program or

machine data accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17130 Channel %1 block %2 analog output no. %3 not activa ted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = No. of output

Definitions: An attempt has been made by means of the system variable $A_OUTA[n] to write or read

an analog output n that has not been activated by the MD 10310

FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify part program or

machine data accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17140 Channel %1 block %2 NCK output %3 is assigned to a function via machine data

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = No. of output

Definitions: The programmed digital/analog output is assigned to an NC fu nction (e.g. software

cams).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Use another output or

deactivate concurrent NC function via MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17150 Channel %1 block %2 maximum of %3 NCK outputs programmable in the block

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Quantity

Definitions: No more than the specified number of outp uts may be programmed in an NC block.

The quantity of hardware outputs is defined in the MDs:

10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS and

10310 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Program fewer digital/analog outputs in a block. The specified maximum number applies

in each case separately for analog or digital outputs. If necessary, program two NC

blocks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17160 Channel %1 block %2 no tool selected

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt has been made to access the current tool offset data via the system variables:

$P_AD [n]: Contents of the parameter (n: 1 - 25)

$P_TOOL: Active D number (tool edge number)

$P_TOOLL [n]: Active tool length (n: 1- 3)

$P_TOOLR: Active tool radius

although no tool had been selected previously.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program or activate a tool offset in the NC program before using the system variables.

Example:

N100 G.. ... T5 D1 ... LF

With the channel-specific machine data:

Modify MD 22550: TOOL_CHANGE_MODE

New tool offset for M function

Modify MD 22560: TOOL_CHANGE_M_COD E

M function with tool change

It is established whether a tool offset is activated in the block with the T word or whether

the new offset values are allowed for only when the M word for tool change occurs.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17170 Channel %1 block %2 number of symbols too large

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The predefined symbols could not be read in during power-up.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17180 Channel %1 block %2 illegal D number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the displayed block, access is made to a D number that is not defined and therefore is

not available.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

2-315

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check tool call in the NC parts program:

• Correct tool correction number D programmed? If no D number is specified with the tool

change command, then the D number set by machine data

$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT will be active automatica lly. It is D1 by default.

• Tool parameters (tool type, length,...) defined? The dimensions of the tool edge must

have been entered previously either through the operator panel or through a tool data

file in NCK.

Description of the system variables $TC_DPx[t, d] as included in a tool data file.

x ... Correction parameter number P

t ... Associated tool number T

d ... Tool correction number D

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17181 Channel %1 block %2 T no.= %3, D no.= %4 not existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = T number

%4 = D number

Definitions: A programmed D number was not recognized by the NC. By default, the D number refers

to the specified T number. If the flat D number function is active, T= 1 is output.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: If the program is incorrect, remedy the error with a correction block and continue the

program. If the data block is missing, download a data block for the specified T/D values

onto the NCK (via MMC with overstore) and continue the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17182 Channel %1 block %2 illegal sum correction number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt was made to access a non-defined total offset of the current tool edge.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Access the total offset memory with $TC_SCP*, $TC_ECP*, check the total offset

selection DLx or tool selection Ty or offset selection Dz.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17183 Channel %1 block %2 H number already available in T no.= %3, D no.= %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = T number

%4 = D number

Definitions: Each H number (except for H=0) must be assigned in a TO uni t only once.

The indicated edge already has the H number.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

If the H number shall be assigned more than once, machine date 10890, bit 3 must be set

= 1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Change program:

• Select different H number

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17188 Channel %1 D number %2 defined in tool T no. %3 and %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Offset number D

%3 = T number of first tool

%4 = T number of second tool

Definitions: The specified D number %2 in the TO unit of channel %1 is not unique. The specified T

numbers %3 and %4 each have an offset with number %2. If tool ma nagement is active:

The specified T numb ers belong to tool groups with different names.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: 1. Ensure that the D numbers within the TO unit are unique.

2. If unique numbering is not necessary for subsequent operations, do not use the

command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17189 Channel %1 D number %2 of tools defined on magazin e/location %3 and %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Offset number D

%3 = Magazine/location number of first tool, '/' as separator

%4 = Magazine/location number of second tool, '/' as separator

Definitions: The specified D number %2 in the TO unit of channel %1 is not unique. The specified T

numbers %3 and %4 each have an offset with number %2.

If tool management is active:

The specified T numb ers belong to tool groups with different names.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: 1. Ensure that the D numbers within the TO unit are unique, e.g. by renaming the D

numbers.

2. If unique numbering is not necessary for subsequent operations, do not use the

command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17190 Channel %1 block %2 illegal T number

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the displayed block, access is made to a tool that is not defined and therefore not

available. The tool has been named by its T number, its name or its name and duplo

number.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

2-317

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check tool call in the NC part program:

• Correct tool number T.. programmed?

• Tool parameters P1 - P25 defined? The dimensions of the tool edge must have been

entered previously either thro ugh the operator panel or through the V.24 interface.

Description of the system variables $P_DP x [n, m]

n ... Associated tool number T

m ... Tool edge number D

x ... Parameter number P

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17191 Channel %1 block %2 T= %3 not existing, program %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = T number or T identifier

%4 = Program name

Definitions: A tool identifier which the NCK does not recognize was programmed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: If the program pointer is at an NC block which contains the specified T identifier : If the

program is incorrect, remedy the error with a correction block and continue the program. If

the data block is missing, create one. You can do this by downloading a data block with all

the defined D numbers onto the NCK (via MMC with overstore) and continue the program.

If the program pointer is at an NC block which does not contain the specified T identifier:

The error occurred at an earlier point in the program where the T command appeared, but

the alarm was not output until the change command was detected.

If the program is incorrect - T5 programmed instead of T55 - the current block can be

corrected with a correction block; i.e. if only M06 is entered, you can correct the block with

T55 M06. The incorrect T5 line remains in the program until it is terminated by a RESET

or end of program.

In complex program structures with indirect programming, it may not be possible to

correct the program. In this case, you can only intervene locally with an overstore block -

with T55 in the example. If the data block is missing, create one. You can do this by

downloading the data block of the to ol with a ll the defined D numbers onto the NCK (via

MMC with overstore), program the T command with overstore, and continue the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17192 TO unit %1 invalid tool designation of '%2', duplo no. %3. No more replacement

tools possible in '%4'.

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Duplonummer

%4 = Group identifier

Definitions: The tool with the specified tool identifier, duplo number cannot accept the group identifier.

Reason: The maximum number of replacement tools allowed has already been defined.

The name allocation causes the tool to be reall ocated to a tool group which alrea dy

contains the maximum number of replacement tools allowed on this machine .

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use fewer replacement tools or request a different maximum se tting from the machine

manufacturer.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17193 Channel %1 bl oc k %2 the active tool is no longer on toolhol der no./spindle n o. %3,

program %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Toolholder no., spindle no.

%4 = Program name

Definitions: The tool at the specified toolholder/spindle at which the last tool change was carried out

as master toolholder or master spindle, ha s been replaced.

Example:

N10 SETHTH(1)

N20 T="Wz1" ; Tool chang e at master toolholder 1

N30 SETMTH(2)

N40 T1="Wz2" ; Toolho lder 1 is only a secondary toolholder.

Changing the tool does not result in correction deselection.

N50 D5; New correction selection. At present, there is no active tool which D can refer to,

i.e. D5 refers to T no. = 0, which results in zero correction.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify program:

• Set desired spindle as master spindle or toolholder as master toolholder.

• Then, if required, reset master spindle or master toolholder.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17194 Channel %1 block %2 no suitable tool found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: • An attempt was made to access a tool which has not been defined.

• The specified tool does not permit access.

• A tool with the desired properties is not available.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check access to tool:

• Are the parameters of the command correctly programmed?

• Does the status of the tool prevent access?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17200 Channel %1 block %2 deleting tool data not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt has been made to delete from the part program the tool data for a tool

currently being processed. Tool data for tools involved in the current machining operation

may not be deleted. This applies both for the tool preselected with T or that has been

03/2006

2-319

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

changed in place of another, and also for tools for which the constant grindi ng wheel

peripheral speed or tool monitoring is active.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check access to tool offset memory by means of $TC_DP1[t,d] = 0 or deselect tool.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17202 Channel %1 block %2 deleting magazine data not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt was made to delete magazine data whi c h cannot currently be deleted. A

magazine with the 'tool in motion' status active cannot be deleted. A tool adapter which is

currently allocated to a magazine location cannot be deleted . A tool adap ter cannot be

deleted if machine data $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_AD APTER has the value -1.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: If an attempt to delete a magazine fails

$TC_MAP1[ m ] = 0 ; Delete magazine with m=magazine no.

$TC_MAP1[ 0 ] = 0 ; Delete all magazines

$TC_MAP6[ m ] = 0 ; Delete magazines and all their tools you must ensure that the

magazine does not have the 'tool in motion' status at the time of the call.

If an attempt to delete a tool adapter fails

$TC_ADPTT[ a ] = -1 ; Delete adapter with number a

$TC_ADPTT[ 0 ] = -1 ; Delete all adapters

then the data asso ci a ti o n wi th the magazine location or locations must first be canceled

with $TC_MPP7[ m,p ] = 0 ; m = magazine no., p = no. of the location to which the adapter

is assigned.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17210 Channel %1 block %2 access to variable not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The variable cannot be written/re ad directly from the part program. It is allowed only in

motion synchronous actions.

Example for variable:

$P_ACTID (which planes are active)

$AA_DTEPB (axial distance-to-go for reciprocating infeed)

$A_IN (test input)

Safety Integrated: Safety PLC system variables can only be read during the safety SPL

startup phase.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

17212 Channel %1 tool management: Load manual tool %3, duplo no. %2 onto

spindle/ too lholder %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Duplo no .

%3 = Tool identi fier

%4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)

Definitions: Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specified toolholder or

spindle before the program is continued. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to

the NCK but which is not assigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible

to the NCK, and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make sure that the specified tool is loaded in the toolholder. The alarm is cleared

automatically after PLC acknowledgement of the tool chan ge on command.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

17214 Channel %1 tool management: remove manual tool %3 from spindle/toolholder %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Toolholder number (spindle number)

%3 = Tool identi fier

Definitions: Indicates that the specified manual tool must be removed from the specified toolholder or

spindle before the program is continued. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to

the NCK but which is not assigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible

to the NCK, and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make sure that the specified tool is removed from the toolholder. The alarm is cleared

automatically after PLC acknowledgement of the tool change on command. Manual tools

can only be used efficiently if this is supported by the PLC program.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

17216 Channel %1 tool management: remove ma nual tool from spind le/toolholder %4 a nd

load manual tool %3, duplo no. %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Duplo no .

%3 = Tool identi fier

%4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)

Definitions: Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specified toolholder or

spindle before the program is continued and that the manual to ol located there must be

removed. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is not

assigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible to the NCK, and usually

also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Make sure that the manual tools are exchanged. The alarm is cleared automatically after

PLC acknowledgement of the tool change on command. Manual tools can only be used

efficiently if this is supported by the PLC program.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

2-321

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

17220 Channel %1 block %2 tool not existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to access a tool that has not or not yet been defined, via T no., tool

name, or tool name and duplo number, e.g. if tools shall be positioned in magazine

locations via programming of $TC_MPP6 = 'toolNo'. It wil l only be po ssible, if both the

magazine location and the tool determined by 't oolNo' have been defined.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17224 Channel %1 block %2 tool T/D= %3 - tool type %4 is not permitted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Incorrect T no. / D no.

%4 = Incorrect to ol type

Definitions: On this system, it is not possible to select tool offsets of the

indicated tool types.

The variety of tool types can both be limited by the machine OEM

and be reduced on individual control models.

Only use tools of the tool types permitted for this system.

Check whether an error has occurred on defining the tool.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC program or correct the tool data

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17230 Channel %1 block %2 Duplo no. already assigned

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to write a tool Duplo number to the name of which another tool

(another T number) already exi sts with the same Duplo number.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17240 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool definition

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to modify a tool data that would subsequen tly damage the data

consistency or lead to a conflicting definition, this alarm will appear.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17250 Channel %1 block %2 i llegal magazine definition

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to modify a magazine data that would su bsequently damage the

data consistency or lead to a conflicting definition, this alarm will appear.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17260 Channel %1 block %2 i llegal magazine location definition

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to modify a magazine lo cation data that would subsequently

damage the data consistency or lead to a conflicting de finition, this alarm will appear.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct the NC prog ram.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17262 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool adapter operation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an attempt is made to define or cancel a tool adapter assignment with refe rence to a

magazine location and this magazine location already has another tool adapter and/or a

tool is located in the adapter or - when canceling an assignment - a tool is still at the

location, this alarm will appear. If machine data $MC_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has the

value -1, adapters cannot be generated by a write operation to an adapter which is not

already defined. While the machine data has this value, you can only write adapter data to

adapters which have already been (automatically) assigned to magazin e locations.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Assign max. one adapter to a magazine location.

• The magazine location must not contain a tool.

• Machine data $MC_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has value -1: If an alarm occurs when

writing one of the system variables $TC_ADPTx (x=1,2,3,T), the write operation must be

modified such that only adapter data which are already associated with the magazine

locations are written.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-323

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

17270 Channel %1 block %2 call-by-reference: illegal variable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Machine data and system variab les must not be transferred as call-by-re ference

parameters.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify NC program: Assign the value of the machine data or of the system variable to a

program-local variable and transfer this as parameter.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17500 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not an indexing axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An indexing axis position has been pr ogrammed for an axis with the keywords CIC, CAC

or CDC that has not been defined as indexing axis in the machine data.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Remove programming

instruction for indexing axis positions (CIC, CAC, CDC) from the NC part program or

declare the relevant axis to be an indexing axis.

Indexing axis declaration:

Modify MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB

(indexing axis assignment)

The axis will become an indexing axis when an assignment to an indexing position table

was made in the stated MD. 2 tables are possible (input value 1 or 2).

Modify MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2

(Number of positions for 1st/2nd indexing axis)

Standard value: 0 Maximum value: 60

Modify MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 [n]

Modify MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 [n]

(Positions of the 1st indexing axis) The absolute axis positions are entered. (The list

length is defined via MD 10900).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17501 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tool system is active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis. This axis can therefore

approach only indexing positions, another travel movement of the axis is not possible.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Correct part program.

Correct FC16 or FC18 call.

Deselect machine data $MA_HIRTH_IS_AC TIVE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17502 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system stop is delayed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: For the indexing axis, the 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated and the override has

been set to 0 or another stop condition (e.g. VDI interface signal) is active. Since it is

possible to stop only on indexing axes, the next possible indexing position is approached.

The alarm is displayed until this position is reached or the stop condition is deactivated.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the next possible indexing positi on is reached or set override > 0 or deactivate

another stop condition.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

17503 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system and axis not

referenced

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis and the axis is to be

traversed although it is not referenced.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reference axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

17510 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for indexing axis %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The programmed index for the indexing axis is beyond the position table range.

Example:

Perform an absolute approach of the 56th position in the list allocated via the axis-specific

machine date 30500 INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB with the 1st positioning axis, the

number of positions is e.g. only 40 (MD 10900 INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 = 40).

N100 G.. U=CAC (56)

Or, with equidistant distances, the programmed index is smaller or equal 0.

Or, an attempt is made with a MOV movement to travel to a position outside the permitted

area.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

2-325

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Program the indexing axis position in the NC part program in accordance with the length

of the current position table, or add the required value to the position table and adjust the

length of the list.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

17600 Channel %1 block %2 preset on transformed axis %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The displayed axis is involved in the current transformation. This means that is it not

possible to set th e actual value memory (preset) for this axis.

Example:

Machine axis A should be set to the new actual value A 100 at the absolu te position A

300.

N100 G90 G00 A=300

N101 PRESETON A=100

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Avoid preset actual value memory for axes which are participating in a transformation or

deselect the transfo rma tion with the keyword TRAFOOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17605 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 transfo rmation active: inhibits rotation of axis

container

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The programmed axis/spindle is active in a transformation and the axis container cannot

be rotated for this reason.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program. Deactivate the transformation for this axis/spindle before rotating

the axis container or perform the axis container rotation later.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17610 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 involved in the transformation, action cannot be

carried out

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis is involved in the active transformation. It can therefore not execute the

demanded action, traversing as positioning axis, enable for axis replacement.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Deselect the transformation with TRAFOOF ahead of time or remove the action from the

part program block

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17620 Channel %1 block %2 approaching fixed point for transformed axis %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In the displayed block, an axis is programmed for the fixed point approach (G75) that is

involved in the active transformation. Fixed point approach is not performed with this axis!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove G75 instruction from the par t program block or previously deselect

transformation with TRAFOOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17630 Channel %1 block %2 referencing for transformed axis %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In the displayed block, an axis is programmed for reference point approach (G74) th at is

involved in the active transformation. Reference point approach is not performed with this

axis!

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove G74 instruction, or the machine axes involved in transformation, from the part

program block or previously deselect the transformation with TRAFOOF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17640 Channel %1 block %2 spindle operation for trans formed axis %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis programmed for the spindle operation is involved in the current transformation

as geometry axis. This is not allowed.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: First switch off the transformation function.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17650 Channel %1 block %2 machine axis %3 not programmable

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

03/2006

2-327

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: The machine axis cannot be used in an active transformation. You may be able to

program the function in a different coordinate system. For example, it may be possible to

specify the retraction position in the basic coordinate system or the workpiece coordinate

system. The axis identifier is used to select the coordinate system.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactivate the transformation or use another coordinate system.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17800 Channel %1 block %2 illegally coded position programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The positi on number n specified with the keyword FP=n is not permissible. 2 absolute

axis positions can be defined as fixed points via the axis-specific MD30 600

FIX_POINT_POS [n].

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program keyword FP with machine fixed points 1 or 2.

Example:

Approach fixed point 2 with machine axes X1 and Z2.

N100 G75 FP=2 X1 =0 Z2=0

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

17900 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is no mach ine axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: At this point, the block context calls for a machine axis. This is the case with:

• G74 (reference point approach)

• G75 (fixed point approach)

If a geometry or additional axis identifier is used, then it must also be allowed as machine

axis identifier (MD 10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use machine axis identifier when programming.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18000 Channel %1 block %2 NCK-specific protection zone %3 wrong. Error code %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of NCK pr otection zone

%4 = Error specification

Definitions: There is an error in the definition of the protection zone. The error number gives the

specific reason for the alarm. The following meanings apply:

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition.

2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area.

3: Tool-related protection zon e is not convex.

4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone and both limits

have the same value.

5: The number of the protection zone does not exist (negative number, zero or greater

than the maximum number of protection zones).

6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements.

7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone.

8: Incorrect parameter used.

9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined.

10: Incorrect modal G code used for protection zone definition.

11: Contour definition incorrect or frame activated .

12: Other errors not specified further.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify definition of the

protection zone and check MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18001 Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection zone %3 incorrect. Error code

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of the channel-specific protection zone

%4 = Error specification

Definitions: There is an error in the definition of the protection zone. The error number gives the

specific reason for the alarm. The following meanings apply:

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition.

2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area.

3: Tool-related protection zon e is not convex.

4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone and both limits

have the same value.

5: The number of the protection zone does not exist (negative number, zero or greater

than the maximum number of protection zones).

6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements.

7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone.

8: Incorrect parameter used.

9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined.

10: Incorrect modal G code used for protection zone definition.

11: Contour definition incorrect or frame activated .

12: Other errors not specified further.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify definition of the

protection zone and check MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-329

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

18002 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 cannot be activated. Error code %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of NCK pr otection zone

%4 = Error specification

Definitions: An error has occurred on activating the protection zone. The error numb er gives the

specific reason for the alarm.

The following applies:

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition.

2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area.

3: Tool-related protection zon e is not convex.

4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone and both limits

have the same value.

5: The number of the protection zone does not exist (negative number, zero or greater

than the maximum number of protection zones).

6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements.

7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone.

8: Incorrect parameter used.

9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined or number of contour element <2 or

>MAXNUM_CONTOURNO_PROTECTAREA.

10: Error in internal structure of the protection zones.

11: Other errors not specified further.

12: The number of protection zones simultaneously active exceeds the maximum number

(channel-specific machine data).

13,14: Contour element for protection zones cannot be created.

15,16: No more memory space for the protection zones.

17: No more memory space for the contou r el e m e nt s.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

If the alarm is output on ramp-up (2nd parameter: "INIT" instead of block number),

"Channel not ready to operate" will be set.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. Reduce the number of simultaneously active protection zones (MD).

2. Modify part program:

• Del ete other protect io n zon es.

• Preprocessing stop.

If the alarm occurs during the control ramp up, the system variables $SN_PA_... for the

stated protection zone must be corrected. Then make a restart. If the incorrect date is not

identifiable, the immediate activation of the protection zone ca n be removed and the

system variables of the protection zone can be rewritten with the aid of NPROTDEF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

If the alarm occurs during NC program execution, the current block can be changed. This

way, the NPROT parameters can also be adjus ted. However, if there is an error in the

definition of the protection zone, the NC program must be aborted and the definition must

be corrected und er NPR OT DEF .

If the alarm occurs on control ramp-up, system variables $SN_PA_... must be corrected

for the specified protec tion zone. This can be done by downloading an Initial.ini file that

includes the relevant corrected date. If afterwards a restart is performed again, the alarm

will have been removed provided that the data are consis tent.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

18003 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 cannot be activated.Error code %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of channel-specific protection zone

%4 = Error specification

Definitions: An error has occurred on activating the protection zone. The error numb er gives the

specific reason for the alarm.

The following meanings apply:

1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition.

2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area.

3: Tool-related protection zon e is not convex.

4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone and both limits

have the same value.

5: The number of the protection zone does not exist (negative number, zero or greater

than the maximum number of protection zones).

6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements.

7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone.

8: Incorrect parameter used.

9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined or number of the contour element <2 or

>MAXNUM_CONTOURNO_PROTECTAREA.

10: Error in internal structure of the protection zones.

11: Other errors not specified further.

12: The number of protection zones simultaneously active exceeds the maximum number

(channel-specific machine data).

13,14: Contour element for protection zones cannot be created.

15,16: No more memory space for the protection zones.

17: No more memory space for the contou r el e m e nt s.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

If the alarm is output on ramp-up (2nd parameter: "INIT" instead of block number),

"Channel not ready to operate" will be set.

Remedy: Please inform authorized personnel / the service department.

1. Reduce the number of simultaneously active protection zones (MD).

2. Modify part program:

• Del ete other protect io n zon es.

• Preprocessing stop.

When the alarm occurs on control ramp-up, system variables $SC_PA_... must be

corrected for the specified protection zone. Afterwards perform a restart. If the erroneous

data cannot be recognized, the protecti on zone's immediate activation can be removed

and the system variables of the protection zone can be written again by means of

CPROTDEF.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

If the alarm occurs during NC program execution, the current block can be changed. This

way, also the CPROT parameters can be adjusted. However, if there is an error in the

definition of the protection zone, the NC program must be aborted and the definition must

be corrected und er CPR OT DEF .

If the alarm occurs on control ramp-up, system variables $SC_PA_... must be corrected

for the specified protec tion zone. This can be done by downloading an Initial.ini file that

03/2006

2-331

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

includes the relevant corrected data. If afterwards a restart is performed again, the alarm

will have been removed provided that the data are consis tent.

18004 Channel %1 bloc k %2 orientation of workpiece-related p rotection zone %3 doe s not

correspond to the orientation of tool-related protection zone %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of workpiece-related protection zone

Definitions: The orientation of the workpiece- related protection zone and the orientation of the tool-

related protection zone differ. If the protection zone number is negative, then this is a

global protection zone.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify the protection zone definition or do not simultaneously activate protection zones

that have different orientations.

• Check machine data and modify the protection zone definition if necessary.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18005 Channel %1 block %2 serious error in defini tion of NCK-specific p rotection zone

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The protection zone definition must be terminated with EXECUTE before a preprocessing

stop is performed. This also applies to any that are initiated implicitly such as with G74,

M30, M17.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18006 Channel %1 block %2 serious error in definition of channel-specific pr otection

zone %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Protection zo ne number

Definitions: The protection zone definition must be terminated with EXECUTE before a preprocessing

stop is performed. This also applies to any that are initiated implicitly such as with G74,

M30, M17.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

18100 Channel %1 block %2 invalid valu e assigned to FXS[]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The following values are valid at the present time:

0: "Deselect traverse against fixed stop"

1: "Select traverse against fixed stop" valid.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18101 Channel %1 block %2 invalid valu e assigned to FXST[]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Only the range 0.0 - 100.0 is valid at the present time.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18102 Channel %1 block %2 invalid valu e assigned to FXSW[]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Only positive values including zero are valid at the present time.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: --

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18200 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: block search stop not allowed with definition

CTABDEF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definition s : Program instru cti ons th at le ad to a p rep ro ce ssi ng s to p are not allowed with i n a cu rve

table definition. The system variable $P_CTABDEF can be queried to check whether a

table definition is currently active.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Put the block in parenthesis using "IF NOT($P_CTABDEF) ... ENDIF" or remove the

instruction that causes the preprocessing stop. Then start the part program again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-333

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

18201 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: table %3 does n ot exist

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of curve table

Definitions: An attempt was made to use a curve tabl e whose table number is not known in the

system \par.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change the table number in the program instruction or define the curve table with the

desired table number.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18202 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: instruction CTABEND without CTABDEF not

allowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The CTABEND instruction, which is used to terminate the definition, has been

programmed in the program without starting a curve table defini ti on with CTABDEF, or

the CTABDEF and CTABEND instructions were not programmed in the same program

level.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove the CTABEND command or add the CTABDEF( ..) command at the appropriate

program location. The CTABDEF and CTABEND instructions must be programmed in the

same program level (main or subprogram). Start the program again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18203 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: instruction CTABDEF not within CTABDEF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the program, the instruction CTABDEF that starts the definition of curve tables, is

programmed within the definition part of a curve table. This is not allowed, as the current

curve table must be completed with CTABEND first.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove command CTABEND from program or insert instruction CTABDEF ( ..) in the

relevant program position. Instructions CTABDEF and CTABEND must be programmed

in the same program level (main program or subroutine). Restart the program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

18204 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: instruction SUPA not within CTABDEF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: G code SUPA is not allowed for the definition of a curve table, as it triggers a

preprocessing stop.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remove G code SUPA from the curve table definition. If possible, use G codes G53 or

G153 instead of SUPA.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18300 Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Allocation of a fine shift to settable frames or the basic frame is not possible since MD

$MN_FRAME_FINE_TRANS is not equ al to 1.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify program or set MD

$MN_FRAME_ FIN E _ TRANS to 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

18310 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal rota tion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Rotations are not possible with NCU global frames.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18311 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal instruction

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: An attempt was made to read or write a frame which does not exist.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

03/2006

2-335

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18312 Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not configured

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: Fine shift must be config urd with G58 and G59.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18313 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal switchover of geometry axes

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not allowed to change the geometry axis assign ment because the current frame

contains rotations.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change NC program or set other mode with $MN_FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18314 Channel %1 block %2 frame: type conflict

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: It is not possible to chain global frames and channe l-specific frames. The alarm occurs if

a global frame is programmed with a channel axis name and no machine axis on this

NCU is assigned to the channel axis. Channel-specific frames cannot be programmed

with machine axis names if there is no corresponding chann el axis on this NCU.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

18400 Channel %1 block %2 language change not possible :%3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Cause

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Definitions: The selection of an external NC language is not possible due to the reason specified. The

following reasons are possible (see parameter 3):

1. Invalid machine data settings

2. Active transformation

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remedy the specified cause of the error before sel ecting the language.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20000 Channel %1 axis %2 reference cam not reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: After starting the reference point approach, the rising edge of the reduction cam must be

reached within the section defined in the MD 34030 REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST (phase 1 of

referencing). (This error occurs only with incremental encoders).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. There are 3 possible causes

of error:

1. The value entered in MD 34030 REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST is too small. Determine the

maximum possible distance from the beginni ng of reference motion up to the reduction

cam and compare with the value in the MD: REFP_M AX_CAM_DIST, in crea se th e va l u e

in the MD if necessary.

2. The cam signal is not received by the PLC input module. Operate the reference point

switch by hand and check the input signal on the NC/PLC interface (route:

switch!connector!cable! PLC input!user program).

3. The reference point switch is not operated by the cam. Check the vertic al distance

between reduction cam and activating switch .

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20001 Channel %1 axis %2 no cam signal present

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: At the beginning of phase 2 of reference point approach, the signal from the reduction

cam is no longer available.

Phase 2 of reference point approach begins when the axis remains stati onary after

deceleration to the reduction cam. The axis then starts in the opposite direction in order to

select the next zero marker of the measuring system on leaving the reduction cam or

approaching it aga in (neg ative/positive edge).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check whether the

deceleration path after the approach velocity is greater than the distance to reference

03/2006

2-337

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

point cam - in which case the axis cannot stop until it is beyond the cam. Use longer cam

or reduce the approach velocity in machine data 34020 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM.

When the axis has stopped at the cam, it must be checked whethe r th e si gn a l

"DECELERATION REFERENCE POINT APPROACH" is still available at the interface to

the NCK (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.7).

• Hardware: Wire break? Short circuit?

• Software: User program?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20002 Channel %1 axis %2 zero mark not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The zero marker of the incremental encoder is not within a defin ed section.

Phase 2 of reference point approach ends when the zero marker of the encoder has been

detected after the rising/fall ing edge of the PLC interface signal "DECELERAT ION

REFERENCE POINT APPROACH" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.7) has given the trigger start.

The maximum distance between the trigger start and the zero marker that follows is

defined in the machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST.

The monitor prevents a zero marker signal from be ing overtraveled and the next being

evaluated as reference point sign al. (F aulty cam adjustment or excessive delay by the

PLC user prog ra m).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the cam adjustmen t

and make sure that the distance is sufficient between the end of the cam and the zero

marker signal that follows. The path must be greater than the axis can cover in the PLC

cycle time.

Increase the machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, but do not select a value

greater than the distance between the 2 zero markers. This might result in the monitor

being switch ed off.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20003 Channel %1 axis %2 measuring system error

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In a measuring system with distance-coded reference marks, the distance betwe en two

adjacent markers has been found to be more than twice the distance en tered in the

machine data 34300 ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST.

The control issues the alarm after having made a 2nd attempt in reverse direction with

half the traversing velocity and detecting that the distance is too large aga in.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Determine the distance between 2 odd reference point markers (reference point marker

interval). This value (which is 20.00 mm on Heidenha in scales) must be entered in the

machine data 34300 ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST.

Check the reference point track of the scale including the electronics for the evaluation.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20004 Channel %1 axis %2 reference mark missing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In the distance-coded length measurement system 2 reference marks were not found

within the defined searching distance (axis-specific MD: 34060

REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST).

No reduction cam is required fo r distance-coded scales (but an existing cam will be

evaluated). The conventional direction key determines the direction of search. The

searching distance 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, within which the two reference

point markers are expected is counted commencing at the start point.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Determine the dist an ce

between 2 odd refe rence point markers (reference point marker interval). This value

(which is 20.00 mm on Heidenhain sca les) must be entered in the machine data 34060

REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST.

Check the reference point track of the scale including the electronics for the evaluation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20005 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach aborte d

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: Referencing could not be completed for all stated axes (e.g., abort caused by missing

servo enable, measuring system switchover, release of direction key, etc.).

In distance-coded measuring systems, the alarm will also be displayed, if value 1 has

been set in MD 34000 REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIV (reference cams) and one of the

conditions indicated under remedy has been fulfilled.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the possible reasons

for termination:

• Servo enable missing (DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.1)

• Measuring system switchover (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6)

• Traversing key + or - missing (DB 31 - 48, DBX 4.6 and DBX 4.7)

• Feed override = 0

• The feed disable is active

The axis-specific MD 34110 REFP_CYCLE_NR determines which axes are involved in

the channel-specific referencing.

-1: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start without referencing.

0: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start with referencing.

1-8: Channel-specific referencing. The numb er entered here corresponds to the

referencing sequence. (When all axes with contents 1 have reached the reference point,

then the axes wit h co nt ents 2 start, etc.).

03/2006

2-339

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20006 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point creep velocity not reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: In phase 2 of reference point approach (wait for zero mark), the cam end was reached but

the reference point approach velocity wa s not within the tolerance window. (This can

occur when the axis is already at the end of the cam at the beg inning of reference point

approach. This means that phase 1 ha s already been conclu ded and will not be started.)

Phase 2 has been interrupted (this time before the cam) and the reference point

traversing will be started once again automatically with phase 1. If the approach velocity is

not attained at the 2nd attempt eithe r , the referencing will be aborted with the alarm

display.

Approach velocity: 34040 REFP_V ELO_SEARCH_MARKER

Velocity tolerance: 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Reduce the MD for the

approach velocity 34040 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER and/or increase the MD for

the velocity tolerance 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20007 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach requires 2 measuring systems

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: 2 encoders are needed for setting 34200 ENC_REFP_MODE = 6!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify reference mode

34200 ENC_REFP_MODE or install and configure a second encoder.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20008 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approac h req uires second referenced

measuring system

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: When setting 34200 ENC_REFP_MODE = 6 the 2nd encoder must first be referenced.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify referencing mode ENC_REFP_ MODE or reference 2nd encoder.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20050 Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel mode active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axes cannot be traversed in JOG mode using the traversing keys because traversing

is still taking place via the handwheel.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Decide whether the axis is to be traversed by means of the jog keys or via the handwheel.

End handwheel travel and delete the axial distance-to-go if necessary (interface signal

DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.2).

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20051 Channel %1 axis %2 handwhee l mode not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis is already traveling via the traversing keys, so handwheel mode is no longer

possible.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Decide whether the axis is to be traversed by means of the jog keys or via the handwheel.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20052 Channel %1 axis %2 alread y active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis is to traverse as machine axis in JOG mode via the jog keys on the machine

control panel. However, this is not possible because:

1. It is already traversing as geometry axis (through the channel-specific interface DB 21 -

28, DBX 12.6, DBX 12.7, DBX 16.6, DBX 16.7 or DBX 20.6 and DBX 20.7) or

2. it is already traversing as machine axis (through the axis-specific interface DB 31 - 48,

DBX 4.6 and DBX 4.7) or

3. a frame is valid for a rotated coordinate system and another geometry axis involved in

this is already traversing in JOG mode by means of the direction keys.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Stop traversing through the channel or axis interface or stop the other geometry axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20053 Channel %1 axis %2 DRF, FTOCON, external zero point offset not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The axis is traversed in a mode (e.g. referencing) that allows no additional overlaid

interpolation.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the axis has reached its reference position or terminate referenc e point

approach with "Reset" and start DRF once again.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-341

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20054 Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index for indexing axis in JOG mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: 1. The displayed in dexing axis is to be traversed incrementally in JOG mode (by 1

indexing position). However, no further indexing position is available in the selected

direction.

2. The axis is stationary at the last indexing position. In incremental traversing the working

area limitation or the software limit switch is reached without an indexing position being

located in front of it at which a stop could be made.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Correct (add to) the list of indexing positions by means of the machine data

Modify MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2

Modify MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2

or set the working area limits or the software limit switches to other values.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20055 Channel %1 master spin dle not present in JOG mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The displayed axis is to be traversed as machine axis in JOG mode with revolutional feed,

but no master spindle has been defin ed from which the actual speed could ha ve been

derived.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. If the revolutional feed is also

to be active in JOG mode, then a master spindle must be declared via the channel-

specific machine data 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND. In this case you have to

open a screen in the PARAMETER operating area with the softkeys "SETTINGDATA"

and "JOG DATA" and preselect the G function G95 there. The JOG feedrate can then be

entered in [mm/rev]. (If 0 mm/rev is s et as JOG feed, the control takes the value assigned

in the axis-specific MD 32050 JOG_REV_VELO or in the case of rapid traverse overlay

32040 JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID).

The revolutional feed in JOG mode is deactivated by changing the G function from G95 to

G94.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20056 Channel %1 axis %2 no revolutional feedrate possible. Axis/spindle %3 stationary

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An axis is to travel in JOG with revolutional feed, but the spindle/axis the feed is to be

derived from is 0.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Traverse the spindle/axis from which the feed is to be derived.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20057 Channel %1 block %2 revolutional feedrate for axis/spindle %3 is <= zero

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: Revolutional feed has been programmed for an axis/spi n dl e , bu t the velocity was not

programmed or the programmed value is smaller than or equal to zero.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Corre ct th e part program or

• Specify the correct feed for PLC axes at the VDI interface,

• Specify feed for oscillating axes in the setting data $SA_OSCIL L_VELO.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20058 Channel %1 axis %2 revolutional feedrate: illegal feed source

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An axis/spindle is to be traversed at revolutional feedrate. The reference axis/spin dle

defined in SD 43300 ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE refers to itself. The coupling

caused cannot be executed.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The reference axis/spindle must be modified accordingly in SD 43300.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20059 Channel %1 axis %2 alread y active due to %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Cause

Definitions: The axis (machine axis, geometry axis or orientation axis) is to be traversed in operation

mode "Automatic&Jog" (see $MN_JOG_MODE_MASK) by using the direction keys or a

handwheel. This is not possible, as (see parameter 3):

1. the axis is active as a rotating spindle

2. the axis is a PLC axis

3. the axis is active as an asynchrono us reciprocating axis

4. the axis is activ e as a command axis

5. the axis is activ e as a slave axi s

03/2006

2-343

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

6. a frame applies for a rotated coordinate system and an axis involved in the required

JOG movement of the geometry axis is not available fo r this

7. an axis container rotation is activated via NCU link

Note: This alarm identifies an axis not capable of JOG which received a JOG order. In this

case, the NCK will not proceed according to "In te rn al JOG".

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait for the axis to traverse or abort with distance-to-go delete or RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20060 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be traversed as geometry axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

Definitions: The axis is currently not in "Geometry axis" state. Therefo r e, it cannot be traversed in

JOG mode as geometry axis.

If the abbreviation WCS (workpiece coordinate system) is displayed in the "Position"

screen, then only the geometry axes can be traversed by me ans of the direction keys!

(MCS ... Machine coordinate system; all machine axes can now be traversed by using

the direction keys on the machine contro l panel).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the operating steps to establish whether geometry axes really must be traversed,

otherwise switch over to the machine axes by activating the "WCS/MCS" key on th e

machine control panel.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20061 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be traversed as orientation axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

Definitions: The axis is not an orientation axis and can therefore not be traversed as an orientation

axis in JOG mode.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Register the axis as an orientation axis.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20062 Channel %1 axis %2 alread y active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The displayed axis is already traversing as a machine axis. Therefore, it ca nnot be

operated as a geometry axis.

Traversing of an axis can take place in JOG mode through 2 different interfaces.

1. as a geometry axis: via the channel-specific interface DB 21 - DB 28, DBX12.6 or

DBX12.7

2. as a machine axis: via the axis-specific interface DB 31 - DB 48 DBX8.6 or DBX8.7

With the standard machine control panel, it is not possible to operate an axis as machine

axis and geometry axis at the same time.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not start the geometry axis until the traversing motion as machine axis has been

concluded.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20063 Channel %1 axis %2 orientat ion axes cannot be traversed without transformation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

Definitions: An attempt was made to move an orientation axis i n JOG mode without an active

orientation transformation.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate an orientation transformation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20064 Channel %1 axis %2 selection of several axes with an active taper angle is not

permitted.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: With an active taper angle, only one geometry axis at the time can be traversed in JOG

mode by pressing traversing keys. Simultaneous traversing of a geometry axis as a

machine axis is not permitted either.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Starting the geometry axis only if traversing of the other geometry axis or machine axis

completed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.

20065 Channel %1 master spin dle not defined for geometry axes in JOG mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The displayed axis is to be traversed as geometry axis in JOG mode with rotary feed, but

no master spindle has been defined from which the actual speed could be derived.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: If the revolutional feed is also to be active in JOG mode, then a master spindle must be

declared via the channel-specific machine data 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND. In

this case you have to open a screen in the PARAMETER operating area with the softkeys

"SETTINGDATA" and "JOG DATA" and preselect the G function G95 there. The JOG

feedrate can then be ente red in [mm/rev]. (If 0 mm/rev is set as JOG feed, the control

takes the value assigned in the axis-specific MD 32050 JOG_REV_VELO or in the case

of rapid traverse overlay 32040 JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID).

The revolutional feed in JOG mode is deactivated by changing the G function from G95 to

G94.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-345

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20070 Channel %1 axis %2 software limit switch %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = "+" or "-"

Definitions: The axis is traversed by the PLC as a concurrent positioning axis and the corresponding

software limit switch is violated for the axis. No traversing.

With an additional message to alarm 20140, the axis is traversed as a command axis.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Specify smaller target

position. Modify MD for SW limit switch. Possibly activate another SW limit switch. Retract

axis via JOG.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20071 Channel %1 axis %2 working area limit %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = "+" or "-"

Definitions: The displayed axis is operated as a "concurrent positioning axis" an d the corresponding

working area limitation active for the axis is violated. No traversing movement.

With an additional message to alarm 20140, the axis is traversed as a command axis.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Specify smaller target position.

• Deactivate working area limitation.

• Set working area limitation differently.

• Retract axis with JOG.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20072 Channel %1 axis %2 is not an indexing axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: The displayed axis is operated as a concurrent positioni ng axis. Its target position is

parameterize d in th e FC IN DEX-AXIS as indexing position number, but the axis is not an

indexing axis.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The FC POS-AXIS for linear

and rotary axes should be used or the axis should be declared as an indexing axis.

Corresponding machine data for indexing axis declaration:

Modify MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB

Modify MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2

Modify MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20073 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be repositioned

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: The concurrent positioning axis cannot be positioned because it has already been

restarted via the VDI interface and is still active. No repositioning motion takes place and

the motion initiated by the VDI interface is not affected.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: None.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20074 Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index position

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: For a concurrent positioning axis declared as indexing axis, the PLC has given an index

number that is not available in the table.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the indexin g axis

number given by the PLC and correct this if necessary. If the indexing axis number is

correct and the alarm results from an indexing posi tion table that has been set too short,

check the machine data for indexing axis declaration.

Modify MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB

Modify MD 10900: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10910: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1

Modify MD 10920: INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2

Modify MD 10930: INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20075 Channel %1 axis %2 can currently not oscillate

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: The axis cannot perform an oscillating movement now because it is already bei ng

traversed, e.g. in JOG mode.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: End the other traversing motion.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20076 Channel %1 axis %2 oscillating - mode change not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: The axis is performing an oscillating movement. Mode change is not possible because

oscillation is not allowed in the selected mode.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Do not initiate mode change.

Cause the PLC to check the axis and make sure in the PLC program that the axis ends

oscillation if such mode changes take place.

03/2006

2-347

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20077 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is behind software limit switch %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = "+" or "-"

Definitions: The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and th e target position (reversal position or

end position) is located behind the corresponding software limit switch. The axis is not

traversed.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Specify smaller target position.

Modify MD for SW limit switch.

Possibly activate another SW limit switch.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20078 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is behin d working area limit %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = "+" or "-"

Definitions: The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and th e target position (reversal position or

end position) is located behind the corresponding valid working area limitation. The axis is

not traversed.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Specify smaller target position.

Deactivate working area limitation.

Set working area limitation differentially.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20079 Channel %1 axis %2 oscillation path length %3 <= 0

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = Length

Definitions: The axis is traversed as an oscillating axis and th e distance to be traversed is smaller

than or equal to zero. For example, both reve rsal points are situated on an identical

position, one reversal point was shifted against the osci llating direction beyond the other

reversal point. The axis is not traversed.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Specify correct target position (reversal position, end position).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20080 Channel %1 axis %2 no hand wheel assigned for overlaid motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: No handwheel has been assigned for this specified axis after handwheel overlay has

been started in automatic mode. If the axis identifier is missing in the alarm with active

velocity overlay FD > 0, then the 1st geometry axis has not been defined in the NC

channel. In this case the block is executed without handwheel control.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: If handwheel control is required, a handwheel must be activated.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20081 Channel %1 axis %2 braking position cannot be accepted as a new reversing

position

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis number

Definitions: On changing the reciprocation reversal from external sources, the braking positio n

cannot be accepted as a new reversing position, since changing the reversal point via

handwheel or JOG key is active.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Deselect VDI signal "Change reversal point" and reselect it either

• with "Reciprocation reversal from external sources" or

• by changing the reversal point by means of handwheel or

• by changing the reversal point via JOG key.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20085 Channel %1 contour handwheel: traverse direction or overtravel of beginning of

block not allow ed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Travel takes place on the path with the contour handwheel in the opposite direction to the

programmed travel direction and the starting point of the path has been reached at the

start of the block.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Turn the contour handwheel in the opposite direction.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20090 Axis %1 travel to fixed stop not possible. Check progr amming and axis data.

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: 1. The "Traverse against fixed stop" function has been programmed with FXS[AX]=1 but

the axis does not (yet) support this. Check MD 37000. This function is not available for

gantry axes and simulated axes.

2. On selection, no movement was programmed for axis AX. AX is a machine axis

identifier.

3. It is always necessary to program a traversing movement in the selection block for the

axis/spindle for which the "Traverse ag ainst fixed stop" function is activated.

03/2006

2-349

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check the axis type.

• Check MD 37000.

• Is a machine axis movement missing in the approach block?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20091 Axis %1 has not reached fixed stop

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: On attempting to traverse against a fixed stop, the prog rammed end position has be en

reached or the traversing movement has been aborted. The alar m can be concealed by

means of the machine data $MA_FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Correct the part program and the settings:

• Has the traversing block been aborte d?

• If the axis position does not correspond to the programmed end position, then correct

the end position.

• If the programmed end position is in the part, the triggerin g criterion must be checked.

• Has the contour deviation leading to triggering been dimensioned too large? Has the

torque limit been set too high?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20092 Axis %1 travel to fixed stop still active

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: An attempt has been made to move an axis while it is in fixed stop or while the

deselection function has not yet been completed.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Check the following:

• Has the axis at the fixed stop also been moved by a traversing movement of geometry

axes?

• Is a selection carried out even though the axis is stationary at the stop?

• Has the deselection process been interrupted by a RESET?

• Has the PLC switched the acknowledgement signals?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20093 Axis %1 standstill monitoring at fixed-stop end point has been triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The position of the axis has been beyond the zero speed window ever since selection has

been completed.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check the mechanical components, e.g. has the stop broken away? Has the part to be

clamped given way?

• Position window for zero speed control too small (37020 MD:

$MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF) (43520 setting data:

$SA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW). Default is 1 mm in each case.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20094 Axis %1 function has been aborted

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The function has been aborted. The possible reasons for this are:

• Because a pulse disable has occurred, the torque can no longer be provided.

• The PLC has removed the acknowledgments.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Check whether

• there is a pulse disable from the infeed/regenerative-feedback unit or from the PLC?

03/2006

2-351

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• the acknowledgement bits have been deleted by the PLC even though NCK has not

requested deselection?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20095 Axis %1 illegal torque, current torque %2

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Current holding torque when brake test selected

Definitions: The current holding torque, when brake test selected, cannot be attained with the present

parameterization of the brake test.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the parameterization for the brake test function check:

• The to rqu e for th e co un te rw e ight in the drive mach i n e da ta 1192 should be nea r l y the

same as the current holding torque. The current holding torque is displayed in the alarm

text.

• The torque set for the $MA_SAFE_BRAKETEST_TORQUE must be greater than the

current holding torque.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20096 Axis %1 brake test aborted, additional information %2

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Error information based on $VA_FXS_INFO

Definitions: The brake test has detected a problem. The additional info provides more detailed

information on the cause of the alarm. The explanation can be found in th e

$VA_FXS_INFO system variable documentation.

Additional information:

0: No additional information available.

1: Axis type is not a PLC or command axis.

2: End position reached, motion completed.

3: Abort by NC RESET (key reset).

4: Moved out of monitoring window.

5: Torque reduction rejected by drive.

6: PLC has cancelled enables.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Note the supplementary conditions of the brake test, see additional info.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20097 Axis %1 incorrect travel direction brake test

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Due to the selected travel direction, the brake test for the current load torque is performed

with an incorrect torque.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Perform the brake test for the other travel direction

• Adjust drive MD 1192 better to the current weight ratio. The alarm will occur only if the

current torque deviates from MD 1192 by more than 5% when the brake is released.

• Activate the automatic determination of the load torque at the beginning of the brake test

via MD $MA_SAFE_BRAKETEST_CONTROL, Bit 0 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20100 Channel %1: invalid configuration for digitizing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: • The digitizing function expects the definition of 3 geometry axes in the channel.

• At the available baud rate for a transmission of the actual positions and setpoint

velocities between the NC and the digitizing device, the interpolation cycle must be set

to a minimum of 5ms.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform authorized personnel / the service department.

• Define 3 geometry axes for the digitizing channel by means of machine data.

• Use an interpolation cycle greater than 5ms.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

20101 Timeout during initialization of communication with the digitizer

Definitions: The attempt to synchronize the communications link to the digitizing unit and to transfer

the machine parameters was aborted after the prese t ti meout limit of 15 seconds was

exceeded.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the connection to the digitizing unit (RS422 cable, supply voltage) and whether the

digitizing unit is switched on.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20102 Channel %1: No or invalid trafo at digitizing active

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Prerequisite for the 3+2 axis digitizing is an active kinematic transformation. Permitted

transformations are the general 5-axis transformation and the universal inclinable head.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Before digitizing, activate a permitted transformation.

• Select 3-axis mode for digitizing via machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20103 Channel %1: Digitizing module does not support 3+2 axes digitizing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Prerequisite for 3+2 axis digitizing is that the NCU and the digitizing module both have the

3+2 axis mode.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • SW update for the digitizing module.

• Select 3-axis mode for the digitizing via machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-353

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20105 Channel %1: axes stopped by digitizer. Error code: %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Error code of digitizing unit

Definitions: The digitizing unit has recognized an error in the communication and signaled this to the

NC.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Error code 1: Check cable

connection leading to the digitizin g unit. Other error codes: See manual for digitizing unit.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20106 Emergency stop set by the digitizer

Definitions: The digitizing unit has recognized a serious error and triggered an emergency stop.

Cause: See display on the digitizing unit.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: -

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20108 Invalid data package received from the digitizer. Error codes %1, %2

Parameters: %1 = Error code of cyclic packet

%2 = Error code of out-of-band packet

Definitions: A data packet received by the digitizing unit could not be evaluated.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Error code: 0, 0: Check cable

connection leading to the NC. Othe r error co des: e.g. wrong header, incorrect checksum

(development documentation).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20109 Error in communication with the digitizer: status code of com-circuit: %1

Parameters: %1 = Status byte

Definitions: The circuit for serial communication with the digitizing unit signals a transmission error via

its status byte (framing error, parity etc.).

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check connection cable

leading to the digitizing unit: In particular screening.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20120 Axis %1: too many compensation relations

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Interpolatory compensation with tables. For each axis, the maximum number of

compensation relationships defined may be no more than the number of axes in the

system. In this alarm, the interpolatory compensation in the axis is switched off

automatically.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check table parameters $AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS and correct and/or switch off one or

more tables ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20121 Axis %1: Configuration error in compensation table %2

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Compensation table

Definitions: Interpolatory compensatio n with tables. The settings for th e specified table are not

allowed. $AN_CEC_MAX >= $AN_CEC_MIN and $AN_CEC_STEP != 0 apply to system

variables. This table is switched off automatically.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check and correct the

characteristic data in the compensation table. If the error cannot be found, the alarm can

be suppressed by switching off the table ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE) or switching off

compensation in the axis ($MA_CEC_ENABLE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20122 Compensation table %1: invalid axis assignment

Parameters: %1 = Compensation table

Definitions: Interpolatory compensation with tables. The input or output axes assignment in the given

table is not allowed. $AN_CEC_INPUT_AXIS and $AN_C E C_OUTPUT_AXIS != 0 apply

to system variables. This table is automatically switched off.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check and correct the axis

assignment in the compensation table. If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be

suppressed by switching off the table ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE) or switching off

compensation in the axis ($MA_CEC_ENABLE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20123 Axis %1: different output assignment of multiplied tables

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Interpolatory compensation with tables. The two tables whose outputs are to be multiplied

together have different output axes assigned to them. Th e compensation in this axis is

automatically switched off.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

03/2006

2-355

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check and correct the

characteristic data in the compensation table ($AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS and

$AN_CEC_MULT_BY_TABLE).

If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be suppressed by switching off the

compensation in the axis ($MA_CEC_ENABLE) or the tables,

($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20124 Axis %1: sum of compensation values too large

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The sum of the compensation values from all tables assigned to the axis had exceeded

the limit value $MA_CEC_MAX_SUM and had to be limited. Contour errors could have

occurred as a result.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check characteristic data of the compensation tables assigned to the axis.

Check characteristic curves in the tables ($AN_CEC).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20125 Axis %1: change of compensation value is too rapid

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The compensation value has changed more rapidly than has been allowed for in 32730

CEC_MAX_VELO. It had to be limited temporarily. The missing section is repeated later

but contour errors might have occurred.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check characteristic data of the compensation tables assigned to the axis.

Check characteristic curves in the tables ($AN_CEC). Possibly one of the input axes has

moved more rapidly than provided for.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20130 Channel %1 contour tunn el monitoring

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The tool tip has exited the tunnel placed around the desired co ntour, i.e . the distance

between tool tip and desired contour was greater than specified in the MD 21050

CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the following points in

turn:

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1. Is the machine in working order? That is, has the alarm been tripped by a sluggish axis,

tool breakage or collision?

2. If the machine is in working orde r, reduce the velocity or improve the controller setting.

3. Possibly increase the size of the tunnel and monitor errors via analog output in order to

ascertain the cause.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

20139 Channel %1 block %2 motion-synchronous action: invalid marker

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: Setting or deleting of a marker in the motion-synchronous action is not possible.

Possible causes:

SETM(): Maximum number of markers exceeded; marker has already been set.

CLEARM(): Specified marker is not within permissible value range.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: SETM(): use marker in valid value range; do not set the marker again.

CLEARM(): use marker in valid value rang e.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20140 Channel %1 motion synchrono us action: traversing of command axis %2 see NC

alarm %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

%3 = NC alarm

Definitions: An NC alarm was detected for a command axis which is to be traversed from a

synchronous action. T he NC alarm is indicated by an MMC alarm number in the 3rd

parameter.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: See help information for the additional alarms.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20141 Channel %1 motion synchronous action: illegal ax is type

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The requested command is not permissible in the current axis status for the command

axis or spindle. This alarm occurs with command axes (POS, MOV), spindle commands

from motion synchronous actions (M3/M4/M5, SPOS), coupled motion (TRAILON,

TRAILOF) and lead value coupling (LEADON, LEADOF).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: First stop the axis or deactivate the coupling, then select a new status.

03/2006

2-357

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20142 Channel %1 command axis %2: rotation of axis container already enabled

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis

Definitions: The synchronized action instruction is not allowed on a spindle enabled for the axis

container rotation. Th e alarm only occurs if the spindle is handed to another NCU.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Initiate the synchronized action instructi on before the axis container rotation ena ble or

after the end of the rotation (depending on the application).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20143 Channel %1 axis %2 command axis cannot be started as it is controlled by the PLC

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An attempt has been made to start a command axis by means of a block-related or modal

synchronous action. This sta rt is not possible as the axis is controlled by the PLC.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: End control of the axis by the PLC and therefore return it to the channel or start the

command axis with a static synchronous action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20144 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: sys tem variable access not

possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: When using system variables, it is assumed that a read/write operation can access the

required data successfully. In accesses to encoder actual values or digital I/Os, the result

depends on the availability of the corresponding hardware components. If an access

within synchronized actions does not return a valid value, alarm 20144 is output. Outside

synchronized actions, such a read/write access causes block execution to be interrupted

until the result is available. Block execution is subsequently continued.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Before reading/writing system variables, ensure that it is possible to access the required

hardware components.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20145 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: arithm etic error

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: In calculating an arith me tic expression for a motio n synchronous action, an overflow has

occurred (e.g. division by zero).

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct error in expression.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20146 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: ne sting depth exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: For calculating arithmetic expressions in motion synchronous blocks, an operand stack

with a fixed set size is used. With very complex expressions, this stack can overflow.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct error in expression.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20147 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchro nous action: command not executab le

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: One of the commands for the synchronous action block cannot be executed, e.g. it is not

possible to perform a Reset to the synchronous action.

Measurement level 2

• Embargo version does not allow measurement from a synchronized action

• MEASA was programmed in a synchronized action

• Measurement is already active

• Programming error (see alarm 21701)

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change synch r onous action.

Measurement level 2

Execute the measurement task from an NC program first, in order to improve the error

diagnostics. Only include it in the synchronized action when the first error-free run has

been performed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20148 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: internal error %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Error code

Definitions: An internal error has occurred during processing of a synchronous action. The error code

is for diagnostics purposes. Please make a note and contact the manufacturer.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

2-359

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change synch r onous action.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20149 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: illegal index

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: An invalid index was used for access to a variable in motion syn c hronous action.

Example: ... DO $R[$AC_MARKER[1]] = 100

This error occurs if the value of marker 1 is greater than the maximum permissible R

parameter number.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Use a valid index.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20150 Channel %1 tool management: PLC terminates interrupted command

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Indication that the PLC has terminated an interrupted command (with alarm output) from

the tool management - tool change.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20160 Channel %1 tool management: PLC can terminate only incorrectly aborted

commands

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: Indication that the PLC wanted to interrupt an active command from the tool management

(tool change); or that there is no command active for abort. NCK refuses because the

channel status is either 'active' (abort is then not allowed), or 'reset' (then there is nothing

to abort).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: For information only.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

20170 Channel %1 machine data $AC_FIFO invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: The structure of the FIFO variable $AC_FIFO1 - $AC_FIFO10 determined by the machine

data $MC_NUM_AC_FIFO, $MC_START_AC_FIFO, $MC_LEN_AC_FIFO and

$MC_MODE_AC_FIFO cannot be stored in the R parameter field defined in

$MC_MM_NUM_R_PARAM.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Increase the number of the R

parameters or reduce the FIFO elements.

$MC_MM_NUM_R_PARAM = $MC_START_AC_FIFO + $MC_NUM_AC_FIFO x

($MC_LEN_AC_FIFO + 6)

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

20200 Channel %1 invalid spindle numb er %2 with tool fine compensatio n

Parameters: %1 = Channel number target channel

%2 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: There is no spindle/axis assignment in the target channel for the spindle specified in the

PUTFTOC command.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify program in chann el that writes the tool fine compensation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20201 Channel %1 spindle %2 no tool assigned

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

Definitions: In order to make allowance for the fine tool compensation for the tool currently in the

spindle, a spindle/tool assignment must be ac tive. This is not presently the case for the

programmed spindle in the target channel of fine tool compensation.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: 1. Modify the part program (write the tool fine compensation).

2. Establish spindle/tool assignment by programming:

• TMON (tool monitoring)

• GWPSON (tool selection)

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20203 Channel %1 no active tool

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: A tool fine compensation has been written for the active tool of channel %1 with

PUTFTOC. No tool is active in this channel. Therefore, the compensation cannot be

assigned.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the progra m.

03/2006

2-361

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20204 Channel %1 PUTFTOC command not allowed with FTOCOF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: A tool fine compensation has been written for channel %1 with PUTF TOC. The tool fine

compensation is not active in this channel. FTOCON must be active in the target channel

of the PUTFTOC command.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the program in the machining channel: Select FTOCON so that the channel is

ready to receive the PUTFTOC command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

20210 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 wrong values for centerless grindin g

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: It was not possible to calculate a tool diameter (no speed specified for the spindle) for

centerless grinding because it was not allowed by the input positions. The old S value still

applies.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Modify program

• Select new traversing positions for centerless axes

• or suppress computation by G00.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

20211 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 support point beyond range limits

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The support point calculated for centerless grinding is beyon d the range limits.

Machine data:

Modify MD 21518: TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT

Modify MD 21520: TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Check centerless axis positions and machine data.

• Modify program.

• Select new traversing positions for centerless axes

• or suppress computation by G00.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

20300 Channel %1 axis %2 orientation not pos sible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: On traversing the displayed (virtual) ori entation axis, a tool orientati on is to be set

for which the kinema ti cs of thi s m achi n e are not possible.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Abort the JOG movement and specify another (possi ble)

change of orientation.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

21550 Channel %1 axis %2 Travel from har dware limit switch not possible. Reason: %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

%3 = Cause

Definitions: It has been tried to retract a following axis of an axis coupling or an output axis of a

transformation through the master axis or input axis of a transformation. This is not

permitted in th e current situati on .

Possible reasons:

1 No permissible di re cti o n of ret raction

2 Coupling not synchronous

3 Retraction not permitted for the active coupling

4 Reserved

5 Retraction not permitted for the active transformation

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Remedy for error cause:

1 Define another travel direction

2 Deactivate the coupling and travel the axis/axes separately

3 Deactivate the coupling and travel the axis/axes separately

4 Reserved

5 Deactivate the transformation and travel the axis/axes separately

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21600 Monitoring for ESR active

Definitions: -

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Alarm display.

- All alarm reactions are delayed by one IPO cycle with this alarm.

Remedy: The display can be suppressed with the machine data MD 11410:

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit 16 = 1

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

03/2006

2-363

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

21610 Channel %1 axis %2 encode r %3 frequency limit exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = String (encoder number)

Definitions: The maximum permissible frequency of the cu rrently active encoder (axis-specific

interface signal DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6) in the axis-specific machine data 36

300 ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n] (n ... encoder number, 1 or 2) has been exceeded. The

reference of the actual value to the mechanical carriage position may be lost.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Modify MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n] and interface signal position measuring system

1/2 (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 and DBX 1.6).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

21611 Channel %1 NC-controlled Extended Stop/Retract triggered

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: "NC-controlled Extended Stop/Retract" triggered.

Reactions: - The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- All channel-specific alarm reactions are delayed with this alarm, alarm display.

Remedy: Reset

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21612 Channel %1 axis %2: 'Servo ena ble' reset during motion.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The interface signal "Servo enable" (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1),

the interface signal "Pulse enable" (DB31 - 48, DBX 21.7)

or other signals enabling the motion such as

parking/encoder selection (only for axes) or drive-specific

enables such as terminal 663 etc. (for example in SIMODRIVE 611 D)

have been set to 0 for the displayed axis even though one of the axes in the geometry

grouping was in motion.

The axes entered in th e channel-specific MD array 20050

AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB count as axes belonging to the geometry grouping.

Servo enable must exist for all available ge om etry axes, regardless of whether they are

currently in motion or not.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Occurs in connection with SAFETY function: If a test stop is performed with linked axes,

the alarm is issued if a motion command from the ELT grouping is pending during the test

stop of the slave axis.

Reactions: - The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Check the interface signals "Servo enable" (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1) and "Pulse enable"

(DB31 - 48, DBX 21.7), for example with the PLC status display in the DIAGNOSTICS

operating area. Check the encoder selection (for axes) as well as other signals enabling

motion such as terminal 663 depending on the drive type used, and so on.

When the terminal enables of the drive have failed, trace back the wiring or hardware

function (for example relay function) or proceed as per the relevant drive do cumentation.

With SAFETY: With active actual-value linkage, output of the error message on the slave

axis can be prevented by increasing MD 36060 $MA_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL (default

value is 5 mm).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

21613 Axis %1 measuring system changing

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The measuring system for this axis is changing.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: -

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

21614 Channel %1 axis %2 hardware limit switch %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = String (+, - or +/-)

Definitions: The VDI signal "Hardware limit switch" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.0 or DBX 12.1) has been set

at the NC/PLC interface.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

1. With axes that have already bee n referenced, the software limit switch 1 or 2 should

respond before the hardware limit switch is reached. Check MD 36110

POS_LIMIT_PLUS, 36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS, 3613 0 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 and 36120

POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 and the interface signal for selection of 1st/2nd software limit switch

(DB 31 - 48, DBX 12.2 and 12.3) and correct if necessary (PLC user program).

2. If the axis has not yet been moved to the reference point, it is possible to depart from

the hardware limit switch in the opposite direction in JOG mode.

3. Check PLC user program and the connection from the switch to the PLC input module,

provided th e axis has not yet reached th e ha rd w are limit switch at all.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-365

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

21615 Channel %1 axis %2 taken fro m traverse mode to follow-up mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: This axis has been taken from traverse mode and put into "Follow-up" mode, for instance

because the pulse enable for the drive has been reset.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: -

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21616 Channel %1 block %2 overlaid motion active at transfo rmation switchover

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The overlaid motion in the BCS changes its significance because of the transformation

change and can therefore lead to undesired axis movements.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Take out the overlaid movement.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

21617 Channel %1 block %2 transformation does not allow to traverse the pole

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The preset curve passes through the po le or a forbidden area of the transformation.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part program (if alarm has occurred in AUTO mode).

To escape from the alarm position, transformation must be deselected (it is not enough to

try a RESET if the transformer remains active when RESET is applied).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21618 Channel %1 as from block %2 transformation active: overlaid motion to o great

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The share of overlaid motion on the transformation-related axes is so high that the path

movement planned by the preparation no longer sufficiently corresponds to the actual

ratio for the interpolation. Strategy of singularities, monitoring of working range limitation

and dynamic Look Ahead are possibly no longer correct.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: With overlaid motion it is necessary to keep a sufficiently large path safety distance with

regard to poles and working range limitations.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

21619 Channel %1 block %2 transformation active: motion not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The machine kinematics does not allow the specified moti on. Transformation-dependent

error causes can be in:

TRANSMIT: A (circular) area exists around the pole, where positioning is not possible.

The area is caused by the fact that the tool reference point cannot be traversed as far as

into the pole. The area is defined by:

• the machine data ($MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL..)

• the active tool length compensation (see $TC_DP..).

Whether the tool length compensation is included in the calculation depends on the

working plane selected (se e G17,..). The machine stops at the edge of the area where

positioning is not possible.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m. Change the incorrectly speci fied tool length compensation.

Note: RESET alone is not enough if transformation also remains active during RESET.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21650 Channel %1 axis %2 overlaid motion not al lowed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An overlaid motion was requested for the axis, however, this is not allowed due to the

machine data FRAME_OR_ CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Deselect the overlaid motion

or change machine data FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21660 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 conflict between SYNACT: $AA_OFF and CORROF

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name

Definitions: When deselecting the position offset ($AA_OFF) via the part program command

CORROF (<axis>, "AA_OFF") an active synchronized action is detected that immediately

sets $AA_OFF for the axis (DO_$AA_OFF [<axis>] =<value>). Deselection is executed

and $AA_OFF not set again.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

03/2006

2-367

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

21665 Channel %1 $AA_TOFF cleared

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

Definitions: If the tool position is changed with RESET and $AA_TOFF is active during RESET, the

position offset ($AA_TOFF) is cleared.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: Modify the RESET setting in $AA_TOFF_MODE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

21670 Channel %1 block %2 illegal change of tool direction with $AA_TOFF acti ve

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: If an offset has been activated in tool direction by means of $AA_TOFF[i], no block is

allowed to be activated in which the offset axis assignment i is modified (plane change,

tool change cutting tool <=> turning tool, transformation change, TRAFOOF, TCARR=0,

geometry axis change)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Local alarm reaction.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Modify part program

• Program TOFFOF()

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

21700 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe already deflected, edge polarity not

possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number

Definitions: The probe programmed under the keyword MEAS or MEAW is already deflected and has

switched. For a further measuring operation, the probe signal must first be canceled

(quiescent state of the probe).

The axis display is of no significance at the present time but an axis-specifi c evalua tion

has been planned for later stages of development.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Verify the start position of the measuring operation or check the probe signals in the PLC

interface (DB10.DBB107). Are the cables and connectors in good order?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21701 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number

Definitions: M easurement level 2 (MEASA, MEAWA, MEAC).

There is an error in the programmed measurement task.

Possible causes:

• Invalid measurement mode

• Inva l id probe

• Inva l i d en co d er

• Invalid number of measurement signal edges

• Identical measurement signal edges are only programmable in mode 2

• Invalid FIFO number

• Mismatch between the number of FIFOs programmed and the number of probes used in

the measurement task.

Further causes:

A measurement task is already active (e.g. from a synchronized action).

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct the measurement tasks.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21702 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement aborted

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number

Definitions: The measurement block has ended (the programmed end position of the axis has been

reached) but the activated touch probe has not ye t responded.

Measurement level 2 (MEAWA, MEASA, MEAC)

Measured values cannot be converted to the workpiece coordinate system. The

measured values of the GEO axes programmed in the measurement task are only

available in the machine coordinate system.

Causes:

Not all GEO axes were programmed in the measurement task. At least one measured

value is therefore missing for conversion back into the workpiece coordinate system.

Further causes:

The measurement tasks programmed for all GEO axis are not identical.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Verify the traversing movement in the measurements block.

• Is it necessary in all cases for the activated probe to have switched up to the specified

axis position?

03/2006

2-369

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Are the probe, cable, cable distributor, terminal connections in good orde r?

Either program all GEO axes explicitly or program the traversing movement with the

POS[axis] command.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

21703 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe not deflected, illegal edge polarity

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number

Definitions: The selected probe is not (!) defle cted and therefore cannot record any measured value

from the deflected to the non-deflected state.

Measurement level 2 (MEAWA, MEASA, MEAC)

The degree of deflection of the probe at the start of the measurement task is identical to

the first programmed measurement signal edge. The test is only performed in mode 2.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check probe

• Check start positioning for measuring

• Check program

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21740 Output value at analog output no. %1 has been limited

Parameters: %1 = No. of output

Definitions: The value range of the analog output n is limited by machine data 10330

FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT[n].

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: With $A_OUTA[..] = x no greater values can be programmed than permitted in the

respective machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

21750 Error during output of cam signals via timer

Definitions: The signal output activated by the MD 10480 SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK via

the hardware timer (independent of the clock grid) did not work. Cause: interpolation cycle

is greater than 15 ms.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Shorten interpolation cycle (if

at all possible).

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

21760 Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The number of programmed auxiliary functions has exceeded the maximum permissible

amount. This alarm can occur in conjunction with motion syn c hronous actions: The

maximum number of auxiliary functions must not be exceeded in motion block and motion

synchronous actions.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify part progra m.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

21800 Channel %1 workpiece setpoin t %2 reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Workpiece setpoint

Definitions: This alarm is activated via MD 27880 PART_COUNTER, bit 1:

The number of counted workpie c es ($AC_ACT UAL_PARTS or $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS)

is equal or already larger than the programmed value for the number of required

workpieces ($AC_REQUIRED_PARTS).

At the same time, the channel VDI signal "Workpiece setpoint reached" is output.

The value for the numb er of the coun ted workpieces ($AC_ACTUAL_PARTS) is reset

while the value of $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS remains.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: No program interrupt. Delete alarm display.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

•

2-371

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22000 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 gear stage change not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: A gear stage change for the spindle will not be possible, if:

- thread cutting (G33, G34, G35) is active

- the spindle is active as master or slave spindle in a coupling

- the spindle is being positioned

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The gear stage is to be set prior to the corresponding machining step.

If it is necessary, however, to change the gear stage within one of the above mentioned

functions, this function must be switched off for the time of the gear stage change. Thread

cutting is deselected with G1; synchronous spindle coupling is switched off with

COUPOF; the spindle positioning operation is exited with M3, M4 or M5.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22005 Channel %1 spindle %2 selected gear stage %3 not installed

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Gear stage

Definitions: The first gear stage data block is active. The required gear stage is not installed in the 1st

gear stage data block. The number of insta lled gear stages is archived in machine date

35090 $MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.

The causes for the incurrence of the alarm may be:

For example, 3 gear stages are installed, but...

* ...one gear stage larger than 3 was progra mmed via synchronized action, e.g. DO M44.

* ...DO M70 was programmed and machine date 35014

$MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE is larger than 3.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Install valid gear stage which is also installed according to machine date

MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22010 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 actual gear stage differs from requested gear

stage

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The requested gear stage change has been concluded. The actual gear stage reported

by the PLC as being engaged is not the same as the required gear stage called for by the

NC. Note: Wherever possible, the requested gear stage should always be engaged.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the PLC program.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22011 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 change to programmed gear stage not possible

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: With the 'DryRun', 'ProgramTest' and 'SearchRunByProgTest' functions deselected, it is

not possible in the Repos module to carry out a gear stage change to a previously

programmed gear stage. This is the case, if the spindle is in the deselection block not

active in speed control mode, as a slave axis or in a transformation. Execution of a gear

stage change is avoided if the above mentioned functions are deselected by resetting bit

2 of machine data 35035 SPIND_FUNCTION _MASK.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Change deselection block or block search target block to speed control mode (M3, M4,

M5, SBCOF). Set bit 2 of machine data 35035 SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK to 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22012 Channel %1 block %2 leading sp indle %3 is in simulation.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Leading spindle number

Definitions: When coupling, no synchronism can be achieved if the lead spindl e/axis is in simulatio n

mode and the following spindle/axis is not.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the following spindle/axis to simulation mode, or do not simulate the lead spindle/axis

($MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE). If the differing settings have been selected on purpose, the

alarm can be suppressed with th e machine data 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK

Bit21 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22013 Channel %1 block %2 depend ent spindle %3 is in simulation.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: When coupling, no synchronism can be achieved if the fo llowing spindle/axis is in

simulation mode and the lead spindle/axis is not.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set the lead spindle/axis to simulation mode, or do not simulate the following spindle/axis

($MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE). If the differing settings have been selected on purpose, the

03/2006

2-373

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

alarm can be suppressed with th e machine data 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK

Bit21 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22014 Channel %1 block %2. The dynamics of leading spindle %3 and dependent spindle

%4 is too variably

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Leading spindle number

%4 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: If the spindles / axes differ strongly in their dynamic behavior during coupling,

synchronism cannot be achieved. The dynamics are dependent on many settings: default

feedforward control, parameter block data, first of all the servo gain factor, symmetrizing

time, etc., feedforward control mode and feedforward setting parameter, FIPO mode, jerk

filter and dynamic filter settings, DSC on/off. Among these are the following machine data:

MA_FFW_MODE, MA_VELO_FFW_WEIGHT, MA_FIPO_TYPE, VEL_FFW_TIME,

MA_EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME, MA_POSCTRL_GAIN, AX_JERK_TIME,

STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME, PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME,

PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME, CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Use spindles/axes with the same dynamics. If the differing settings have been selected on

purpose, the alarm can be suppressed with the machine data 11410

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit21 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22015 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 No dynamic response for

supplemen t a ry motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: The difference motion of the slave spindle cannot be executed due to a lack of available

velocity. The coupling consumes the entire available dynamic response. The slave

spindle is already rotating at maximum speed. In the part program a deadlock might

occur. The alarm can be suppressed with machine data 11410

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK bit26 = 1.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the speed of the master spindle

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22016 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 in the range of reduced acceleration

capability

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: The following spindle is driven with position control. Addition al motion components of the

following spindle shall not leave the linear r ange of the motor used. Otherwise deviations

in the contour or servo alarms may occur. Monitoring refers to the configuration in

machine data 35220 ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT. If the situation is mastered

by the user, the alarm can be suppressed with machine data 11410

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit25 = 1.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Use coupling type VV and safeguard SPCOF for master and following spindle.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22020 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 gear step change position not rea ched

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Spindle numbe r

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: Through the configura tion of MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE[AXn] = 2, the

spindle is traversed to the position stored in

MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION[AXn] before the actual gear step change. The

required gear step change position has not been reached.

Reactions: - Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Correct sequence in the PLC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22022 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 incorrect gear stage during axis operation

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle

Definitions: In machine date 35014 $MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE, a gear stage has

been configured in which the spindle is to be positioned during axis operation. The NC will

check for this gear stage whenever the spindl e is switched over into axis operation. The

gear stage configured in MD 35014 is compared with the gear stage output by the PLC

(VDI interface "Actual gear stage A through C", DB31, ... DBX 16.0..16.2). If the gear

stages are not the same, this alarm will be output. On changeover into axis operation with

programming of M70 , th e N C automatically sets or requests the gear stage configured in

MD 35014. If the gear stage configured in MD 35014 is already active, a gear stage

change will not be requested. M40 will remain active in both cases.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Program M70 prior to axis operation. Consider MD 20094.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22030 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 Impermissible programming

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Spindle

Definitions: With synchronous spindle-VV-coupling an additional motion for the following spindle can

only be programmed with M3, M4, M5 and S... The paths created by specified positions

cannot be maintained safely for a velocity coupling, especially if a position control is

missing. If dimensional accuracy or reproducibility are not important, the alarm can be

suppressed with machine data 11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit27 = 1.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

2-375

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Use synchronous spindle-DV-coupling or program direction of rotation and speed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22033 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 'Synchronism follow-up' diagnostics

%4.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

%4 = Diagnostics

Definitions: The following situation has occurred during 'Correct sync hronims':

- Diagnosis 1: An existing override motion is terminated on key reset.

- Diagnosis 2: An existing override motion was cleared (e.g. key reset)

- Diagnosis 3: Write override value impermissible. Override motion is stopped.

- Diagnosis 4: Override motion is stopped intermittently (e.g. G74 reference point

approach)

- Diagnosis 5: Currently no dynamic response available for an override motion.

- Diagnosis 6: Currently no speed available for an override motion.

Machine data 11411 ENABLE_ALARM_MASK Bit9 = 1 activates this alarm.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Deactivation of the alarm with machine data 1141 1 ENABLE_ALARM_MASK Bit9 = 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22034 Channel %1 block %2 fol lowing spindle %3 PLC signal 'Enable override' ha s been

set.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: PLC signals DB31..,DBX31.6 'C orrect synchronism' and DB31.., DBX26.4 'Override

enable' must not be set at the same time. If an override motion exists for the following

spindle, override value $AA_COUP_CORR[Sn] cannot be calculated properly.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set PLC signal DB31.., DBX26.4 'Override enable' to 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22035 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 unable to de termine the offset value

(cause %4).

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

%4 = Reason

Definitions: Determination of overrid e value ($AA_COUP_CORR[Sn]) intended by VDI signal

DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct synchronism' cannot be executed. The reason s may be:

• Reason 1: An additional following spindle motion exists. The overri de value can

therefore not be calculated properly.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• Reason 2: No following spindle synchronism exists on setpoint side. The override value

can therefore not be calculated properly.

• Reason 3: The override value has already been set or determined.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The following remedies are ava ilable for the indicated reasons:

• Reason 1: Wait for termination of the override motion before you set PLC signals

DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct synchronism'.

• Reason 2: Wait until synchronism is achieved on setpoint side before you set PLC

signal DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct synchronism'.

• Reason 3: Set override value $AA_COUP_CORR[Sn] to 0 prior to setting PLC signa l

DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct synchronism'.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22036 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 synchronism offset not possible.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of following spindle

Definitions: Synchronism override intended by setting VDI signal DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct

synchronism' or writing variable $AA_COUP_CORR[Sn] can currently not be considered.

The reasons may be:

• Reference point approach or zero mark synchronization is active

• NC reset is running

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the conditions for override value processing are available again prior to setting

PLC signal DB31..,DBX31.6 'Correct synchronism' or writing variable

$AA_COUP_CORR[Sn].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22040 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 is not referenced with zero marker

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The current position is not referenced with the MS position although reference is made to

it.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program. Create the zero mark synchronization by positioning, by

rotation (at least 1 revolution) in spee d control mode or G74 before switching the alarm

generating function on.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22045 Block %2 spindle/axis %3 not available in channel %1 because active in channel

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

%4 = Number of the channel in which the spindle/axis is currently active.

Definitions: The specified spindle/axis is required in channel %1 for the correct execution of a

function. The spindle/axis is currently active in the %4 channel. The constellation can only

occur with replacement axes.

03/2006

2-377

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Problem case: A synchronized spindle coupling was programmed. The master

spindle/axis is not contained in the channel programmed for the coupling at the time the

coupling is activated. The master spindle/axis can be moved by FC18 or synchronized

actions. When using FC18, please note that the master spindle/a xis must be assigned to

the channel which activates the coupling. When FC18 terminates, the master spindle/axis

must not be assigned to another channel via PLC while the coupling is still active (VDI

interface signals).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Program a GET for the master spindle/axis in the NC program before activating the

coupling, or

• Assign the master spindle/axis to the channel that activated the coupling via PLC.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22050 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 no transition from speed control mode to position

control mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: • An oriented spindle stop (SPOS/SPOSA) has been progra mmed or the position control

of the spindle was switched on with SPCON but no spindle encoder has been defined.

• When swi tch i n g on the position cont ro l, the spindle speed is greater th an the limiting

speed of the measuring system.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Spindle without attach ed encoder: Any NC language elements requiring the encoder

signals must not be used.

Spindle with attached encoder: Enter the number of spindle encoders used in the MD

NUM_ENCS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22051 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mark not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: When referencing, the spindle turned through a greater distance than given in the axis-

specific machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, without receiving a re ference

mark signal. The check is performed for spindle positioning with SPOS or SPOSA when

the spindle has not previously run with speed control (S=...).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check and correct the

machine data 34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST. The value entered states the distance

in [mm] or [degrees] between 2 zero markers.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22052 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 no standstill on block change

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The displayed spindle has been programmed as spindle or as axis even though a

positioning operation is still runn ing from the previous block (with SPOSA ... spindle

positioning beyond block limits).

Example:

N100 SPOSA [2] = 100

N125 S2 = 1000 M2 = 04 ; Error, if spindle S2 from block N100 is sti ll running!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Before programming the spindle/axis again using the SPOSA instruction, a WAITS

command should be activated in order to wait for the programmed spindle positi on.

Example:

N100 SPOSA [2] = 100

N125 WAITS (2)

N126 S2 = 1000 M2 = 04

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22053 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mode not supported

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: In the case of SPOS/SPOSA with an absolute encoder, only the referenci ng mode

ENC_REFP_MODE = 2 is supported! SPOS/SPOSA does not support

ENC_REFP_MODE = 6 at all!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Modify setting of ENC_REFP_MODE or chang e to JOG+REF and then reference.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22054 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 improper punching signal

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: If the punching signal is irregular between the punching strokes, this alarm is generated

according to machine data.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicates poor condition of the punching hydraulics.

03/2006

2-379

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22055 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 configured positioning speed is too high

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The current position is not referenced with the MS position although reference is made to

it.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Correct NC part program. Create the zero mark synchronization by positioning, by

rotation (at least 1 revolution) in spee d control mode or G74 before switching the alarm

generating function on.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22057 Channel %1 block %2 for following spindle %3 coupling as leading spindle/axis

already existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in whic h the following spindle/axis has already been

active as leading spindle/axis in anoth er coupling. Chained couplings cannot be

processed.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check in the parts program whether the following spindle/axis is already active as leading

spindle/axis in another coupling.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22058 Channel %1 block %2 for leading spindle %3 coupling as following spindle/axis

already existing

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the leading spindle /axis has already been

active as following spindle/axis in another coupling. Chained couplings cannot be

processed.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check in the parts program whether the leading spindle/axis is already active as following

spindle/axis in another coupling.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22060 Channel %1 position contr ol exp ected for axis/spindle %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The programmed coupling type (DV, AV) or the programmed function requires position

control.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Activate position control, e.g. by programming SPCON.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

22062 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search velocity (MD) is

not reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The configured zero marker search velocity is not reached.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check active spindle speed

limitations. Configure a lower zero marker search velocity

$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. Check the tolerance range for the actual

velocity $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL. Set a different referencing mode

$MA_ENC_REFP_MODE != 7.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22064 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search velocity (MD) is

too high

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The configured zero marker search velocity is too high. The encoder limit frequency is

exceeded for the active measuring system.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Configure a lower zero

marker search velocity $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. Check the encoder

frequency configuration $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT and $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW.

Set a different referencing mode ($MA_ENC_REFP_MODE != 7).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22065 Channel %1 tool manageme nt: Tool motion is not possi ble, as tool %2 with Duplo

no. %3 is not in magazine %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Duplo no .

%4 = Magazine no.

Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The

specified tool is not contained in the specified magazine. (NCK cannot contain tools that

03/2006

2-381

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

are not assigned to a magazine. With this kind of tool, no operations (motion, change) can

be performed.)

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazin e, or program another

tool to be changed.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22066 Channel %1 tool management: Tool change is not possible, as tool %2 with Duplo

no. %3 is not in magazine %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String (identifier)

%3 = Duplo no .

%4 = Magazine no.

Definitions: The desired to ol change is not possible. The specified tool is not contained in the

specified magazine. (NCK cannot contain tools that are not assigned to a magazine. With

this kind of tool, no operations (motion, change) can be performed.)

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazine, or program another

tool to be changed.

• Check whether the settings in machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK,

$MC_START_MODE_MASK and the associated machine data

$MC_TOOL_RESET_NAME match the current defin ition data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22067 Channel %1 tool management: tool change not possible since there is no tool

available in tool group %2

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = String (identifier)

Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified to ol group does not contain a tool

which is ready for use and could be used for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools

in question have been set to th e 'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm at block end.

Remedy: • Ensure that the specified tool group contains a tool that is ready for use when tool

change is requested.

• This can be achieved, for example, by replacing disabled tools, or

• by releasing a disabled tool manually.

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Have all intended to ols in the group

been defined with the specified identifier and loaded?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22068 Channel %1 block %2 tool management: no tool available in tool group %3

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String (identifier)

Definitions: The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready for use and could be used

for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in question have been set to the

'Disabled' state by the tool monito ring function. The alarm can occur for example in

conjunction with the alarm 14710 (error on INIT block generati on). In this specific

situation, NCK attempts to replace the disabled tool located on the spindle with an

available replacement tool (which does not exist in this error condition).

The user must resolve this conflict, for example, by removing the tool lo cated on the

spindle from the spindle by issuing a movement command (e.g. through MMC operation).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Ensure that the specified tool group contains a tool that is ready for use when tool

change is requested.

• This can be achieved, for example, by replacing disabled tools, or

• by releasing a disabled tool manually.

• If an alarm occurs on programming TCA: Has the duplo number been programmed >0?

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Have all intended to ols in the group

been defined/loaded with the specifie d identifier?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

22069 Channel %1 block %2 too l management: No tool available in tool group %3,

program %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = String (identifier)

%4 = Program name

Definitions: The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready for use and could be used

for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in question have been set to the

'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function. Parameter %4 = program name facilitates

the identification of the program containing the programming command (tool selection)

that caused the error. This can be a subprogram or cycle, etc., which can no longer be

identified from the display. If the parameter is not specified, it is the currently displayed

program.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Ensure that the specified tool group contains a tool that is ready for use when tool

change is requested.

• This can be achieved, for example, by replacing disabled tools, or

• by releasing a disabled tool manually.

• Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Have all intended to ols in the group

been defined with the specified identifier and loaded?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-383

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22070 TO unit %1 Please change tool T= %2 into magazine. Repeat data backup

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = T number of tool

Definitions: The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in the NCK.

(TOOLMAN = tool management) A data back up of the tool/magazine data has been

started. During the backup, the system detected that tools are still located in the buffer

magazine (= spindle, gripper, ...). During the backup, these tools will lose the information

which defines the magazine and location to which they are allocated.

It is therefore practical -assuming that the data are to be stored exactly as before - to

ensure that all tools have been deposited in the magazine before the data backup!!

If this is not the case, some magazine locations will have th e 'reserved' status when the

data are loaded again. This 'reserved' status must then be reset manually.

For tools with fixed location coding, the loss of the information allocating their location in

the magazine has the same effect as a general empty location search when they are

returned to the magazine.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Ensure that no tools are located in the buffer magazine before the data backup. Repeat

the data backup after removing the to ols from the buffer magazine.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22071 TO unit %1 tool %2 duplo no. %3 is active, but not in the magazine area under

consideration

Parameters: %1 = TO unit

%2 = Tool identi fier

%3 = Duplonummer

Definitions: The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in the NCK. Either

the language command SETTA has been programmed or the corresponding operator

action has been carried out via MMC, PLC, .... The alarm can also be triggered

automatically by the NCK in the wear grouping function. It is detected that more than one

tool from the tool group (tools with the same name/identifier) has the status "active ".

The specified tool is either

from a non-considered magazine,

from a non-considered wear grouping,

or from a non-active wear grouping

in a buffer location (is neither magazine nor wear grouping).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The alarm is intended for information purposes. If only one tool in a group can be active at

a time for technological reasons or for reasons of display, the "active" status must be

canceled for the tool causing the error.

Otherwise, the alarm can be ignored or even suppressed via the machine data

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK.

Typical reasons of display are present, if the operator works with the function 'definite D

numbers', which can be displayed on Siemens MMC in a definite form only, if exactly one

tool from a tool group has the status 'acti v e' .

Before machining can be started or before the SETTA (or corresponding MMC operation,

...) language command is used, all tools of the magazine should have the status "not

active".

One option to achieve this is programming SETTIA (or corresponding MMC operation, ...).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22100 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 chuck speed exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The actual spindle sp eed is higher than the maximum speed configured in machine data

35100 $MA_SPIND_VELO_LIMIT plus a tolerance of 10 percent (fixed setting).

The alarm should not occur after correct optimization of the drive actuator and gear

configuration.

This alarm can be reconfigure d with MD 11412

$MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not ready to operate) to 'BAG

not ready'.

Note: Reconfiguring affects all alarms with al arm response 'Chan not ready'.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check the setup and

optimization data of the drive actuator in accord ance with the Installation and Start-up

Guide and make corrections.

Increase the tolerance window in machine data 35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

22101 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 maximum speed for encoder resynchronization

exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum encoder speed was exceeded with G33, G95, G96 or G97. Reference to

actual speed and actual position is no longer possible. The NC reduces the setp oint

speed with the above functions until the active encoder is able to measure again. The

alarm is issued if the encoder still reports the fa ult.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Program speed limit with G26.

• Reduce the maximum speed in the appropriate machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22150 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 maximum speed for position control exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Block number, label

Definitions: The maximum encoder speed was exceeded with SPCON. Position control is no longer

possible. The NC reduces the setpoint speed with the abo ve functions until the active

encoder is able to measure again. The alarm is issued if the encoder still reports the fault.

03/2006

2-385

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Program speed limit with G26.

• Reduce the maximum speed in the appropriate machine data.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22200 Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during tapping

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: When tapping with compensating chuck (G63) the drilling axis was stopped via the

NC/PLC interface and th e spindle continues to rotate. The thread and possibly also the

tap were damaged as a result.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Provide an interlock in the

PLC user prog ra m so that no axis stop can be initiated when tapping is active. If the

tapping operation is to be terminated under critical machine conditions, the spindle and

the axis should be stopped simultaneously if at all possible. Slight differences are then

accommodated by the compensati ng chuck.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22250 Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during thread cutting

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The thread cutting axis has been stopped while a thread block was active.

The stop can be caused by VDI signals th at caus e the feed to be interrupted.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the axis-

specific/spindle-specific stop signals (DB 31 - 48, DBX 4.3).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22260 Channel %1 spindle %2 thread might be damaged

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name

%3 = Block number

Definitions: When DECODING SINGLE BLOCK has been selected and there is a chain of thread

blocks, then machining pauses occur at the block limits until the next block is executed

with the new NC Start.

In normal single block mode, the program is stopped by a higher-level logic only at the

block boundaries at which no contour distortions or contour errors can occur. With

chained thread blocks, this is the last thread block!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: If only one thread block has been programmed, the alarm message can be ignored.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

If there are several consecutive thread blocks, this machining section must not be

executed in the automatic DECODING SINGLE BLOCK mode.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

22270 Channel %1 block %2 maximum velocity of threa d axis at po sition %3 reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Position

Definitions: The axis velocity is too high for thread cutting. The maximum feedrate was reached at the

axis position indicated. The velocity of the thread axis depends on:

• The programmed thread pitch

• The programmed thread lead change (G34)

• The thread length (G34)

• The defined spindle speed (part program, FC18, synchronized action)

• The spindle override (path and individual axis overrides are ineffective)

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce the velocity for at least one of the above factors.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22275 Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity of thread axis at position %3 reached

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Position

Definitions: An axis standstill was reached at the specified position during thread cutting with G35 due

to the linear decrease in the thread lea d. The standstill position of the thread axis

depends on:

• Programmed thread lead decrease

• Thread length

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Change at least one of the above factors.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22280 Channel %1 in block %2: Prog. acceleration path too short %3, %4 required

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Prog. acceleration path

%4 = Required acceleration path

Definitions: In order to stay within the programmed acceleration path, the acceleration caused an

overload on the thread axis. In order to accelerate the axis with the programmed dynamic

response, the length of the acceleration path must be at least as large as the value in

parameter %4.

The alarm is of the technological type and is output whenever bit 2 in

$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK is enabled. The MMC softkey 'Technology support' sets

and clears this bit in the MD.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify part program or reset MD $MN_ENABLE_ALARMMASK bit 2.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-387

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22290 Channel %1 spindle oper ation for transformed spindle/axis %2 not possible

(reason: error code %3).

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = Error code

Definitions: It is impermissible to start a spindle as long as it is used by a transformation. Reason :

spindle usage in a transformation requires axis operation which must not be exited.

This alarm may have the following reasons:

• Error code 1 : M3, M4 or M5 per synchronized action;

• Error code 2 : M41 through M45 per synchronized action;

• Error code 3 : SPOS, M19 per synchronized action;

• Error code 11 : DBB30 spindle stop;

• Error code 12 : DBB30 spindle start clockwise rotation;

• Error code 13 : DBB30 spindle start counterclockwise rotation;

• Error code 14 : DBB30 spindle positioning.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Resolve the conflict, for example by deactivating transformation prior to spindle start.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

22320 Channel %1 block %2 PUTFTOCF comm and could not be transferred

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The cyclic transfer of the PUTFTOCF data block (fine tool compen sation) could not be

performed because the transfer area is already occupied.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check the part prog ra m, in particula r wi th regard to the other channels. Is a data block

being transferred by another channel?

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

22321 Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET not allowed during traverse motion

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: A preset command was given from MMC or PLC while an axis was traveling in JOG

mode.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait until the axis is stationary.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

22322 Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET: illegal value

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: The entered Preset value is too large (number format overflow).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Use more realistic (smaller) Preset values.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

25000 Axis %1 hardware fault of active encoder

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The signals of the currently active position actual value encoder (interface signal DB 31 -

48, DBX 1.5 = 1 or DBX 1.6 = 1) are missing, do not have the same phase, or exhibit

grounding/short-circuit.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check measuring circuit

connectors for correct contacting. Check encoder signals and replace the encoder if faults

are found .

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

25001 Axis %1 hardware fault of passive encoder

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The signals from the position actual value encoder that is presently not active are missing,

or they are not of the same phase, or they exhibit grounding/short-circuit.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check measuring circuit

connectors for correct contacting. Check encoder signals and replace the encoder if faults

are found. Switch off the monitoring with the corresponding interface signal (DB 31 - 48,

DBX 1.5 = 0 or DBX 1.6 = 0). o

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-389

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

25010 Axis %1 pollution of measuring system

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The encoder used for position control sends a contamination signal (only in measuring

systems with contamination signal).

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the measuring system

in accordanc e with the instructi on s gi ven by the measuring device manufacturer.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25011 Axis %1 pollution of passive encoder

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The encoder not used for position control sends a contamination signal (only in

measuring systems with contamination signal).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the measuring system

in accordanc e with the instructi on s gi ven by the measuring device manufacturer.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25020 Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of active encoder

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The position encoder pulses between 2 zero marker pulses are counted (hardware

function). A check is made in the interpolation cycle grid (standard setting 4 ms) as to

whether the encoder always issues the same number of pulses between the zero

markers. As soon as a difference is registered in the 4 counter bits of lowest significance,

an alarm is trigge re d!

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The differences can result

from transmission errors, disturbances, encoder hardware faults or from the evaluation

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

electronics in the encoder used for position control. The actual value branch must

therefor e be che cked:

1. Transmission path: Check the actual-value connector on the mo tor and on the FDD

module for correct contacting, encoder cabl e for continuity, and also check for short-

circuits or grounding (loose contact?).

2. Encoder pulses: Encoder power supply within the tol erance limits?

3. Evaluation electron ics: Replace or reconfigure the drive module used.

Monitoring can be switched off by setting machine data 36310

ENC_ZERO_MONITORING [n]=... N ... encoder number: 1, 2) is set to 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25021 Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of passive encoder

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Monitoring relates to the encoder that is not used by the position control! (Interface signal

DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 = 0 or 1.6 = 0)

The position encoder pulses between 2 zero marker pulses are counted (hardware

function). A check is made in the interpolation cycle grid (standard setting 4 ms) as to

whether the encoder always issues the same number of pulses between the zero

markers. As soon as a difference is registered in the 4 counter bits of lowest significance,

an alarm is trigge re d!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The differences can result

from transmission errors, disturbances, encoder hardware faults or from the evaluation

electronics in the encoder used for position control. The actual value branch must

therefor e be che cked:

1. Transmission path: Check the actual-value connector on the mo tor and on the FDD

module for correct contacting, encoder cabl e for continuity, and also check for short-

circuits or grounding (loose contact?).

2. Encoder pulses: Encoder power supply within the tol erance limits?

3. Evaluation electron ics: Replace or reconfigure the drive module used.

Monitoring can be switched off by setting machine data ENC_ZERO_MON_ACTIVE

[n]=... N ... encoder number: 1, 2) to 0.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25022 Axis %1 encoder %2 warning %3

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

%3 = Error fine coding

Definitions: This alarm occurs only with absolute encoders on the SIMODRIVE 611D, if zero mark

monitoring has been activated for them (cf. $MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING): In this

case, the absolute position of the abso lute encoder could not be read without any errors:

Breakdown of error fine codings:

(Bit 0 not used)

Bit 1 Parity error

Bit 2 Alarm bit of the encoder

Bit 3 CRC error

Bit 4 Timeout start bit for EnDat transfer is missing

Only display of this alarm, since the absolute position itself is not required at th is time for

control/contour.

03/2006

2-391

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Frequent occurring of this alarm indicates that absolute encoder transfer or the absolute

encoder itself are faulty and that the absolute value determined with the next encoder

selection or Power On situation could possibly be wrong.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Replace the encoder, replace or screen the encoder cable (or deactivate zero mark

monitoring).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25030 Axis %1 actual velocity alarm limit

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: If the axis has at least one active encoder, then the actual speed of the axis is cyclically

checked in the IPO cycle. If there are no errors, the actual velocity can never become

greater than specified in the axis-specific MD 36200 $MA_AX_VELO_LIMIT (threshold for

velocity monitoring). This threshold value in [mm/min, rev/min] is input by an amount that

is about 5 to 10% greater than that which can occur at maximum traversing velocity. Drive

errors can result in the velocity being exceeded and the alarm is then triggered.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the speed setpoint

cable (bus cable). Check the actual values and direction of positio n control. Change

position control direction if the axis rotates uncontrollably -> axis-specific MD 32110

ENC_FEEDBACK_POL [n] = < -1, 0, 1 >. Increase the monitoring limit value in MD 36200

$MA_AX_VELO_LIMIT.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25031 Axis %1 actual velocity warning limit

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The present velocity actual value is more than 80% of the limit value defined in the

machine data -- not used --

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: -

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25040 Axis %1 standstill monitoring

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The NC monitors to ensure that the position is held at zero speed. Monitoring is started

after a time that can be set for a specific axis in the machine data 36040

STSTILL_DELAY_TIME after interp olation has ended. A constant check is made to

determine whether the axis remains within the tolerance range given in MD 36030

STSTILL_POS_TOL.

The followin g cases are possible :

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

1. The interface signal SERVO ENABLE (DB31 - 48, DBX 2.1) is zero because the axis

has jammed mechanically. Due to mechanical influences (e.g. high machining pressure),

the axis is pushed away from the permissible position tolerance.

2. With closed position control loop (without jamming) - interface signal SERVO ENABLE

(DB 31 - 48, DBX 2.1) is "1" - the axis is pushed away from its position by mechan ical

forces with a small gain in the position contro l loop.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check MD 36040 STSTILL_DELAY_TIME and MD 36030 STSTILL_POS_TOL ;

increase if necessary. The value must be greater than the machine data "Exact stop -

coarse" ($MA_STOP_LIMIT_COARSE).

• Estimate machining forces and reduce if necessary by setting a lower feed or a higher

rotational speed.

• Increase clamping pressure.

• Increase the gain in the position control loop by improved optimization (Kv factor MD

32200 POSCTRL_GAIN, 611D drive).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25042 Axis %1 standstill monitoring during torque/force limitation

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The defined end position was not reached within the time specified in the machine data.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: • If the drive torque (FXST) was set too low with the result that the force of the motor was

not sufficient to reach the end position -> increase FXST.

• If the machined part is slowly deformed, there may be a delay in reaching the end

position -> increase MD 36042 FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25050 Axis %1 contour monitoring

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The NCK calculates for each interpol ation point (setpoint) of an axis the actual value that

should result based on an internal model. If this calculated actual value and the true

machine actual value differ by a larger amount than given in the machine data 36400

CONTOUR_TOL, then the program is aborted and the alarm me ssage is issued.

03/2006

2-393

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

• Check whether the tolerance value set in MD 36400: CONTOUR_TOL is too small.

• Check optimization of the position controller (Kv factor in the machine data 32200

POSCTRL_GAIN) to establish whether the axis follows the given setpoint without

overshooting. Otherwise, the speed controller optimization must be improved or the Kv

servo gain factor must be reduced.

• Improvement of speed controller optimization

• Check the mechanics (smooth running, inertial masses).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25060 Axis %1 speed setpoint limitation

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The speed setpoint has excee ded its upper limit for a longer period than allowed.

The maximum speed setpoint is limited to a certain percentage with the axis-specific

machine data 36210 CTRLOUT_LIMIT. The input value of 100% corresponds to the rated

speed of the motor and hence the rapid traverse velocity (default values: 840D=110%,

FM-NC=100%).

If the values are exceeded for a short time, then this is tolerated provided they do not last

longer than allowed for in the axis-specific MD 36220 CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME. The

setpoint is limited during this time to the maximu m value that has been set (MD 36210).

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. If the drive controller has

been set correctly and if the machining condit ions are those that normally prevail, then

this alarm should not occur.

• Check actual values: Local tight running of the carriage, speed dip by torque reduction

due to contact with workpiece/tool, travel against fixed obstacle, etc.

• Check direction of position control: Does the axis continue to rotate without control (not

on 611D drives)?

• Check the speed setpoint cable.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

25070 Axis %1 drift value too large

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Only in FM-NC with analog drives!

The permissible maximum value of drift (internal, integrated drift valu e of automatic drift

compensation) has been exceeded during the last compensation operation. The

permissible maximum value is defined in the axis-specific machine data 36710

DRIFT_LIMIT. The drift value itself is not limited.

Automatic drift compensation: MD 36700 DRIFT_ENABLE=1

The difference between actual and setpoint position (drift) is checked cyclically in the IPO

cycle when the axes are at zero speed. The difference is compensated automatically to

zero by slowly integrating an internal drift value.

Drift compensation by hand: MD 36700 DRIFT_ENABLE=0

A static offset can be added to the speed setpoint in the machine data 36720

DRIFT_VALUE. This is not included in the dr ift monito ring because it acts like a voltage

zero offset.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Adjust the drift compensation

with the automatic drift compensation switched off at the drive until the position lag is

approximately zero. Then reactivate the automatic drift compensation in order to balance

out the dynamic drift changes (effects of heating up).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25080 Axis %1 positio nin g moni tori ng

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: For blocks in which "exact stop" is effective, the axis must have reached the exact stop

window after the positioning time given in the axis-specific MD 36020

POSITIONING_TIME.

Exact stop coarse: MD 36000 STOP_LIMIT_COARSE

Exact stop fine: MD 36010 STOP_LIMIT_FINE

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check whether the exact

stop limits (course and fine) correspond to the dynamic possibilities of the axis, otherwise

increase them, if necessary in connection with the positioni ng time set in MD 36020

POSITIONING_TIME. Check speed controller/position controller optimization; select

highest possible gains. Check setting of Kv factor (MD 32200 POSCTRL_GAIN) and

increase if necessary.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

03/2006

2-395

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

25100 Axis %1 measuring system switchover not possible

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The prerequisite s are not satisfied for the required encoder switchover:

1. The newly selected encoder must be in the active state (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5 or 1.6 = 1

"Position measuring system 1/2")

2. The actual value diffe r ence between the two encoders is greater than the value in the

axis-specific MD 36500 ENC_CHANGE_TOL ("Maximum tolerance for position actual

value switchover").

Activation of the measuring system concerned takes place in accordance with the

interface signals: "Position measuring system 1" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.5) and "Position

measuring system 2" (DB 31 - 48, DBX 1.6), i.e. the position control is now operated with

this measuring system. The other measuring system is switched over to follow-up mode.

If both interface signals are set to "1", then only the 1st measuring system is active; if both

interface signals are set to "0", the axis is parked.

Changeover takes place as soon as the interface signals have changed, even if the axis

is in motion!

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. When referencing the active

position actual value encoder, the actual value system of the inactive encoder is set to the

same reference point value as soon as phase 3 has been concluded. A later positional

difference between the 2 actual value systems can have occurred only as the result of an

encoded defect or a mechanical displacement between the encoders.

• Check the encoder signals, actual value cable, connectors.

• Check the mechanical fastenings (displacement of the measuring head, mechanical

twisting possible).

• Increase the axis-specific MD 36500 ENC_CHANGE_TOL.

Program continuation is not possible. The program must be aborted with "Reset", then

program execution can be reinitiated with NC Start, if necessary at th e interruption point

after "Block search with/without calculation".

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

25105 Axis %1 measuring systems differ considerab ly

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The two measuring systems differ considerably, i.e. the cyclically monitored actual value

difference between the two measuring systems is greater than the associated tolerance

value set in the machine data $MA_ENC_DIFF_TOL. This can only occur when both

measuring systems are active ($MA_NUM_ENCS = 2) and referenced. The alarm can be

reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check machine data for the

active, selected encoders. Check the machine data relating to encoder

($MA_ENC_DIFF_TOL) tolerance.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25110 Axis %1 selected encoder not available

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The selected encoder does not correspond to the maximum number of encoders in the

axis-specific machine data 30200 NUM_ENCS, i.e. the 2nd encoder does not exist.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Enter the number of actual

value encoders used for this axis in the machine data 30200 NUM_ENCS ("Number of

encoders").

Input value 0: Axis without encoder -> e.g. spindle

Input value 1: Axis with encoder -> default setting

Input value 2: Axis with 2 encoders -> e.g. direct and indirect measuring system

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

25200 Axis %1 requested set of parameters invalid

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: A new parameter set has been requ ested for the positioning control. The number of this

parameter set is beyond the permissibl e limit (8 parameter sets: 0 ... 7 available).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the axis-

specific/spindle-specific interface signals (DB 31 - 48, DBX 9.0, 9.1 an d 9.2 "Select

parameter set servo A, B, C").

One parameter set includes the follow ing machine data:

• Modify MD 31050: DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM [n]

• Modify MD 31060: DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA [n]

• Modify MD 32200: POSCTRL_GAIN [n]

• Modify MD 32800: EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME [n]

• Modify MD 32810: EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME [n]

• Modify MD 32910: DYN_MATCH_TIME [n]

• Modify MD 36200: AX_VELO_LIMIT [n]

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

25201 Axis %1 drive fault

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The drive signals a serious fault of status class 1 (ZK1). The exact cause of the fault ca n

be recognized by evaluating the following drive alarms which are output in addition:

Alarm 300 500, alarms 300 502 - 300 505, alarm 300 508, alarm 300 515, alarm 300 608,

alarm 300 612, alarm 300 614, ala r ms 300 701 - 300 761, alarm 300 799.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

03/2006

2-397

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Evaluation of the drive alarms li sted above.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

25202 Axis %1 waiting for drive

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Drive group error (self-cleari ng).

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Wait for the drive. 25202 reveals similar problems to alarm 25201 (see this alarm). The

alarm is active continuously during power-up if the drive does not communicate (e.g.

Profibus connector removed). Otherwise, the alarm is active only briefly and is replaced

by alarm 25201 after an internal timeout in the event of a permanent problem.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

26000 Axis %1 clamping monitoring

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The clamped axis is to be pushed out of its setpoint position. The permissible difference is

defined in th e axis-specific machi n e da ta 36 0 50 CL AMP_ PO S_TOL.

Clamping of an axis is activated with the axis-specific interface signal DB 31 - 48, DBX

2.3: "Clampi n g p r oce ss active".

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Determine the position deviation to the setpoint position and, depending on the results,

either increase the permissible tolerance in the MD or mechanically improve the clamping

(e.g. increase clamping pressure).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

26001 Axis %1 parameterization error: friction compensation

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The parameterization of the adaptation characteristic in the quadrant error compensation

is not allowed because acceleration value 2 (MD 32560 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2 is not

between acceleration value 1 (MD 32550 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1) and acceleration

value 3 (MD 32570 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3).

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the setting

parameters of the quadrant error compensation (friction compensation), if necessary

switch off the compensation with MD 32500 FRICT_COMP_ENABLE.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

26002 Axis %1 encoder %2 parameterization error: number of encoder marks

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: 1. Rotary measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[]==FALSE)

The number of encoder marks set in MD31020 $MA_ENC_RESOL[] does not correspond

to the value in the drive machine data MD1005 or zero has been entered in one of the two

machine data.

2. Absolute measuring system with EnDat interface ($MA_ENC_TYPE[]==4)

On absolute encoders, the resolution of the incremental and absolute track supplied by

the drive is also checked for consistency.

• Motor measuring system: MD1005, MD1022

• Direct measuring system: MD1007, MD1032

The two drive machine data must have a defined relation to one another. If the conditions

listed below are not fulfilled, an al arm is output.

2.1 Rotary measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[] == FALSE)

MD1022/MD1005 == 4 * n [n=1,2,3...] (motor measuring system)

MD1032/MD1007 == 4 * n [n=1,2,3...] (direct measuring system)

2.2 Linear measuring system ($MA_ENC_IS_LINEAR[] == TRUE)

MD1005/MD1022 == 4 * n [n=1,2,3...] (motor measuring system)

MD1007/MD1032 == 4 * n [n=1,2,3...] (direct measuring system)

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Adjust machine data. For

absolute encoders, pending drive alarms indicati ng encoder problems should be

evaluated, if necessary. They could be the cause of incorrect entries in MD1022/MD1032

which are read out of the encoder by the drive.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

2-399

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26003 Axis %1 parameterization error: lead screw pitch

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The pitch of the ballscre w/trapezoidal leadscrew set in the axis-specific machine data

31030 LEADSCREW_PITCH is zero.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Determine the leadscrew pitch (specify the machi ne manufacturer or pitch measurement

with spindle cover removed) and enter it in the machine data 31030:

LEADSCREW_PITCH (mostly 10 or 5 mm/rev.).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26004 Axis %1 encoder %2 parameterization error: grid point distance with linear

encoders

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: The scale division of the linear scale set in the axis-specific MD 31010

ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST is zero or differs from the corresponding drive parameters.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Enter th e encod er grid poi nt

distance according to the data given by the machine (or measuring device) manufacturer

in the machine data 31010 ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26005 Axis %1 parameterization error: output rating

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The output evaluation of the analog speed setpoint set in the machine data 32250

RATED_OUTVAL or in MD 32260 RATED_VELO is zero.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The nominal output voltage

in [%] of the maximum setpoint value (10 V) is entered in the machine data 32250

RATED_OUTVAL, at which the rated motor speed in [degrees/s] is to be reached

(machine data 32260 RATED_VELO).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

26006 Axis %1 encoder %2 encoder type/output type %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

%3 = Encoder type/output type

Definitions: Not every encoder type or output type is suitable for both the FM-NC and the 840D.

Permissible settings for 840D:

MD 30240 ENC_TYPE

= 0 Simulation

= 1 Signal generator

= 2 Square-wave encoder

MD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE

= 0 Simulation

= 1 Standard

Permissible settings for FM-NC:

MD 30240 ENC_TYPE

= 0 Simulation

= 3 Step motor control

= 4 FM module positio n

MD 30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE

= 2 Step motor control

= 3 FM module positio n

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel /service department. Check machine data MD

20240 ENC_TYPE and/or MD 301 30 CTRLOUT_TYPE and make the necessary

corrections.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

2-401

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26007 Axis %1 QEC: invalid coarse step size

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The course step width for QEC must be within the range 1 <= course step width <=

maximum value of MD 18342 MM_QEC_ MAX_POINTS (currently 1025), because a

greater number of values would exceed the available memory space.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the system variable $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26008 Axis %1 QEC: invalid fine step size

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The fine step size for quadrant error compensation $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS must be in

the range 1 <= fine step size <= 16 because this value has an influence on the

computation time of the QEC.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Modify the system variable $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS accordingly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26009 Axis %1 QEC: memory overflow

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The product of the data $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS+1 and $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS

must not exceed the maximum number of the characteristic curve points (MD

$MA_MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS). With a direction-de pendent characteristic, this criterion

applies to 2 * ($AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS+1) * $AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS!

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Either increase

$MA_MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS or reduce $AA_QEC_COARSE_STEPS and/or

$AA_QEC_FINE_STEPS.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26010 Axis %1 QEC: invalid acceleration characteristic

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1/2/3: The acceleration characteristic is divided into three areas. In

each area there is a different quantization of the acceleratio n steps. The defaults should

be changed only if compensation is i nadequate in these acceleration areas.

The defaults are as follows:

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 with approx. 2% of maximum acceleration

($AA_QEC_ACCEL_3),

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 with approx. 60% of maximum acceleration

($AA_QEC_ACCEL_3),

• $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3 with maximum acceleration (32300 MAX_AX_ ACCEL).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Enter the values correctly: 0

< $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 < $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 < $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26011 Axis %1 QEC: invalid measuring periods

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1/2/3: measuring time to determine the error criterion.

The measuring period begins when the criterion for activating the compensation value

has been satisfied (the desired velocity changes the sign). The end is defined by the

machine data values. In general, different measurin g times are required for the three

characteristic ranges. The presettings should be changed only if a problem occurs. The

three data apply in each case for the three corresponding acceleration ranges.

1. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1 specifies the measuring time (for determining the error

criterion) for accelerations in the range between 0 and $AA_QEC_ACCEL_1.

2. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_2 specifies the measuring time in the range from

$AA_QEC_ACCEL_1 to $AA_QEC_ACCEL_2.

3. $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_3 specifies the measuring time in the range from

$AA_QEC_ACCEL_2 to $AA_QEC_ACCEL_3 and beyond.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Enter the values correctly: 0

< $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_1 < $AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_2 <

$AA_QEC_MEAS_TIME_3.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26012 Axis %1 QEC: feed forward control not active

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The error criterion for determining the quadrant error necessitates a correctly set

feedforward control.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Switch on feedforward control and set it correctly.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

26014 Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Machine data includes a value that is not valid.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Repeat entry with correct value and then Power On.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

2-403

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26015 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: Machine data includes a value that is not valid.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Repeat entry with correct value and then Power On.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26016 Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Machine data includes a value that is not valid.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Repeat entry with correct value and then Reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

26017 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: Machine data includes a value that is not valid.

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Repeat entry with correct value and then Reset.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26018 Axis %1 setpoint outp ut drive %2 used more than once

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Drive number

Definitions: A setpoint has been selected more than once. The machine data 30110

$MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR conta ins the same value for different axes.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Avoid dual assignment of the

setpoint by correcting 30110 $MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR. Also check the selected

bus type $MA_CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26019 Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement not possible with this controller module

Parameters: %1 = NC axi s nu mb e r

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: If the MD $MN_DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS[8] contains a value not equal to zero, then the

control has found at least one control module which does not supp ort measuring.

Measuring was programmed from the part program for the associated axis.

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: If possible, modify the measuring motion such that the axis concerned does not have to

travel; do not program this axis in the MEAS block again. However, it is then no lo nger

possible to query a measured value for this axis. Otherwise, exchange the controller

module for one that supports measuring. See MD $MN_DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS[8].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26020 Axis %1 encoder %2 hardware fault %3 during encoder initialization

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

%3 = Error fine coding

Definitions: Error during initialization of encoder (refer to additional information for absolute encoder

interfac e fro m error fine coding).

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

2-405

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Rectify hardware error,

replace encoder if necessary. Make sure that an appropriate control module supporting

this function is available with EnDat or SSI absolute encoders.

Bit nos. and their significance:

Bit 0: Lighting failed

Bit 1: Signal amplitude too small

Bit 2: Position value incorrect

Bit 3: Overvoltage

Bit 4: Undervoltage

Bit 5: Overcurrent

Bit 6: Battery change necessary

Bit 7: Control check error, Note: SW 4.2 and higher, synchronous linear motor

Bit 8: EnDat encoder, incorrect overlappi ng, Note: SW 4.2 and higher, synchronous linear

motor

Bit 9: C/D track error on encoder ERN1387 or EQN encoder con nected or incorrectly

configured (not on EQN, MD 1011)

Bit 10: Log cannot be aborted or old hardware

Bit 11: SSI level detected on data line or no encoder connected or incorrect encoder cable

(ERN instead of EQN)

Bit 12: Timeout whil e re ad i n g me asu ri n g value

Bit 13: CRC error

Bit 14: Wrong IPU submodule for direct measuring signal, Note: Only with 611D

expansion

Bit 15: Encoder faulty

Note: If an axis that is connected to the second measuring system of a controller module

611D only, is driven by an absolute encoder, the axis with the first measuring system of

this controller module will have to be switched to Parking Axis, after the measuring

system connector has been plugged in and prior to disabling the Parking Axis. After the

Parking Axis of the first measuring system has been disabled, all measuring systems of

the controller module will be initialized. The Parking Axis of the second measuring system

can then be disabled without errors.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26022 Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement wit h simulated encoder no t possible

Parameters: %1 = NC axi s nu mb e r

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: Alarm occurs on the control when a measurement was made without the encoder

hardware (simulated encoder).

Reactions: - Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Please inform the authorized perso nnel/service department. If possible, modify the

measuring motion such that the axis concerned does not have to travel; do not program

this axis in the MEAS block again. However, it is then no longer possible to query a

measured value for this axis.

• Ensure that measurement is not taking place with simulated encoders (MD

$MA_ENC_TYPE).

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26024 Axis %1 machine data %2 value changed

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

Definitions: Machine data contains an invalid value and therefore has been changed by the software.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26025 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] value changed

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = String: MD identifier

%3 = Index: MD array

Definitions: Machine data contains an invalid value and therefore has been changed by the software

internally to a valid value.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check MD.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26030 Axis %1 encoder %2 absolute position lost

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: The absolute positi on of the absolute en coder has become invalid because

• on changing parameter block a changed gear stag e ratio was identified between

encoder and processing or

• the encoder has been replaced (the absolute encoder's serial number has changed).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.

Rereferencing/resynchronization of the absolute encoder; attach absolute encoder on the

load side and configure correctly (e.g. MD 31040 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT).

If an absolute encoder with serial number is replaced, the drive BOT file for this drive must

be saved (due to the new serial number).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.

03/2006

2-407

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26031 Axis %1 configuration error master-slave

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The alarm is output when the same machine axis has been configured as a master and a

slave axis. Each of the axes in the master/slave link can be operated either as master or

slave.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check machine data for all linked axes and correct if necessary:

• MD 37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD

• MD 37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26032 Axis %1 master-slave not configured

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The master-slave coupling could not be activated because of incomplete configuration.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check the current configuration of the master-slave coupling.

The configuration can be modified via the MASLDEF instruction or the machine data

MD37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD and MD37252

$MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26050 Axis %1 parameter set change from %2 to %3 not possible

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Index: current parameter block

%3 = Index: new parameter block

Definitions: The parameter block change cannot be performed without jumps. This is due to the

content of the parameter block to be switched on, e.g. different load gear factors.

Reactions: - The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Local alarm reaction.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: In following cases, the parameter block change is carried out via MD 31060 and MD

31050 without an alarm, even with different load gear ratio settings:

1. In speed-controlled and follow-up mode.

2. With position control with the direct encoder.

3. With position control with the indirect encoder only within the position window (MD

36500 > actual positio n > MD 36500).

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26051 Channel %1 in bloc k %2 unanticipated sto p crossed in continuous path mode

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: The path interpolation did not stop, as required, at the end of the block, but will only

decelerate to a standstill in the next block. This error situation occurs if the stop at block

change was not planned by the path interpolation or was not detected early enough. A

possible cause is that the PLC changed the spindle speed whe n

$MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START > 0, and the machine has to wait until the

spindle has returned to the setpoint range. Another possible cause is that a synchronized

action needs to be finished before the path interpolation continues. The alarm is only

output if $MN_TRACE_SELECT = 'H 400' . The alarm output is normally suppressed. -

$MN_TRACE_SELECT has SIEMENS password protection.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: $MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START = 1. Program G09 before the alarm output in

the block to allow the path interpolation to stop as planned.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26052 Channel %1 in block %2: path velocity too high for auxiliary functi on output

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

Definitions: This alarm usually occurs in a block with auxiliary function output during a movement. In

this case, the wait for acknowledgement of the auxiliary function was longer than planned.

The alarm occurs if internal control incon si stencies cause continuous pa th mode (G64,

G641, ...) to be blocked unexpectedly.

The path interpolation stops abruptly at the end of the block indicated in the message

(regenerative stop). On the next block change, the path continues unle ss the abrupt stop

has caused an error in the position contro ller (e.g. beca use the $MA_CONTOUR_TOL

setting was over-sensitive).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • If the alarm occurred in a block with auxiliary function output during the movement: from

SW 5.1 or higher, increase machine $MN_PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE or

• Program G09 in the block indicated in the message to allow the path interpolation to

stop as planned.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26070 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled by the PLC, max. number exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: An attempt has been made to control more axes than allowed from the PLC.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the machine data MD_MAXNUM_PLC_CNTRL_AXES and correct if necessary or

reduce the number of PLC-controlled axes.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

03/2006

2-409

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26072 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled by the PLC

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

Definitions: Axis cannot be made a PLC-controlled axis. For the time being, the axis cannot be

controlled at any state from the PLC.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Use Release or Waitp to make the axis a neutral one.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26074 Channel %1 switching off PLC control of axis %2 not allowed in the current state

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The PLC can return the control rights for an axis to program processing only, if there is no

alarm pending for the axis.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reset VDI interface signal "PLC controls axis", then activate "Axial reset" and repeat

process.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26075 Channel %1 axis %2 not available for the NC program, as exclusively controlled by

the PLC

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The axis is exclusively controlled by the PLC. Therefore, the axis is not available for the

NC program.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Let the PLC control the axis not exclusively, but only temporarily. Change machine date

$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit 4.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26076 Channel %1 axis %2 not ava ilable for NC program, firmly assigned PLC axis

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The axis is a firmly assigned PLC axis. The axis is therefore not available for the NC

program.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not define axis as a firmly assigned PLC axis. Change of machine date

$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit5.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26080 Channel %1 retracti on position of axis %2 not pro grammed or invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: No retraction position has been programmed for the axis trigger time or the position

became invalid.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Preset value by means of POLFA(Axis,Type,Pos), with type = 1 (absolut) or type = 2

(incremental); type = 0 specifies the position as invalid.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26081 Channel %1 axis trigger of axis %2 was activated, but axis is not PLC-controlled

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: The axis trigger for single axis was initiated. However, the axis is not PLC-controlled at

the trigger time (therefore no single axis) or the position became invalid.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Preset axis PLC-controlled (declare single axis).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26082 Channel %1 ESR for PLC-cont rolled axis %2 has been triggered

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: An axial ESR has been triggered for an individual axis (PLC-controlled axis):

The display can be suppressed by machin e date MD 11410:

SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK bit28 = 1.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The individual axis is in axial stop after th e ESR movement.

If an axial reset is performed for the individual axis, the alarm will be deleted

and the individual axis can be traversed again.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

The individual axis is in axial stop after the ESR movement.

If an axial reset is performed for the individual axis, the alarm will be deleted

and the individual axis can be traversed again.

26100 Axis %1 drive %2 sign of li fe missing

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Drive number

Definitions: The sign-of-life cell is no longer being updated by the drive.

On output of drive number=0, this alarm may in form about a computing timeout on IPO

level (also see ala rm 4240)

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

2-411

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Restart drive, check drive software.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26101 Axis %1 drive %2 communication failure

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Drive number

Definitions: The drive is not communicating.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check the bus configuration.

• Check the interface (connector removed, option module inactive, etc.).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26102 Axis %1 drive %2 sign of li fe missing

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Drive number

Definitions: The sign-of-life cell is no longer being updated by the drive.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: • Check the cycle settings.

• Increase the cycle time if necessary.

• Power-up the drive again.

• Check drive software.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

26105 Drive of axis %1 not found

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: The drive configured for the specified axis could not be found. For example, a Profibus

slave was configured on the NC but is not contained in SDB-Type-2000.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Possible causes:

• $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE not equal to 0 as a result of an oversight; the drive should

actually be simulated (= 0).

• $MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR entered incorrectly, i.e. the logical drive numbers were

exchanged and an invalid value is stored for this drive in

$MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS (see 3.) or a drive number which does not exist on the

bus was entered (check the number for slaves, for example).

• $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS contains values which were not configured on the

Profibus (i.e. the values are not in SDB-Type-2000) or different addresses were selected

for the input and output slots of the drive in the Profibus configuration.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26106 Encoder %2 of axis %1 not found

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

%2 = Encoder number

Definitions: The drive configured for the specified axis could not be found. For example, a Profibus

slave was configured on the NC but is not contained in SDB-Type-2000.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Possible causes:

• $MA_ENC_TYPE not equal to 0 as a result of an oversight; the encoder should actually

be simulated (= 0).

• $MA_ENC_MODULE_NR entered incorrectly, i.e. the logical drive numbers were

exchanged and an invalid value is stored for this drive in

$MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS (see next paragraph) or a drive number which does

not exist on the bus was entered (check the number for slaves, for example).

• $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS contains values which were not configured on the

Profibus (i.e. the values are not in SDB-Type-2000) or different addresses were selected

for the input and output slots of the drive in the Profibus configuration.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26110 Independent drive stop/retract triggered

Definitions: Informational alarm: An "independent extended stop or retract" was triggered on the drive

bus for at least one axis. The drive in question subsequently ignores NC travel

commands. The bus must be rebooted (hardware reset).

Reactions: - NC not ready.

- The NC switches to follow-up mode.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Reboot the drive, hardware reset.

03/2006

2-413

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

26120 Channel %1 axis %2 $AA_ESR_ENABLE = 1 but axis should be set to NEUTRAL

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: One axis with ESR configuration and $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 1 should be set to

NEUTRAL.

However, neutral axes (apart from single axes) cannot execute an ESR.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Set $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 0 before setting axis to NEUTRAL.

Alarm can be suppressed via $MN_ALARM_SUPPRESS_MASK_2 bit 6 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26121 Channel %1 axis %2 is NEUTRAL and $AA_ESR_ENABLE = 1 should be set

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 1 should not be set to neutral axes (apart from single

axes).

Neutral axes (apart from single axes) cannot execute an ESR.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Do not apply $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 1 to neutral axes (apart from single axes).

Alarm can be suppressed via $MN_ALARM_SUPPRESS_MASK_2 bit 6 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26122 Channel %1 axis %2, $AA_ESR_ENABLE = 1, axis replacement not executed in this

state

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: With $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 1 axis replacement not permitted.

Reactions: - Interpreter stop

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set $AA_ESR_ENABLE[axis] = 0 before axis replacement.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Set $AA_ESR_ENABLE[axis] = 0

26123 Channel %1 axis %2, $AA_ESR_ENABLE = 1 should be set, but

$MA_ESR_REACTION = 0

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: $AA_ESR_ENABLE[axis] = 1 should only be set on axes with

$MA_ESR_REACTION[Achse] > 0.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

The following example brings about the alarm:

N100 $MA_ESR_REACTION[AX1] = 21

N110 $AA_ESR_ENABLE[AX1] = 1

N120 NEWCONF

because $MA_ESR_REACTION[AX1] = 21 will become known to the NCK at the time of

N120 NEWCONF.

Correct would be:

N100 $MA_ESR_REACTION[AX1] = 21

N110 NEWCONF

N120 $AA_ESR_ENABLE[AX1] = 1

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Before setting $AA_ESR_ENABLE[axis] = 1, $MA_ESR_REACTION[axis] > 0 must be

set.

When setting $MA_ESR_REACTION[axis] in the part s program, e.g. NEWCONF must be

called before $AA_ESR_ENABLE[axis].

Alarm can be suppressed via $MN_ALARM_SUPPRESS_MASK_2 bit 6 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26124 Channel %1 axis %2, $AC_ESR_TRIGGER triggered but axis is NEUTRAL and

cannot execute ESR

Parameters: %1 = Channel

%2 = Axis, spindle

Definitions: Channel-specific ESR ($AC_ESR_TRIGGER) triggered, but one axis with ESR

configuration is NEUTRAL at th e time of triggerin g.

Neutral axes are ignored with ESR (apart from single axes which react only to

$AA_ESR_TRIGGER[Ax]).

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse] = 1 should not be set with neutral axes.

Alarm can be suppressed via $MN_ALARM_SUPPRESS_MASK_2 bit 6 = 1.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.

26200 Channel %1 block %2: The names of the kinematic chains $NK_CHAIN_NAME[%3]

and $NK_CHAIN_NAME[%4] are the same]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st chain

%4 = Index of 2nd chain

Definitions: There are (at least) two kinematic chains with the same name. The names of the

kinematic chains must be clear and identifiable.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

03/2006

2-415

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Change name of involved kinemati c chains

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26202 Channel %1 block %2: The names of the kinematic chain links $NK_NAME[%3] and

$NK_NAME[%4] are the same]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st chain element

%4 = Index of 2nd chain element

Definitions: There are (at least) two kinematic chain links with the same name. The names of the

kinematic chain links must be clear and iden tifiable.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: • Change the names of the kinematic chain links involved

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26204 Channel %1 block %2: The chain elemen t %3 referred to in $NK_NEXT[%4] is

already contained in the chain

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the next chain link

%4 = Index of the chain element

Definitions: In one chain link, the next link of the chain is indicated as a chain link already in existence

in the chain. This allows you to define a not permitted closed chain.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Define the kinematic chain in such a way th at no closed chai n results.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26206 Channel %1 block %2: The chain element %3, referred to in $NK_1ST_ELEM[%4],

was not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of first chain link

%4 = Index of chain

Definitions: The chain link indicated as the first link in a kinematic chain was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Indicate in $NK_1ST_ELEM[...] the na me of an existing chain link.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26208 Channel %1 block %2: Chain element %3, referred to in $NK_NEXT[%4], was not

found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the next chain link

%4 = Index of chain link

Definitions: The chain link indicated as the next link in a kinematic chain was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NK_1ST_NEXT[...] th e name of an existing chain link.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26210 Channel %1 block %2: Chain element %3, referred to in $NK_NEXTP[%4], was not

found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the next chain link

%4 = Index of chain link

Definitions: The chain link indicated as the next parallel li nk of a kinematic chain was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NK_1ST_ELEM[...] the na me of an existing chain link.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26212 Channel %1 block %2: Maximum number of %3 chain elements exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Maximum number of chain links

Definitions: The maximum permitted number of chain links contained in all chains is too large.

When determining the maximum number, a single chain link contai ned in several chains

is counted several times.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce number of chain links contained in all chains.

This can be achieved e.g. by deactivating individual and currently not required chains and

by entering the zero string in the name of the chain.

03/2006

2-417

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26222 Channel %1 block %2: The names of the protection areas $NP_PROT_NAME[% 3]

and $NP_PROT_NAME[%4] are the same

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st protection area

%4 = Index of 2nd protection area

Definitions: Two protection areas were assigned the same name. The names of the protection areas

must be clear and identifiable .

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Rename one of the protection areas involved.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26224 Channel %1 block %2: The names of the protection area elements $NP_NAME[%3]

and $NP_NAME[%4] are the same

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st protection area element

%4 = Index of 2nd protection area element

Definitions: Two protection area elements were assigned the same name. The names of the

protection area elements must be clea r and identifiable.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Rename one of the protection area elements involved.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26226 Channel %1 block %2: Invalid protection area type in $NP_TYPE[%3]

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of protection area element

Definitions: An invalid protectio n area type was indicated. The permitted protection area types are

defined by the machine date $MN_3D_PROT_AREA_TYPE_NAME_TAB.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate valid protection area type.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26228 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area element %3, referred to in

$NP_1ST_PROT[%4], was not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of next protection area element

%4 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The protection area element indicate d first in a protection area was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_1ST_PROT[...] the name of an existing protection area element.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26230 Channel %1 block %2: Protection area element %3, referred to in $NP_ NEXT[%4],

was not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of next protection area element

%4 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The protection area element indicate d next in a protection area was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_NEXT[...] the name of an existing protection area element.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26232 Channel %1 bock %2: Maximum number of %3 protection area elemen ts exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of next protection area element

Definitions: The maximum number of permitted protection area elements is too large.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Reduce number of protection areas or protection area elements.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26234 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area $NP_PROT_NAME[%3] does not contain

any protection area elements

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of protection area

Definitions: A protection area must contain at least one protection area element.

03/2006

2-419

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change definition of prote ction area or delete protection area.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26236 Channel %1 block %2: Protection area element %3, referred to in $NP_NEXT[%4], is

already contained in the definition chain

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of protection area element

%4 = Index of protection area element

Definitions: A closed definition chain was found, i.e. a protection area element contains the protection

area of which it is a part.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change definition of prote ction area or delete protection area.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26238 Channel %1 block %2: Protection area %3, referred to in $NP_ADD[%4], was not

found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the protection area to be added

%4 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The protection area to be added to the current protection area element was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_ADD[...] the name of an existing protection area element, define a

protection area with the name indicated or delete entry.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26240 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area indicated in $NP_ADD[%3] is linked with

a kinematic chain

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Index of protection area element

Definitions: Protection areas added to an existing protection area via $NP_ADD[...], must not be

linked to a kinematic chain, e.g. $NP_CHAIN_NAME[...] and $NP_CHAIN_ELMEM[...]

must be empty.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Enter in $NP_ADD[...] a protection area not linked with a kinematic chain or delete the

reference to a kinematic

chain in the protection area to be added or delete th e entry

in $NP_ADD[...].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26242 Channel %1 block %2: Name of the kinematic chain in $NP_CHAIN_NAME[%3] not

defined

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The name of the element of a kinematic chain was indicated in the protection area in

$NP_CHAIN_ELEM[...]. In this case, it is mandatory to indicate the name itself of the

kinematic chain in $NP_CHAIN_NAME[...].

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_CHAIN_NAME[...] the name of a kine matic chain or delete the entry in

$NP_CHAIN_ELEM[...].

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26244 Channel %1 block %2: Protection area %3, referred to in $NP_ADD[%4], is already

contained in the de fin ition chain

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of protection area

%4 = Index of protection area element

Definitions: A closed definition chain was found, i.e. a protection area element contains the protection

area of which it is a part.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Change definition of the protection area or delete pr otection area.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26246 Channel %1 block %2: Parameter $NP_PARA[%3,%4] is invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of protection area element

%4 = Index of parameters

Definitions: An invalid parameter value to def ine a protection area element was indicated.

Parameter values must not be ne gative.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate valid parameter value.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-421

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26248 Channel %1 block %2: The contents (%4) of parameter $NP_BIT_NO[%3] are invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Programmed bit index

%4 = Index of parameters

Definitions: Invalid bit number indicated for the switchover of a preactivated protection area between

the states activated / deactivated.

Bit number must have a value between -1 and 63.

Whereby -1 means that no interface bit was assigned to the protection area.

Values between 0 and 63 indicate the index of the interface bit through which the

activation state of the protection area is switched over.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate valid index

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26250 Channel %1 block %2: The names of the protection area groups $NP_NAME[%3]

and $NP_NAME[%4] are the same

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st protection area group

%4 = Index of 2nd protection area group

Definitions: Two protection area groups were assigned the same name. The names of the protection

area groups must be clear and identifiable.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Rename one of the protection area groups involved.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26252 Channel %1 block %2: Element %4 of the protection area groups %3 is not linked

with a kinematic chain

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Index of 1st protection area group

%4 = Index of 2nd protection area group

Definitions: Protection areas being elements of a protection area group must be linked with a

kinematic chain.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Defining the assig n m e nt of a protection area to a kinematic chain.

Deleting the protection area from the protection area group.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26254 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area referred to in element %4 of protection

area group %3 was not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Number of protection area group

%4 = Number of the element of the protection area group

Definitions: The protection area to be added to the current protection area group was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_MEMBER_X[...] the name of an existing protection area, define a

protection area with the indicated na me or delete entry.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26256 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area group %3 referred to in

$NP_ADD_GROUP[%4] was not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the protection area group to be added

%4 = Index of protection area group

Definitions: The protection area group to be added to the current protection area group was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_ADD_GROUP[...] the name of an existing protection area group, define a

protection area group with the name indicated or delete entry.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26260 Channel %1 block %2: Collision of the two protection areas %3 and %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of 1st protection area

%4 = Name of 2nd protection area

Definitions: The two protection areas named collide in the indicated block, i.e. the distance between

the two protection areas is smaller than the value defined by machine date

$MN_COLLISION_TOLERANCE.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change NC program or definition of the protection areas involved.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

03/2006

2-423

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

26262 Channel %1: Not enough memory space during collision test of the two protection

areas %2 an d %3 . N om i n a l / Ac tual: %4

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Name of 1st protection area

%3 = Name of 2nd protection area

%4 = Nominal / Actual

Definitions: The collision monitoring of two protection areas requires temporary internal memory

space the size of which depe nds on the number of the elements contained in the

protection areas.

If the 1st protection area has m elements and the 2nd protection area n elements, th en a

maximum of 4 * n *m memory spaces of 4 bytes each are required.

Example:

1st protection area has 20 elements

2nd protection area has 25 elements

A temporary memory space of 4 * 4 * 20 * 25 = 8000 bytes is require d.

The size of the available memory space can be influenced via machine date

$MN_MM_3D_COLLISION.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Change NC program or definition of the protection areas involved.

Adjust machine date $MN_MM_3D_COLLISION.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26264 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area with the name %3 was not found.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Name of protection area

Definitions: One protection area with the name indicated was not found (e.g. during function call

PROTA).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Indicate the name of an existing protection area or define the protection area with the

name indicated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26266 Channel %1 block %2: The protection area with the name %3 was program med

several times.

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Name of protection area

Definitions: The name of a protection area was programmed several times (e.g, during the function

call PROTA).

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Indicate each required name of a protection area only once.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26268 Channel %1 block %2: Protection area %3 h as not been assigned an interface bit

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Name of protection area

Definitions: An attempt was made to preactivate a protection area to which no interface bit was

assigned. Protection areas can be preactivated only if an interface bit was defined in

$NP_BIT_NO[..] through which switchover between activated and deactivated state is

possible in a preactivated protection area.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Assign an interface bit to the protection area or select another activation mode (active /

inactive).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26270 Channel %1 block %2: Invaid activation parameter during the PROTA function call

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

Definitions: The activation parameter of the PROTA function contains an invalid value.

Only the following values are permitted:

"A" or "a" (= activated)

"I" or "i" (= inactivated)

"P" or "p" (= preactivated)

"R" or "r" (= take over activation state from protection area definitions)

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Indicate a valid activation parameter ("A", "a", "I", "i", "P", "p" , "R", "r").

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26272 Channel %1 block %2: The contents (%3) of par ameter $NP_INIT_STAT[%4] are

invalid

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number

%3 = Programmed state

%4 = Index of parameters

Definitions: An invalid activation sta te wa s indicated for a protection area.

Only the following values are permitted:

"A" or "a" (= activated)

"I" or "i" (= inactivated)

"P" or "p" (= preactivated)

03/2006

2-425

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Indicate a valid activation parameter ("A", "a", "I", "i", "P", "p").

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26274 Channel %1 block %2: Chain %3 referred to in $NP_CHAIN_NAME[%4] was not

found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the chain

%4 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The kinematic chain referred to in the protection area definition ($NP_CHAIN_NAME[...])

was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_CHAIN_NAME[...] the name of an existing kinematic chain or define a

chain with the name indicated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26276 Channel %1 block %2: Chain element %3 referred to in $NP_CHAIN_ELEM[%4] was

not found

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Block number, label

%3 = Name of the chain element

%4 = Index of protection area

Definitions: The kinematic chain elem ent referred to in the protection area definition

($NP_CHAIN_ELEM[...]) was not found.

Reactions: - Correction block is reorganized.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: Indicate in $NP_CHAIN_ELEM[...] the name of an existing chain element or define a

chain element with the name indicated.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.

26280 Channel %1 axis %2 stopped due to the risk of collision

Parameters: %1 = Channel number

%2 = Axis name, spin dle number

%3 = String

Definitions: The indicated axis was stopped due to the risk of collision.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: In JOG mode: Retract axis from danger zone.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

In automatic mode: Determine reason for the risk of collision and eliminate. Possible

reasons: wrong NC program, too large handwheel overrides, axis couplings and vice-

versa impairing of two channels.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27000 Axis %1 is not safely referenced

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: There are two reasons for this alarm:

• the machine position has not yet been acknowledged by the user,

• the machine position has not yet been verified through follow-up referencing.

Even if the axis is already referenced, there is no confirmation that referencing has

supplied the correct result. For example, wrong results can occur if the axis was moved

after the control was switched off, with the result th at the standstill position saved prior to

switching off is no longer correct. T o make sure that this does not happen , the user must

acknowledge the displayed actual position after the first referencin g process.

When the user enable has first been set, follow-up referencing must be carried out each

time the control is booted (with absolute encoders, this follow-up referencing is executed

automatically). This procedure is carried out to verify the standstill position saved prior to

switching off of the control.

Via the MD $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL (MD>=3), the alarm display can

be set in such a way that the group alarm 27100 is displayed for all SI axes.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

SGA "Axis safely referenced" is not set. SE will be switched off, if the actual safety

position has not yet been confirmed by a user agreement. If the user agreement has been

set, SE will remain active. The safe cams are calculated and output. However, their

significance is limited as referencing has not been confirmed.

Remedy: Traverse the axis to a known position, change to operating mode "Referencing" and press

softkey "Agreement". Check the positions displayed in the agre ement screen on the

machine. If they match the expected or known position, confirm this by using the toggle

key. If the user agreement has already been set, reference the axis again.

The user agreement can be changed only via keyswitch position 3 or after password

entry.

WARNING:

If the axis is not referenced safely and the user agreement is not avai lable, the following

will apply:

• the safe cams are not yet safe

• the safe end positions are not yet active.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27001 Axis %1 error in a monitoring channel, code %2, values: NCK %3, drive %4

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Additional info cross-comparison index

%3 = NCK comparison value extension

%4 = Additional info comparison value drive

Definitions: The mutual comparison of the two monitoring channels has found a difference between

input data or results of the monitoring operations. One of the monitors no longer functions

reliably, i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.

The following error codes are possible on the NCK side:

• 0 No error found in this channel; following alarm to drive alarm 300911.

• 1 result list 1: different SBH, SG, SBR or SE result, e.g. due to different activation of the

monitoring channels. For further information see drive MDs 1391, 1392.

03/2006

2-427

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 2 Result list 2: difference in SN, n_x result. For further information see drive MD 1393,

1394.

• 3 Actual value difference greater than setting in $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL.

• 4 Not assigned.

• 5 Function enables $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.

• 6 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0].

• 7 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1].

• 8 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2].

• 9 Velocity limit $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3].

• 10 Tolerance for safe operational stop $MA_SAFE _STANDSTILL_TOL.

• 11 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[0].

• 12 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[0].

• 13 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[1].

• 14 Safe position limit $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[1].

• 15 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 16 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0].

• 17 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 18 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0].

• 19 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[1] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 20 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[1].

• 21 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[1] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 22 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[1].

• 23 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[2] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 24 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[2].

• 25 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[2] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 26 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[2].

• 27 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[3] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 28 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[3].

• 29 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[3] + $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.

• 30 Cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[3].

• 31 Actual position tolerance $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. $MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL for

active actual value synchronization (slippage)

• 32 Ref. position tolerance $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL.

• 33 Delay SG[x] -> SG[y] $MA_SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY.

• 34 Delay cross-comparison $MA_SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME.

• 35 Delay pulse disable Stop B $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY.

• 36 Delay pulse disable test stop $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME

• 37 Delay Stop C -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C.

• 38 Delay Stop D -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D.

• 39 Delay Stop E -> SBH $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E.

• 40 Stop reaction on SG exceeded $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE.

• 41 Stop reaction on SE exceeded $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE.

• 42 Standstill speed $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL.

• 43 Memory test, stop reaction.

• 44 Actual position + SG[0] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0].

• 45 Actual position - SG[0] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0].

• 46 Actual position + SG[1] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1].

• 47 Actual position - SG[1] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1].

• 48 Actual position + SG[2] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2].

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 49 Actual position - SG[2] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2].

• 50 Actual position + SG[3] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3].

• 51 Actual position - SG[3] $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3].

• 52 Standstill position + tolerance $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.

• 53 Standstill position - tolerance $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.

• 54 Actual postion + n_x + tolerance $MA_SAFE_VELO_X + $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL.

• 55 Actual postion + n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X.

• 56 Actual postion - n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X.

• 57 Actual postion - n_x - tolerance $MA_SAFE_VELO_X - $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL

• 58 Active external standstill request.

• 59 SG override factor 1 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[0].

• 60 SG override factor 2 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[1].

• 61 SG override factor 3 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[2].

• 62 SG override factor 4 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[3].

• 63 SG override factor 5 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[4].

• 64 SG override factor 6 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[5].

• 65 SG override factor 7 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[6].

• 66 SG override factor 8 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[7].

• 67 SG override factor 9 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[8].

• 68 SG override factor 10 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[9].

• 69 SG override factor 11 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[10].

• 70 SG override factor 12 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[11].

• 71 SG override factor 13 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[12].

• 72 SG override factor 14 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[13].

• 73 SG override factor 15 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[14].

• 74 SG override factor 16 $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR[15].

• 75 Velocity limit n_x $MA_SAFE_VELO_X.

• 76 Stop reaction SG1 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[0].

• 77 Stop reaction SG2 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[1].

• 78 Stop reaction SG3 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[2].

• 79 Stop reaction SG4 $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION[3].

• 80 Modulo value for safe cam $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE.

• 81 Velocity tolerance for safe deceleration ramp $MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.

• 82 SG override factor SGE 0...15 = active SGE position. -1 = SG override inactive

(neither SG2 nor SG4 active, or function not activated in

$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE).

• 83 Acceptance test time different $MA_SAFE_ACCEPTANCE_TST_TIMEOUT.

• 84 Delay time Stop F -> Stop B $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_F.

• 85 Delay time pulse disable bus fail $MN_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_TIME_BUSFAIL.

• 86 Single encoder system $MA_SAFE_SINGLE_ENC.

• 87 Encoder assignment $MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR.

• 88 Cam enable $MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE.

• 89 Encoder limit frequency $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.

• 90 Cam SGA outside $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL different

• 1000 Control timer expired: If one channel informs another of an SGE change, this

control timer is used to check whether the update timer in the other channel has expired.

• 1001 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911)

• 1002 User confirmation inconsistent: Da ta for user confirmation different in both

monitoring channels after 2 seconds.

%3 = state of the NCK user acknowledgement.

03/2006

2-429

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

%4 = state of the 611D user acknowledgement.

• 1003 Reference tolerance $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL exceeded.

• 1004 Plausibility error in user confirmation.

• 1005 Pulses already disabled on test stop selection.

• 1006 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911).

• 1007 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911).

• 1008 (only assigned on drive, see alarm 300911).

• 1009 Pulses not disabled after $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME test stop time.

• 1010 Pulses not disabled during test of the external pulse suppression after

$MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME test stop time.

• 1011 NCK/drive acceptance test state different.

• 1013 NCK user acknowledgement from PLC SRAM and NCK user acknowledgement

from the NCK machine date are different.

• 1014 NCK axis number from PLC SRAM and NCK axis number from the ramp up are

different.

• 1020 Communication disrupted between NCK monitoring channel and drive monitori ng

channel.

• 1024 NCK standstill position from PLC SRAM and NCK standstill position from the NCK

machine date are different.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Alarm display.

If safe monitoring was active, STOP B was also triggered automatically. In this case, a

power OFF/ON of the control will be required.

Remedy: Find the difference between the monitoring channels. Error code %2 shows the cause of

the alarm.

It is possible that safety-relevant machine data are no longer the same (reload if required)

that the safety-relevant inputs do not have the same level (check).

If an error like that cannot be found, an error in the CPU may have occurred such as a

memory cell that has "fallen over". This error may be temporary (remove with power ON)

or permanent (replace hardware, if it is displayed again after power ON).

Error codes for STOP F for 840D/611D:

0: No error in this channel. Look for the cause in the other channel.

1: Results list 1. Unequal control of the functions via the SGEs; analyze precise error

coding in 611D MD 1391 and 1392.

2: Results list 2. Check cam tolerance, analyze precise error coding in the 611D-MDs

1393 and 1394.

3: Actual position. Incorrect encoder evaluati on (check MDs). Differently stored standsti ll

position.

4: No cross-comparison.

5: Function enable s . Enter equal MDs.

6: Limit value for SG1. Enter equal MDs.

7: Limit value for SG2. Enter equal MDs.

8: Limit value for SG3. Enter equal MDs.

9: Limit value for SG4. Enter equal MDs.

10: Standstill tolerance. Enter equal MDs.

11: Upper limit value SE1. Ente r equal MDs.

12: Lower limit value SE1. Ente r equal MDs.

13: Upper limit value SE2. Ente r equal MDs.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

14: Lower limit value SE2. Ente r equal MDs.

15: Safe cam 1+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.

16: Safe cam 1+. Enter equal MDs.

17: Safe cam 1- (+tolerance). Enter equal MD s.

18: Safe cam 1-. Enter equal MDs.

19: Safe cam 2+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.

20: Safe cam 2+. Enter equal MDs.

21: Safe cam 2- (+tolerance). Enter equal MD s.

22: Safe cam 2-. Enter equal MDs.

23: Safe cam 3+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.

24: Safe cam 3+. Enter equal MDs.

25: Safe cam 3- (+tolerance). Enter equal MD s.

26: Safe cam 3-. Enter equal MDs.

27: Safe cam 4+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.

28: Safe cam 4+. Enter equal MDs.

29: Safe cam 4- (+tolerance). Enter equal MD s.

30: Safe cam 4-. Enter equal MDs.

31: Position tolerance. Enter equal MDs.

32: Reference position tolerance. Enter equal MDs.

33: Time velocity changeover. Enter equal MDs.

34: Tolerance time SGE changeover. Ente r equal MDs.

35: Delay time pulse deletion. Enter equal MDs.

36: Time for check of pulse suppression. Enter equal MDs.

37: Transition time STOP C to SBH. Enter equal MDs.

38: Transition time STOP D to SBH. Enter equal MDs.

39: Transition time STOP E to SBH. Enter equal MDs.

40: Stop reaction to SG. Enter equal MDs.

41: Stop reaction to SE. Enter equal MDs.

42: Creep speed pulse deletion . Enter equal MDs.

43: Storage test stop reaction.

44: Actual position valu e + limit value SG1.

45: Actual position value - limit value SG1.

46: Actual position valu e + limit value SG2.

47: Actual position value - limit value SG2.

48: Actual position valu e + limit value SG3.

49: Actual position value - limit value SG3.

50: Actual position valu e + limit value SG4.

51: Actual position value - limit value SG4.

52: Standstill position + tolerance.

53: Standstill position - tolerance.

54: Actual position value "+ nx" + tolera nce.

55: Actual position value "+ nx".

56: Actual position value "- nx".

57: Actual position value "- nx" + tolerance.

58: Current shutdown request.

59: SG override factor 1. Enter equal MDs.

60: SG override factor 2. Enter equal MDs.

61: SG override factor 3. Enter equal MDs.

62: SG override factor 4. Enter equal MDs.

03/2006

2-431

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

63: SG override factor 5. Enter equal MDs.

64: SG override factor 6. Enter equal MDs.

65: SG override factor 7. Enter equal MDs.

66: SG override factor 8. Enter equal MDs.

67: SG override factor 9. Enter equal MDs.

68: SG override factor 10. Enter equal MDs.

69: SG override factor 11. Enter equal MDs.

70: SG override factor 12. Enter equal MDs.

71: SG override factor 13. Enter equal MDs.

72: SG override factor 14. Enter equal MDs.

73: SG override factor 15. Enter equal MDs.

74: SG override factor 16. Enter equal MDs.

75: Velocity limit "nx" . Enter equal MDs.

76: Stop reaction with SG1. Enter equal MDs.

77: Stop reaction with SG2. Enter equal MDs.

78: Stop reaction with SG3. Enter equal MDs.

79: Stop reaction with SG4. Enter equal MDs.

80: Modulo value for safe cams. Enter equ al MDs.

81: Velocity tolerance for safe braking ramp. Enter equal MDs.

82: SG correction factor SGEs. Actuate equal SGEs.

83: Acceptance test duration. Enter equal MDs.

84: Stop F -> Stop B delay time. Enter equal MDs.

85: Bus failure pulse suppression delay time. Enter equal MDs.

89: Encoder limit frequency. Enter equal MDs.

1000: Control timer expired. Too many switching operations on the SGEs (e.g. due to

contact problems, loose contact).

1001: Incorrect control timer initialization.

1002: User confirmation timer expired.

1003: Reference tolerance violated. Comparison of the reference position with the current

safe actual position.

1004: Plausibility of user confirmati on is violated.

1005: Pulses already deleted during test stop selection. Test stop selection with missing

pulse enable, Error in the wiring of the SGE "Pulses ha ve been deleted".

1006: Error during forced SGA dynamization.

1007: Communication failure between PLC and drive.

1008: Erroneous data transfer be tween PLC and drive.

1009: Trigger a subsequent stop after test stop. Check the wiring. Check the SGE

configuration via MD $MA_SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT. Check the time level for test

stop.

1010: Pulses not deleted. Check MD.

1012: Restore data consistency by power On.

1013: Restore data consistency by power On.

1014: Restore data consistency by power On.

1020: Cyclic communication between NCK and drive no longer functioning.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

If STOP B was triggered, a power OFF/ON of the control will be required.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27002 Axis %1 test stop is running

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: Proper functioning of the switch-off path is just being tested by setting of the SGE "Test

stop selection".

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: The message serves only for user informatio n.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

The alarm will disappear automatically after expiry of the delay time - defined in MD

$MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME - and after removal of SGE "Test stop

selection", if the control recognizes pulse suppression, i.e. the test has been completed

successfully. An unsuccessful test can be recognized by alarm 27 001 with error code

1005 or by alarm 27024.

27003 Checksum error found: %1 %2

Parameters: %1 = Note on code section or table

%2 = Table number

Definitions: Checksum error in safety-relevant code or safety-relevant data. The safe monitoring

functions (Safety Integrated) in the NCK could be affected.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Continue to work very carefully. Reload code and data as soon as possible (Power On). If

this error occurs again, contact your service personnel.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27004 Axis %1, difference safe input %2, NCK %3, drive %4

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Monitoring input

%3 = Interface identifier NCK input

%4 = Interface identifier drive input

Definitions: A difference has been found on the specified safe input. The state of the specified input

signal differed in the two monitoring channels NCK and 611D during the duration set in

$MA_SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME.

Monitoring in question (%2):

SS/SV = Difference in SGE "Deselection of safe operating stop/Safe velocity"

SS = Difference in SGE "Safe operating stop"

SV = Difference in SGE "Selection safe velocity"

SP = Difference in SGE "Selection safe limit position"

SVOVR = Difference in SGEs "Selection SG correction"

Interface identifier NCK input (%3):

DMP<drv><mod><bit>=<value>

<drv> = Drive number of terminal block (1...31)

<mod> = Submodule number (1...8)

<bit> = Terminal number (1...16)

<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)

SPL For when the SGE is parameterized at the SPL interface.

<io> = Parameterizable system variable range (01=$A_INSID, 02=$A_INSED)

<dword> = System variable double word (1,2)

03/2006

2-433

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

<bit> = Bit number in system variable double word (1...32)

<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)

Onboard input For when the SGE is parameterized at an onboard input.

<bit> = Input number = 01 ...04

<value> = Value of NCK SGE = 0,1

Interface identifier drive input (%4):

DBX<byte><bit>=<value >

<byte> = Byte number in axial DB (22, 23, 32, 33)

<bit> = Bit number in byte (0...7)

<value> = Value of drive SGE (0,1)

This alarm can be hidden by setting MD $MN_SAFE_DIAGNOSIS_MASK, bit 0 = 0.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check settings for safe input signals (NCK I/Os, PLC DB parameters).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27005 Axis %1 error in data cross check: static actual value difference

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: Via the data cross check between NCK and 611D monitoring channel, a difference in

actual values was de tected, which is greater than the maximum tolerance defined in MD

$MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. This can be checked by means of the safe position values for the

two monitoring chan nels displayed in the service menu.

The alarm is displayed only, if monitoring with absolute reference (SE/SN) has been

enabled for the specified axis and if the user enable has been set. The alarm is cleared,

as soon as the user enable is deleted or the actual value difference between the two

monitoring channels falls again below the maximum permissible difference.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: If the alarm is present statically, the user enable must be deleted. When the control is

then rebooted, the machine can be brought to the safe state again and operation resumed

by a new referencing process and setting of the user enable. Prior to setting the user

enable, the actual position of the axis displayed in the "User enabl e" screen must be

compared with the current machine position. This is obligatory to ensure the proper

functioning of the safe limit positions (SE) and safe cams (SN).

A change of the user acknowledgement is only possible with key switch position 3 or after

input of a password.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27006 Axis %1 Test ext. pulse deletion run ning

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: The correct functioning of the external pulse di sable is being checked now by setting the

"Test stop of external shutdown" SGE.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Alarm disappe ars automatically when the test has been exited by deleting the "Test stop

of external shutdown" SGE.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27007 Axis %1 acceptance test mode is active

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: Via the operator panel, an SI acceptance test has been started for example with the

acceptance test wizard. The acceptance test mode is activated via the NCK and drive for

the time of this acceptance test. In the acceptance test mode, SI PowerOn alarms can be

acknowledged with the Reset key.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Deselect the acceptance test, for example with the acceptance test wizard or wait until

completed (acceptance test time can be parameterized vi a MD

$MA_SAFE_ACCEPTANCE_TST_TIMEOUT).

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27008 Axis %1 SW limit switch deactivated

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: Via the HMI, the SI acceptance test Safe limit position has been started, for example with

the acceptance test wizard. For these acceptance tests, the single-channel software limit

switches are de a c tivated for the axis/spi n dle, in order to assur e th at the safe limit

positions can be approached.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Deactivation of the single-channel software limit switch for the displayed axis/spindle.

Remedy: Deselect the acceptance test, for example with the acceptance test wizard, or wait until

completed.

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27010 Axis %1 tolerance for safe standstill exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: The axis has moved too far away from the setpoint position. It is further away than

allowed in MD $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD

$MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Stop of the axis with the setpoint speed value=0 (STO P B). As soon as the actual speed

value is smaller than defined in MD $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL, but the latest

after time-out in MD $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY, the pulses will be

suppressed (STOP A).

Remedy: Check the tolerance of zero speed monitoring: does the value match the precision and

control dynamics of the axis? If not, increase tolerance. If yes, check the machine for any

damage and rectify it.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

2-435

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27011 Axis %1 safe velocity exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: The axis has moved too quickly and faster than allowed in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT.

With active SBH/SG and a 1-encoder system, the velocity which corresponds to an

encoder limit frequency of MD SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT has bee n exceeded.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Axis stop with STOP A, C, D or E, depending on the configuration in MD

$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION.

Remedy: If no obvious operator error occurred: check the input value of the MD, check SGEs: was

the correct safe velocity selected? If the MDs and SGEs are o.k., check the machine for

any damage and rectify it.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27012 Axis %1 safe end position exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: The axis has exceeded the limit position entered in MD $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMT_PLUS or

MD $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Stop the axis with STOP C,D or E, depending on the configuration in MD

$MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE.

Remedy: If no obvious operator error occurred: Check the input value of the machine data and

check the SGEs: was the correct one of 2 limit positions selected? If the MDs and SGEs

are o.k., check the machine for any damage and rectify it.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

Remove the user agreement for this axis. Then press the RESET key causing the

program to be aborted and the alarm to be deleted. Traverse the axis in JOG mode to the

valid traversing range. After fault correction of the NC program and an axis position

check, the user agreement can be set again and the program can be restarted.

27013 Axis %1 safe braking ramp exceeded

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: After the initiation of STOP B or C, the velocity exceeded the tolerance value entered in

MD $MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Pulse interlock by triggering a STOP A.

Remedy: Check MD $MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL. Check the braking behavior of the affected

drive.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27020 Axis %1 stop E triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: This alarm is output together with alarms 27011 "Safe velocity exceeded" or 27012 "Safe

limit position exceeded" (when configured as such in MD

$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE, $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION or MD:

$MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Trigger a LIFTFAST ASUB and internal activation of the safe operational stop (SBH) after

expiry of the time set in MD $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E.

Remedy: Eliminate causes of the alarms "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe limit position exceeded"

(see description of these alarms).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27021 Axis %1 stop D triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: This alarm is output together with alarms 27011 "Safe velocity exceeded" or 27012 "Safe

limit position exceeded" (when configured as such in $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE,

$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION or $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Trigger a "Deceleration on the path" and internal activation of the safe operational stop

(SBH) after expiry of the ti me set in MD $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_ TIME_D.

Remedy: Eliminate causes of alarm "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe limit position exceeded" (see

description of these alarms).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27022 Axis %1 stop C triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: This alarm is output together with alarms 27011 "Safe velocity exceeded" or 27012 "Safe

limit position exceeded" (when configured as such in $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE,

$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION or $MA_SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE).

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Trigger a "Deceleration on the current limit" and internal activation of the safe operational

stop (SBH) after expiry of the time set in MD $MA_SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C .

Remedy: Eliminate causes of alarm "Safe velocity exceeded" or "Safe limit position exceeded" (see

description of these alarms).

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-437

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27023 Axis %1 stop B triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: This alarm is output together with alarm 27010 "Tolerance for safe operational stop

exceeded" or after alarm 27001 "STOP F triggered".

The alarm can be reprogrammed in MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Trigger a "Deceleration on the current limit" and activation of the timer for a switchove r

after STOP A (see MD $MA_SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY).

Remedy: Eliminate causes of alarm "Tolerance for safe standstill exceeded" or "STOP F triggered"

(see description of these alarms).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27024 Axis %1 stop A triggered

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: This alarm follows an

• Alarm 27011 "Safe velocity exceeded" (when configured as such in

$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE, $MA_ SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION)

• Alarm 27013 "Safe braking ramp exceeded",

• Alarm 27023 "Stop B triggered"

• unsuccess ful test stop.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Trigger a "Pulse suppression".

Remedy: Eliminate causes of

• alarm "Save velocity exceeded",

• alarm "Safe braking ramp exceeded",

• alarm "Stop B triggered"

• unsuccess ful test stop

(see description of these alarms).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27030 Axis %1 function not su pported on this 611D module

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: SINUMERIK Safety Integrated can be used only with the 611D Performance control

modules with 2 measuring circuits per drive and cutoff relay. An attempt has been made

to activate a safety function although no such module is plugged in.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Replace module or switch off safety functions in MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27031 Axis %1 limit value for safe velocity %2 at gear ratio %3 too large (max. %4)

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Limit value index

%3 = Number of the transmission ratio

%4 = Maximum velocity

Definitions: All limit values in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT have to be set in a way that the limit

frequency of the amplitude monitoring in the measuring circuit hardware is not exceeded.

The limit value which did not fulfil this condition is indicated as secon d parameter (1 for

SG1, 2 for SG2, etc.). The third parameter indicates the gear stage, e.g. 1 for gear stage

1, 2 for gear stage 2, etc. The fourth parameter indicates the maximum velocity which can

be entered to just maintain the limit frequency in safe operation.

The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY

(channel not ready).

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Trigger a "Pulse suppression".

Remedy: Reduce the limit value in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[x], x = (2nd alarm parameter) - 1,

or correct the setting of the gear factors.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27032 Axis %1 checksum error %2 of safe monito ring. Confirmation and acceptance test

required!

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Index of $MA_SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM

Definitions: The relevant MDs $MN_SAFE_..., $MN_PROFISAFE_..., $MA_SAFE ... are protected

by a checksum. The alarm indicates that the current checksum does not coincide any

longer with the stored checksum, which means that either an MD value has been

changed without authorization or an MD is defective.

The 2nd parameter indicates the field entry of $MA_SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM in which

the error was found.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

03/2006

2-439

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check MDs. Allow the checksum to be recalculated. Re-accept safety functions.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27033 Axis %1 parameterization of MD %2[%3] invalid

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = MD identifier

%3 = Machine data index

Definitions: The parameterization of machine data %2 is incorrect. An additional indication is the array

index of the machine data. If th e machine data is a single machine date, a zero is

specified as array index. This alarm occurs in the followi ng contexts:

• 1. Conversion of the specified MD into the internal calculation format will cause an

overflow.

• 2. The values entered in MD $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS and

$MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS have been interchanged. The upper limit is less than

or equal to the lower limit.

• 3. For an axis with safety functions, the setpoint/actual channel assignme nt in MD

$MA_SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR, MD $MA_CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR was not

made on the drive bus. No module number was stated for a setpoint/actual value

assignment in MD $MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR, MD

$MA_SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR.

• 4. The number of drives has changed. On reading back the standstill position and the

associated drive number, a difference has been found to the current drive configuration.

• 5. A safety function has been enabled in MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE without

the safety functions SBH/SG having been enabled.

• 6. Error on parameterizing the input/output settings for the SGEs/SGAs.

• 7. A zero has been entered in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST.

• 8. A zero has been entered in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_RESOL .

• 9. In MD $MA_IS_ROT_AX and MD $MA_SAFE_IS_ROT_AX , different settings have

been made.

• 10. A non-existing measuring circuit has been parameterized in MD

$MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR.

• 11. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR, the number of a drive has been entered

that either does not exist or has been detected as inactive. With an inactive drive, MD

$MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE was not reset to 0.

• 12. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE, an encoder type has been parameterized not

matching the physically present type.

• 13. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE, an incorrect encoder type has been entered for an

active drive ($MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE = 0, 2, 3 or 5).

• 14. When setting the parameters for the motor encoder in MD

$MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR, the measuring circuit for the 2nd measuring system is

also used to ensure double-redundancy. The 2nd measuring circuit of this drive module

has also been parameterized in the data of another axis, therefore there is a dual

assignment. The 2nd measur ing circuit connection cannot be used for the actual value

acquisition in this paramete rization.

• 15. In MD $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL a value greater than 10mm was entered for a linear

axis.

• 16. In MD $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL, a value greater than 1mm was entered for a

linear axis.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 17. The limit values for the "n<n_x" monitoring, calculated from MD

$MA_SAFE_VELO_X and MD $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL, are of equal size.

• 18. One of the activated cam positions is outside the actual value modulo range.

• 19. The parameterized cam modulo range MD $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE is not a

multiple integer of 360 degrees.

• 20. The parameterized cam modulo range MD $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE and the

modulo range in MD $MA_MODULO_RANGE cannot be divided as integers into one

another.

• 21. The "Actual value synchronization 2-encoder system" function (slippage) is selected

for a single-encoder system, or a function with an absolute reference (SE/SN) is active

at the same time.

• 22. Alarms 27000/300950 should be suppressed for parking (MD

$MA_SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS!=0). The SGA "Axis safely referenced" must

be configured in MD $MA_SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT.

• 23. An axial SGE/SGA was configured at the SPL interface (segment number = 4) and

the function enable for the external stops (MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, bit6)

is missing.

• 24. An axial SGE/SGA was parameterized at the SPL inte rface (segment number = 4)

and the SGE "Deselect ext. Stop A" (assignment via MD

$MA_SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT[0]) was parameterized inverted (bit31 = 1) or the SGE

"Deselect ext. Stop A" was not parameterized at the SPL interface $A_OUTSI.

• 25. The function "Save actual value with incremental encoder" is enabled via MD

$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE for the parameterizable incremental encoder, and a

monitoring function with absolute reference (SE/SN ) is enabled via MD

$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. It is not permissible to combine these functions.

• 26. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD

$MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL.

• 27. A value greater than 20000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD

$MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.

• 28. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD

$MA_SAFE_VELO_X.

• 29. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in

$MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL.

• 30. A value greater than the maximum settable encoder limit frequency for the safe

operation of a single-encoder system was set in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.

• 31. A value greater than 300kHz for a Performance-1 or Standard-2 control module was

set in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.

• 32. MD $MA_SAFE_EXT_PULSE_ENAB_OUTPUT was not or not correctly

parameterized. A parameterization of this MD is required if in MD

$MA_SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT, bit30 is set to 1, i.e. internal pulse

suppression is being used.

• 33. The MD $MN_SAFE_SPL_STOP_MODE has been parameterized to the value of 4

(Stop E) without having enabled th e external Stop E in all the axes with SI function

enables (MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE not equal to 0).

• 34. Testing the mechanical system of the brakes was enabled in MD

$MA_FIXED_STOP_MODE (bit1 = 1), without previously enabling the safe operation

function for this axis in MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. Testing the mechanical

system of the brake s is pe rmitted only with safety functions in this axis.

• 35. Illegal values have been parameterized in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or

MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION.

• 36. In MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, the cam synchronization was activated

via bit7 without enabling any cams via bit8...bit15 or via $MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABL E.

• 37. The cam is enabled both via $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE and via

$MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE

03/2006

2-441

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

• 38. In MD $MA_SAFE_DRIVE_PS_ADDRESS an invalid value was parameterized or

the same address was assigned for several axes.

• 39. The internal default of MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_PULSE_SHIFT from drive

parameterization could not be executed, as some values outside th e specified range

would have to be defaulted in this case. Adjust the encoder parameterization in the

drive.

• 40. The MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR was parameterized with digits behind

the decimal point.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check and change the specified MD. Allow the checksum to be recalcu lated. Re-accept

safety functions.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27034 Parameterization of MD %1 invalid.

Parameters: %1 = MD identifier

Definitions: The parameterization of %1 is incorrect. This alarm occurs in the following contex t:

• an incorrect value was entered for MD $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Check and correct the specified machine data.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27035 Axis %1 new hardware component, confirmation and acceptance required.

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: The IDs for the corresponding hardware components (encoder, motor module)

read out by the drive do not match the NCK parameteriz ation.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Continue the start-up operation; correct the checksums.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27036 Axis %1 encoder paramete rization MD %2[%3] has been adjusted .

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = MD identifier

%3 = Machine data index

Definitions: Encoder parameterizati on of the encoder read out by the drive for the SI monitoring

functions

does not match NCK parameterization in the displayed MD. The relevant NCK MD has

been adjusted.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

In addition, a Stop F is triggered that may cause follow-up alarm 27001 with error code 0

as well as

alarms 27023 and 27024.

Alarm 27001 with error code 0 can be avoid ed by alarm reduction

($MA_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL higher or equal to 1).

Remedy: Continue the start-up operation; correct the checksums.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27037 Axis %1 and %2 with the same PROFIsafe address %3.

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Axis number

%3 = PROFIsafe address

Definitions: The PROFIsafe addresses of these two axes re ad out by the drive are identical.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Set the correct PROFIsafe addresses of the drives.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27038 Axis %1 value %2 in drive parameter %3 violates the limits of NCK MD %4 .

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

%2 = Value in drive parameter

%3 = Drive parameter number, for example parameter 979.

%4 = NCK machine data name.

Definitions: A SINAMICS drive delivers values in a parameter that violate the min/max value for an

NCK machine data.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Examine why incorrect values are ente red in parameter 979 of the drive (for example,

internal software errors in the drive, see drive documentation).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

03/2006

2-443

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27040 Axis %1 waiting for motor module.

Parameters: %1 = Axis na me, spindle number

Definitions: Alarm on ramp-up as long as the motor module is not yet ready for SI.

Communication to the motor module is not yet active on ramp-up, the safety functions are

not yet available.

Reactions: - Interface signals are set.

- Alarm display.

Remedy: The alarm will remain present during ramp-up, if the drive does not communicate (for

example, PROFIBUS connector fallen off). Otherwise, the alarm will be displayed only

shortly and is deleted automatically.

The alarm may remain present during start-up, if safe motion monitoring was activated in

$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE only, but not in the corresponding parameter of the

drive (P9501).

Program

Continuation: Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.

27050 Axis %1 SI communication failure.

Parameters: %1 = Axis number

Definitions: Communication with the drive for Safety Integrated

motion monitoring is additionally monitored. This monitoring

has found an error.

Reactions: - NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

Remedy: Verification of the connections between NCK and drive.

Check for compliance with the EMC requirements.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27090 Error in data cross check NCK-PLC, %1[%2], NCK: %3; %4<ALSI>

Parameters: %1 = Name of system variable in which the error was detected

%2 = System variable array index extension

%3 = NCK comparison value extension

%4 = Cross-check array index extension

Definitions: Differences in the compared data have occured in a cyclic data cross check between

NCK and PLC. Parameter %1 specifies the erroneous system variable ($A_INSI,

$A_OUTSI, $A_ IN SE, $A_OUTSE or$A_MARKERSI) with error index %2.

Special cases:

• Alarm "Error in NCK-PLC data cross check, $MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0], ..."

means that the SPL startup status has been set differently in the NCK and PLC.

• Alarm "Error in NCK-PLC data cross check, $MN_SPL_STO P_MODE[0], ..." means that

the SPL stop reaction (Stop D or E) has been set differently in the NCK and PLC.

• Alarm "Error in NCK-PLC data cross ch eck, TIMEOUT[0], NCK: 0 " mean s th at the

communication between NCK and PLC is generally disturbed and that a data cross

check can no longer be performed.

With data cross-check errors on system variables $A_INSE, the hardware assignment

parameterized in MD $MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7] is displayed in addition to the

affected system variables in alarm parameter %1, so that the affected hardware

connection is shown directly by the specifications in the alarm line.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Example: Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, DMP 04.03 Bit 01=$A_INSE[2], NCK: 1;

The specifications in the example (04.03) correspon d to the entries made in the machine

data $MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7] for the mentioned system variable.

They specify:

DMP 04.xx The drive number of the affected terminal block (value range = 01...21).

DMP xx.03 Module number of the input mo dule (value range = 01...08).

The indicated numbers are represen ted as hexadecimal numbers, same as in MD

$MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7].

Same as with the numbering of the inputs on the DMP module s, the bit numbers begin

with value 0 (value range = 00...15).

When assigning the SPL inputs to the NC onboard inputs, the extend ed alarm text is as

follows:

Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, NC-Onboard-In 01=$A:INSE[1], NCK: 1; 2.

With parameter %4 a specific alarm message can be configured on HMI for all listed

system variables:

%4 = 0: Error SPL startup status ($MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] -

DB18.DBX36.0)

or different stop reaction ($MN_SAFE_SPL_STOP_MODE - DB18.DBX36.1).

%4 = 1.... 64: Error in system variable $A_INSE[1...64]

%4 = 65...128: Error in system variable $A_OUTSE[1...64]

%4 = 129...192: Error in system variable $A_INSI[1...64]

%4 = 193...256: Error in system variable $A_OUTSI[1...64]

%4 = 257...320: Error in system variable $A_MA RKERSI[1...64]

In order to parameterize alarm 27090, file ALSI_xx.com must be incorporated in data

handling and announced in HMI via MBDDE.INI in section[IndexTextFiles]

ALSI=f:\dh\mb.dir\alsi_ . The definition of this file can be changed by the machine OEM,

in order to incorporate additional text passages in the alarm that make sense for their

system. If the file definition shall be changed, the new file must be announced in the

system via MBDDE.INI.

Via MD $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL the display of alarm 27090 can be

influenced: MD $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL = 2 : Alarm 27090 is only

displayed for the data difference found first.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Trigger a STOP D/E (setta b l e vi a MD $MN_ SPL_STOP_MODE) on all axes with safety

functionality, as soon as the SPL start-up phase (MD

$MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] unequal to 0) is completed.

Remedy: Analyze the value displayed and evaluate DB18 : SPL_DELTA on the PLC side.

Find the difference between the monitoring channels. Possible causes:

• Incorrect wiring

• Incorrect SPL

• Incorrect assignment of the axial SGEs to internal interface $A_OUTSI

• Incorrect assignment of the axial SGAs to internal interface $A_INSI

• Incorrect assignment of the SPL SGEs to external interface $A_INSE

• Incorrect assignment of the SPL SGAs to external interface $A_OUTSE

• Different SPL startup status set in NCK and PLC

• Different SPL stop reaction set in NCK and PL C

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-445

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27091 Error in data cross check NCK-PLC, stop of %1

Parameters: %1 = Extension indicating the monitoring channel that triggered the stop

Definitions: The monitori ng channel specified in %1 (NCK or PLC) has triggered a stop D or E

(depending on the parameterization in MD $MN_SAFE_SPL_STOP_MODE). The alarm

27090 provides further information about the cause for the stop D/E.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Trigger a STOP D/E (setta b l e vi a MD $MN_ SPL_STOP_MODE) on all axes with safety

functionality, as soon as the SPL start-up phase (MD

$MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] unequal to 0) is completed.

Remedy: Evaluate the alarm parameters of alarm 270 90 and amend the SPL, or check the I/O

modules/wiring or the internal SPL interfaces to the safety monitoring channels in the

NCK and drive 611D.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27092 Communication broken off during NCK PLC data cross check, error detected by %1

Parameters: %1 = Extension indicating the monitoring channel that detected the error

Definitions: The delay time (1s) for communication monitoring was exceeded in the monitoring

channel specified in %1 (NCK or PLC). The other monitoring channel did not send a new

data packet within this time.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

A timer of 5 secs is started, after the expiry of which

• the external NCK SPL outputs are deleted

• the PLC changes to stop.

Remedy: Check the system components (the PLC must have the correct version of FB15 and

DB18).

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27093 Checksum error NCK-SPL, %1, %2, %3

Parameters: %1 = Extension indicating the type of error

%2 = Extension indicating the reference variable

%3 = Extension indicating the actual variable

Definitions: A checksum error has occurred in the NCK SPL. The file /_N_CST_DIR/_N_SAFE_SPF

was subsequently modified. The safe programmable logic (SPL) in the NCK may be

corrupted. Parameter %1 indicates the type of modification:

• %1 = FILE_LENGTH: the file length has changed.

• %1 = FILE_CONTENT: the file contents have changed.

%2 specifies the reference variable (file length, checksum of file contents), %3 specifies

the actual variable which is calculated cyclically.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Check the file and the time of the last modification to the file. Reload the original file and

start the monitoring system again with a Power On.

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27094 Write access to system variable %1 only allowed from NCK-SPL

Parameters: %1 = Name of safety system variable concerned

Definitions: Write access to a safety system variable is only allowed from the part program

/_N_CST_DIR/_N_SAFE_SPF. If this error occurs, an instruction from another part

program was detected.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

03/2006

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

Remedy: Check the part programs you are using for write accesses to safety system variables.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27095 %1 SPL protection not activ ated

Parameters: %1 = Name of the component on which the protection is not ac tivated (NCK or PLC)

Definitions: The protection features are not activated for the SPL. The startup phase of the SPL is not

yet complete. No stop reaction (Stop D or E) was initiated on an error in data cross-

comparison between NCK and PLC.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: • Remedy for NCK: Activate the protection features with MD

$MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1]. The number range of the synchronized action

IDs used in the SPL must be entered in th is MD.

• Remedy for PLC: Activate the protection features by setting the appropriate data bit in

DB18.

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

27096 SPL start not allowed

Definitions: To start the SPL in protected state (MD $MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] not equal

0) Safety Integrated functionality must first be activated for at least one axis (via MD

$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE). Without this functionality it is only possible to

operate SPL in start-up state.

Reactions: - Mode group not ready.

- Channel not ready.

- NC Start disable in this channel.

- Interface si gn a ls are set.

- Alarm display.

- NC Stop on alarm.

- Channel not ready.

Remedy: Start up axial Safety Integrated functiona lity or remove the SPL protection via MD

$MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1].

Program

Continuation: Switch control OFF - ON.

27097 SPL start not executed

Definitions: SPL start not executed after predefined timeout in MD SAFE_SPL_START_TIMEOUT.

Reactions: - Alarm display.

Remedy: Find reason for not executed SPL start. Possible causes may be:

• An NC or drive error is present (e.g. afte r encode r replacement, EMERGENCY STOP,

PROFIsafe al a rms)

• Syntax error in SPL

• Safety Integrated alarm present (e.g. "Safe limit positio n overrun")

• Name or path of SPL for PROG_EVENT start written incorrectly; take care of upper and

lower cases

• Simultaneous start of an ASUB and PROG_EVENT, parameterization MD 11602 (stop

causes e.g. read-in disable)

• Problems when calling FB4/FC9

Program

Continuation: Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program

03/2006

2-447

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE, SINAMICS Diagnostics Manual (DA), 03/2006 Edition

27100 At least one axis is not safely referenced

Definitions: There are two reasons for this alarm:

• the machine position of at least one of the axes monitored with SI has not yet been

acknowledged by the user, or

• the machine position of at least one of the axes monitored with SI has not yet been

verified through follow-up referencing.